Skip to main content

Full text of "A brief history of early Chinese philosophy"

See other formats


PROBSTHAIN'S   ORIENTAL   SERIES. 

VOL.  VII. 


A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF  EARLY  CHINESE 
PHILOSOPHY 


A  .BRIEF   HISTORY 

OF  EARLY  CHINESE 

PHILOSOPHY 


BY 


DAISETZ   TEITARO   SUZUKI 

LECTURER  IN  THE  IMPERIAL  UNIVERSITY,  TOKYO  ',  AUTHOR  OF 
"OUTLINES  OF  MAHAYANA  BUDDHISM,"  ETC. 


PROBSTHAIN    &  CO. 

41,  GREAT  RUSSELL  ST.,   LONDON,  W.C. 

1914. 


UEF.ARY 

MAY 

^       ^      '  £        •'     & 


PREFACE 

THE  contents  of  this  book  were  originally  published 
in  The  Monist  (1907-1908)  as  three  separate  articles. 
Wishing  to  collect  them  in  a  compact  form,  so  that 
they  will  be  more  accessible  to  the  general  public, 
the  present  writer  has  revised  the  text  thoroughly 
and  added  considerable  matter  in  an  effort  to  make 
it  more  illuminating. 

Since  the  last  political  revolution,  China  has  become 
the  cynosure  of  all  the  world.  But,  unfortunately, 
there  are  only  a  few  scholars  who  really  understand 
its  people  and  their  ways  of  thinking.  If  this  first 
humble  attempt  to  expound,  more  or  less  systematic- 
ally, some  of  the  fundamental  features  of  their  thought, 
which  were  manifested  during  the  Ante-Ch'in  period, 
will  contribute  somewhat  to  the  interpretation  of  this 
long-misunderstood  nation,  the  present  work  may  be 
said  to  have  partially  attained  its  purpose. 

DAISETZ  TEITARO  SUZUKI. 

TOKYO, 
December,  1913. 


CONTENTS 

I' AGE 

PREFACE       -  -  -      v 

I.  INTRODUCTION  -  i 

II.  PHILOSOPHY  -  -  13 

1.  DUALISM,  OR  YIN  AND  YANG  -  -      14 

2.  POSITIVISM          -  -  -      18 

3.  MONISM  -  .  25 

4.  TRANSCENDENTALISM       -  -  -      34 

5.  PANTHEISTIC  MYSTICISM  -  -      41 

III.  ETHICS  -  47 

1.  CONFUCIANISM     -  -  49 

(a)  Jen,  the  Fundamental  Virtue     -  -  51 

(b)  Eeverence  and  Self- Inspection    -  -  56 

(c)  Sincerity-  -  -      59 

(d)  Mencius  -  -  64 

2.  ETHICS  OF  TAOISM  .           -  -      71 

(a)  The  Wu  Wei       -  -  71 

(6)  Anarchism           •  .  78 

3.  HEDONISM                      -  .  -84 

4.  UTILITARIANISM  -            *        .  -   '....-  -      92 

5.  CEREMONIALISM  -           •  .           -  .    101 

IV.  RELIGION  -  112 

NOTES  .  155 

INDEX            -          -          -  -          -  -    183 


A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF  EARLY 
CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY 

INTRODUCTION 

A  TOLERABLY  authentic  history  of  Chinese  civilization 
dates  back  as  early  as  three  thousand  years  before 
the  Christian  era,  when  the  Three  Eulers1  and  the 
Five  Kings2  began  to  govern  well -settled  com- 
munities along  the  Yellow  River.  The  "  Shu  Ching,"3 
one  of  the  oldest  books  extant  in  China,  contains 
among  others  some  important  documents  issued  by 
Yao  and  Shun,4  whose  imperial  reigns  flourished 
presumably  in  the  twenty-fourth  century  before 
Christ.  Those  documents  furnish  us  with  some 
interesting  religious  material,  shedding  light  on  the 
early  Chinese  conception  of  Nature,  which,  with  only 
slight  modifications,  is  still  prevalent  at  the  present 
day.  But  the  real  awakening  of  philosophical  inquiry 
in  China  must  be  said  to  be  in  the  time  when  the 
Chou  dynasty  (1122-255  B.C.)  first  began  to  show 
symptoms  of  decline — that  is,  in  the  seventh  century 
before  Christ,  though  the  Chinese  intellect  must  have 

1 


2  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

been  active  for  a  long  time  prior  to  this,  the  results 
of  which,  however  imperfect  and  fragmentary,  found 
their  way  in  some  of  the  "  Yi  Ching  Appendices  " 
and  in  Lao-tze's  "  Tao  Te  Ching."6 

Beginning  with  the  seventh  century  B.C.,  a  galaxy 
of  philosophical  and  ethical  thinkers,6  led  by  Lao-tze 
and  Confucius,  continued  most  brilliantly  to  illumine, 
for  some  hundred  years,  the  early  stage  of  Chinese 
philosophy.  It  was  as  though  one  walked  in  spring- 
time, after  the  confinement  of  a  long,  monotonous 
winter,  into  the  field,  where  flowers  of  various  hues 
and  odours  greet  him  on  all  sides.  Thus,  this  epoch, 
covering  about  four  hundred  years,  was  one  of  the 
most  glorious  periods  in  the  whole  history  of  Chinese 
civilization;  and  because  it  was  suddenly  cut  short 
by  the  Ch'in  dynasty  (221-206  B.C.),  it  is  commonly 
known  as  the  Ante-Ch'in  period.  The  Chinese  mind 
may  have  developed  later  a  higher  power  of  reason- 
ing, and  made  a  deeper  study  of  consciousness ;  but 
its  range  of  intellectual  activities  was  never  surpassed 
in  any  other  period.  If,  later  on,  it  gained  in  pre- 
cision, it  lost  sadly  in  freedom,  which  sometimes 
turned  to  sheer  wantonness.  It  had  many  problems 
to  busy  itself  with  at  this  awakening  stage  of  national 
intellectual  life.  The  universe  was  yet  new  to  the 
thinking  mind,  which  was  able  to  find  problems  to 
grapple  with  wheresoever  its  attention  was  directed  ; 
it  was  so  plastic,  and  so  creative.  But  after  this 
there  set  in  a  time  for  induration,  whereby  the  in- 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY  3 

tellectual  blood   was  doomed  to  run  along  old  and 
stiffened  veins. 

An  unhappy  end  came  quite  abruptly  to  this 
glorious  Ante-Ch'in  period.  When,  in  the  year 
221  B.C.,  the  First  Emperor  (Shih  Huang  Ti)  of  the 
Ch'in  dynasty  succeeded  in  consolidating  the  small 
kingdoms  and  dukedoms  of  feudal  China  for  the 
first  time  into  one  vast  empire,  he  took  the  most 
drastic  measures  ever  conceived  by  an  absolute  mon- 
arch to  suppress  the  spirit  of  liberty  which  was  just 
about  to  bloom.  He  would  not  tolerate  a  single 
thought  that  did  not  agree  with  his.  He  would  not 
countenance  scholars  and  thinkers  who  dared  to 
assume  an  independent  air  and  voice  their  opinions. 
He  silenced  all  criticism  by  burying  his  critics  alive, 
and  put  an  end  to  the  discord  of  beliefs  by  burning 
all  the  books  and  documents7  that  were  not  in  sym- 
pathy with  the  new  administration  (213  B.C.).  The 
effects  of  such  radical  measures  were  just  what  the 
Emperor  desired.  He  suppressed  all  independence 
of  thought  and  reduced  the  spirit  of  the  nation  to 
a  comatose  condition,  which  lasted  for  a  millennium.8 
During  these  times,  China  produced  not  a  single 
original  thinker.  The  cyclone  was  so  destructive, 
leaving  desolation  in  its  wake,  that  people  did  not 
venture  to  build  any  new  structure  of  thought ;  but 
were  constantly  endeavouring  to  recover  what  they 
had  lost.  They  made  a  diligent  research  among  the 
literary  remains.  Whatever  discoveries  they  made 


4  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

were  carefully  studied,  and  commentaries  were  written 
by  various  hands.  Those  which  could  not  be  found, 
though  their  traditional  existence  was  known,  were 
even  manufactured,  and  boldly  appeared  with  the  old 
labels  on  them.  So,  this  period  proved  a  fruitful 
season  for  literary  forgery. 

Buddhism  was  introduced  during  this  lethargic 
period  of  Chinese  thought  (213  B.C.-A.D.  959).  In 
spite  of  the  strong  conservative  spirit  of  the  Celes- 
tials, the  new  doctrine  did  not  meet  with  great  oppo- 
sition. Finding  a  similar  vein  of  thought  in  the 
teaching  of  Lao-tze,  the  Buddhists  utilized  his  termin- 
ology to  the  best  advantage,  and  also  coined  a  number 
of  new  words  to  express  ideas  hitherto  unknown  to 
the  Chinese.  A  gradual  and  steady  spread  of  Bud- 
dhism among  the  scholars  paved  the  way  for  a  re- 
naissance under  the  Sung  dynasty  (A.D.  960-1279). 
The  people,  with  their  characteristic  indifference,  did 
not  observe  the  propagation  of  the  foreign  doctrine, 
but  gradually  recognized  the  superiority  of  the  Hindu 
intellect,  especially  in  metaphysics  and  methodology. 
This  recognition  of  the  merits  of  Buddhism  was  a 
great  impulse  to  the  pedantic  disciples  of  Confucius. 

Though  the  Confucians  were  not  inclined  in  those 
days  to  do  anything  more  than  merely  edit  and 
comment  upon  the  lately  discovered  classics,  Chinese 
Buddhists  busily  occupied  themselves  with  the  elabo- 
ration of  their  own  sacred  books.  They  not  only 
rendered  many  Sanskrit  texts  into  their  own  language, 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY  5 

but  also  produced  some  original  religio -philosophical 
works.  Their  inspiration,  of  course,  primarily  came 
from  the  Buddhist  canons,  but  they  assimilated  them 
so  perfectly  that  Chinese  Buddhism  can  be  said  to 
stand  on  its  own  footing.  Its  philosophy  was  more 
profound  than  that  of  Confucius.  Their  world-con- 
ception penetrated  more  deeply  into  the  nature  of 
things.  We  generally  understand  by  the  history  of 
Chinese  philosophy  that  of  Confucianism;  for  it  is 
nothing  more  than  that,  except  in  the  Ante-Ch'in 
period,  when  other  thoughts  than  those  of  Confucius 
appeared  in  the  foreground.  But  if  we  want  to 
understand  thoroughly  the  train  of  thought  that  was 
prevalent  during  the  renaissance,  we  cannot  ignore 
the  significance  of  the  development  of  Buddhism 
during  the  hibernation  period  of  Confucianism. 

The  re-awakening  of  Chinese  philosophy  under  the 
Sung  dynasty  marked  a  clearly- defined  period  in  its 
history.9  Speculation,  which  was  refreshed  after  its 
long  slumber  of  a  thousand  years,  now  grappled  with 
the  questions  of  the  Sphinx  more  intelligently,  if  not 
more  boldly,  than  it  did  during  the  Ante-Ch'in  period. 
Buddhism  stirred  up  the  Chinese  nerve  to  respond  to 
the  new  stimuli.  It  furnished  the  Chinese  stomach 
with  more  food  to  digest  and  assimilate  into  its 
system.  But  the  Chinese  did  not  swallow  the  new 
nourishment  with  their  eyes  closed.  They  intuitively 
discarded  what  they  thought  was  not  profitable  for 
their  practical  nature.  They  drew  inspiration  from 


6  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

Buddhism  in  those  problems  only  which  Confucianism 
set  up  for  their  intellectual  exercise.  It  may,  there- 
fore, properly  be  said  that  this  period  of  Chinese 
renaissance  did  not  bring  out  any  new  philosophical 
problems  outside  of  the  narrow  path  already  beaten 
by  the  earlier  Confucians.  During  the  Ante-Ch'in 
period,  Confucianism  was  not  yet  firmly  established, 
and  there  were  many  rival  doctrines  struggling  for 
ascendancy  and  recognition.  The  thinkers  of  the 
time  felt  a  strong  aversion  to  being  yoked  to  one 
set  of  teachings.  But  the  philosophers  of  the  Sung 
dynasty  never  thought  of  deviating  from  the  old  rut. 
They  became  conscious  of  many  new  thoughts  intro- 
duced from  India,  and  endeavoured  to  utilize  them 
only  so  far  as  they  were  available  for  a  fuller  inter- 
pretation of  the  Confucian  doctrines,  which,  like  the 
will  of  the  Almighty,  were  to  them  irrevocable  and 
infallible.  They  never  dreamt  of  repudiating  or  con- 
tradicting them  in  any  way.  All  their  new  acquisi- 
tions, from  whatever  source  they  might  have  come, 
were  invariably  made  use  of  for  the  discovery  of 
something  hidden  in  the  old  doctrines,  and  for  a 
fuller  analysis  of  them.  What  was  original  with 
them  was  the  interpretation  of  the  old  system  in  a 
new  light. 

Strictly  speaking,  the  Chinese  are  not  a  speculative 
people  like  the  Greeks  or  the  Hindus.  Their  interests 
always  centre  in  moral  science,  or  rather  in  practical 
ethics.  However  subtle  in  their  reasoning,  and  how- 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY     7 

ever  bold  in  their  imagination,  they  never  lose  sight 
of  the  practical  and  moral  aspect  of  things.  They 
refuse  to  be  carried  up  to  a  heaven  where  pure  ideas 
only  exist.  They  prefer  to  be  tied  down  in  earthly 
relations  wherever  they  may  go.  They  would  deride 
those  star-gazers  whose  legs  are  fatally  chained  to 
the  earth;  for  to  whatsoever  soaring  heights  man's 
speculation  may  climb,  he  is  utterly  unable  to  change 
his  destiny  here  below.  This  must  always  be  kept  in 
mind  when  we  peruse  the  history  of  Chinese  thought. 
The  practical  nature  and  conservatism  of  Confucianism 
put  an  eternal  seal  on  it,  forever  forbidding  it  to 
wander  in  a  cometary  orbit. 

The  Sung  dynasty  is  followed  by  the  Yuan  (1271- 
1363),  which  did  not  contribute  anything  worth 
special  consideration  to  the  history  of  Chinese  philos- 
ophy. This  short  Mongolian  dynasty  left  its  pages 
opened  where  it  found  them.  Its  successor,  the  Ming 
dynasty  (1363-1663),  however,  produced  one  great 
moral  and  intellectual  character  in  the  person  of 
Wang  Yang-ming  (1472-1529).  He  was  a  worthy 
heir  to  the  thoughts  that  stimulated  and  rejuvenated 
the  Chinese  mind  at  the  time  of  the  Sung  renaissance. 
Though  he  was  not  an  independent  thinker  in  the 
sense  of  being  a  non-Confucian,  he  was  original 
enough  to  find  a  new  path  to  the  confirmation  and 
realization  of  the  old  time-honoured  doctrines.  After 
the  passing  of  this  luminary,  the  Chinese  intellectual 
heavens  were  once  more  overcast  with  clouds,  and 


8  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

from  his  time  until  the  present  day  nothing  significant 
or  deserving  special  mention  has  ever  stirred  Chinese 
serenity.  Under  the  present  revolutionary  Govern- 
ment, only  recently  ushered  in  after  the  overthrow  of 
the  Manchurian  dynasty,  it  is  still  a  question,  as  far 
as  its  intellectual  life  is  concerned,  of  how  soon  China 
will  recover  from  the  dreamy  inactivity  induced  by 
the  excessive  use  of  the  opium  of  conservatism. 

Some  time,  indeed,  has  elapsed  since  the  intro- 
duction of  Western  culture  and  thought  into  the 
Far  East,  but  it  is  only  a  handful  of  thinkers  among 
hundreds  of  millions  of  souls  that  have  been  awakened 
from  their  time-worn,  threadbare  usages  and  traditions 
and  superstitions.  However  superficially  changed 
their  form  of  government,  the  masses  are  not  yet 
quite  fully  aware  of  the  significance  of  the  intellectual 
movement  of  the  twentieth  century;  and  this,  to  a 
certain  extent,  also  applies  to  their  neighbours.  But 
when  the  giant  of  the  Orient  is  fully  awakened,  and 
makes  free  and  intelligent  use  of  Western  methods 
of  science,  he  is  sure  to  achieve  something  quite 
worthy  of  his  history,  and  contribute  something 
original  to  the  world  treasure  of  thought ;  for  what 
has  hitherto  kept  him  comparatively  backward  in  the 
march  of  civilization  is  not  due  to  his  intellectual 
awkwardness  or  to  the  lack  of  mental  equipment, 
but  simply  to  the  clumsiness  of  method  which  he  has 
applied  in  the  investigation  of  nature  and  mind. 
Methodology  is  the  key  of  knowledge.  Let  the 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY  9 

Chinese  entirely  change  their  former  attitude  towards 
modern  intellectual  activities,  and  there  will  surely 
come  a  time  for  the  world  to  feel  indebted  to  the 
giant  of  the  Orient  for  his  valuable  store  of  knowledge. 
The  Ante-Ch'in  period  yields  the  richest  harvest  of 
original  thought  in  the  whole  history  of  Chinese 
philosophy.  As  the  tide  of  civilization  had  then 
advanced  far  enough,  and  the  general,  social,  and 
political  environment  of  the  time  was  very  favourable, 
the  Chinese  mind  plunged  itself  unreservedly  into 
a  bold  speculation  on  life  and  the  universe.  It  had 
so  far  nothing  in  the  past  that  would  distract  it  from 
fully  expressing  itself.  It  was  ushered  into  a  field 
whose  virgin  soil  had  not  yet  been  touched  by  human 
hands.  Natural  selection  had  not  yet  set  her  stamp 
on  any  definite  conception  of  life  that  seemed  uni- 
versally acceptable  to  the  national,  moral,  and  intel- 
lectual idiosyncrasy.  The  competition  for  supremacy 
was  free  and  keen,  and  time  had  not  yet  announced 
the  survival  of  the  fittest.  Confucianism  was  found 
still  struggling  for  its  existence ;  Taoism  was  not  yet 
recognized  as  a  distinct  system ;  the  so-called  I-twan, 
Jpi  £i>  that  is  the  heterodox  teachings,  were  boldly 
standing  on  a  level  with  Chang-tao,  J£  Jg,  the 
orthodox.  Enjoying  the  utmost  freedom  of  speech, 
and  unhampered  by  the  tyranny  of  tradition  and 
learning,  every  man  who  had  intelligence  enough  to 
be  original  ventured  his  own  opinion,  and  could  find 
a  hearing.  II  the  facilities  of  printing  and  distribu- 


10  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

tion  had  been  such  as  they  are  to- day,  we  can  imagine 
what  a  spectacular  sight  the  Chinese  world  of  thought 
would  have  presented  in  this  Ante-Ch'in  period. 

The  Chinese  mind  seems  to  have  exhausted  itself  in 
this  period,  for  through  the  entire  course  of  its  history 
no  further  original  thoughts  appeared  than  were 
expressed  at  this  time  either  explicitly  or  by  implica- 
tion. Some  of  the  thoughts  that  were  then  uttered 
audibly  enough  had  even  to  suffer  the  sad  fate  of 
being  almost  entirely  ignored  by  later  philosophers. 
As  soon  as  the  Confucian  teachings  gained  a  strong 
hold  on  the  people,10  no  doctrines  were  encouraged 
to  develop  that  did  not  help  to  elucidate  Confucius  in 
a  better  light  or  in  a  more  popular  form.  The  history 
of  Chinese  thought  after  the  Ch/in  closely  resembles 
in  this  respect  that  of  European  medieval  philosophy, 
only  the  former  assumed  a  milder  form;  for  Con- 
fucianism did  not  favour  superstition,  fanaticism,  and 
irrational  vagaries  such  as  we  meet  with  in  the  Middle 
Ages.  It  was  practical  to  a  fault,  moralizing  and 
positivistic,  and  refused  to  be  thrown  into  the  abysmal 
depths  of  metaphysics.  The  train  of  thought  found 
in  Taoism,  thus  choked  and  obstructed,  could  not 
make  any  further  development  even  after  its  contact 
with  Buddhism,  which  represented  the  type  of  Hindu 
speculation  in  China.  Chwang-tze  was  practically  the 
climax  of  the  Lao-tzean  philosophy,  with  no  system, 
with  no  method,  but  pregnant  with  mystic  sugges- 
tions and  vague  assumptions.  Therefore,  we  assert 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY  11 

that  the  Chinese  philosophy  of  the  Ante-Ch'in  period 
was  richer  in  thought,  broader  in  scope,  and  bolder  in 
speculation  than  that  in  any  succeeding  age. 

One  thing  at  least  that  prevented  the  Chinese  from 
making  headway  in  their  philosophy  is  their  use  of 
ideographic  characters.  Not  only  are  the  characters 
themselves  intractable  and  clumsy,  but  their  gram- 
matical construction  is  extremely  loose.  The  verbs 
are  not  subject  to  conjugation,  the  nouns  are  indeclin- 
able, no  tense-relations  are  grammatically  expressible. 
Now,  language  is  the  tool  of  reason,  and  at  the  same 
time  it  is  the  key  to  the  understanding.  When  we 
cannot  wield  the  tool  as  we  will,  the  material  on  which 
we  work  fails  to  produce  the  effect  we  desire ;  and  the 
reader  is  at  a  loss  to  understand  the  meaning  which 
was  intended  by  the  author.  How  could  thinkers  of 
the  first  magnitude  express  themselves  satisfactorily 
in  such  a  language  as  Chinese  ?  Terseness,  brevity, 
strength,  and  classical  purity  are  desirable  in  certain 
forms  of  literature,  and  for  this  purpose  the  Chinese 
language  may  be  eminently  adapted.  But  while 
logical  accuracy  and  literal  precision  are  the  first 
requisites,  those  rhetorical  advantages  mean  very 
little.  More  than  that,  they  are  actually  an  incon- 
venience, and  even  a  hindrance,  to  philosophical 
writing.11 

Another  thing  that  is  sadly  lacking  in  the  Chinese 
mind  is  logic.  This  fact  shows  itself  in  the  Ante-Ch'in 
philosophy,  and  throughout  in  the  succeeding  periods. 


12          EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY 

In  India  as  well  as  in  Greece,  when  intellectual  culture 
reached  a  similar  height  as  that  of  the  Ante-Ch'in 
period  in  China,  the  Greeks  had  their  logic  and  the 
Hindus  their  Jietuvidya  (science  of  cause) .  They  were 
very  strict  in  reasoning,  and  systematic  in  drawing 
conclusions.  Their  minds  seem  to  have  been  made  of 
much  finer  fibre  than  the  Chinese.  The  latter  were 
filled  with  common  sense  and  practical  working  know- 
ledge. They  did  not  want  to  waste  their  mental 
energy  on  things  which  have  apparently  no  practical 
and  immediate  bearings  on  their  everyday  life.  They 
did  not  necessarily  aim  at  distinctness  of  thought  and 
exactitude  of  expression,  for  in  our  practical  and 
concrete  world  there  is  nothing  that  can  claim  abso- 
lute exactness.  As  long  as  we  are  moving  on  earth, 
the  Chinese  might  have  unconsciously  reasoned,  there 
was  no  need  for  them  to  get  entangled  in  the  meshes 
of  verbal  subtlety  and  abstract  speculation.  There- 
fore, when  their  philosophy  did  not  vanish  in  the 
mist  of  vague  mysticism,  as  in  the  case  of  Taoism,  it 
tenaciously  clung  to  the  agnosticism  of  everyday  ex- 
perience, in  which  there  was  no  absolute  being,  no 
miraculous  revelation,  no  eternal  individual  continuity 
after  death. 

Now,  let  us  see  what  were  the  principal  thoughts 
that  were  being  elaborated  by  the  Chinese  mind 
during  the  Ante-Ch'in  period  of  Chinese  philosophy. 
They  will  be  broadly  treated  under  "  Philosophy," 
"  Ethics,"  and  "Religion." 


PHILOSOPHY 

THE  philosophy  of  the  Chinese  has  always  been 
practical  and  most  intimately  associated  with  human 
affairs.  No  ontological  speculation,  no  cosmogonical 
hypothesis,  no  abstract  ethical  theory,  seemed  worthy 
of  their  serious  contemplation,  unless  it  had  a  direct 
bearing  upon  practical  morality.  They  did,  indeed, 
speculate  in  order  to  reach  the  ultimate  ground  of 
existence ;  but,  as  they  conceived  it,  it  did  not  cover 
so  wide  a  realm  as  we  commonly  understand  it;  for 
to  them  it  meant  not  the  universe  generally,  with  all 
its  innumerable  relations,  but  only  a  particular  portion 
of  it — that  is,  human  affairs — and  these  only  so  far  as 
they  were  concerned  with  this  present  mundane  life, 
political  and  social.  Thus,  wedo  not  have  in  China 
so  much  of  pure  philosophy  as  of  moral  sayings.  The 
^Chinese  must  be  said  to  have  strictly  observed  the  \ 
injunction :  "  Know  then  thyself,  presume  not  Grod  to 
scan;  the  proper  study  of  mankind  is  man."  And 
this  fact  must  be  borne  in  mind  when  we  investigate 
the  history  of  Chinese  philosophy.  Though  here  I 
have  devoted  a  special  chapter  to  philosophy,  it  must 
be  understood  that  the  subject  was  treated  by  the 

13 


14  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

Chinese  somewhat  as  a  side  issue,  and  not  as  the  main 
business  of  their  intellectual  employment. 

DUALISM,  OB  THE  YIN  AND  YANG. 

Two  antagonistic  currents  of  thought  manifested 
themselves  at  an  early  date  in  the  history  of  Chinese 
philosophy,  and  run  throughout  its  entire  course. 
One  is  represented  by  the  "  Yi  Ching  "  and  Confucius 
(551-479  B.C.)  ;12  the  other  by  Lao-tze.13  The  former 
advocated  a  dualism,  and  showed  agnostic,  positiv- 
istic,  and  practical  tendencies;  while  the  latter  was 
monistic,  mystical,  and  transcendental. 

Dualism  was  the  first  speculative  philosophy  ever 
constructed  by  Chinese  thinkers.  It  is  set  forth  in 
one  of  the  oldest  writings  called  "  Yi  Ching "  (Book 
of  Changes) .  The  book  is,  however,  the  most  unintel- 
ligible, most  enigmatical,  document  ever  found  in 
Chinese  literature.  Many  conflicting  theories  have 
been  advanced  as  to  its  real  value  and  meaning,  and 
we  have  not  yet  come  to  any  definite  settlement.  As 
far  as  I  can  judge,  its  true  significance  had  been  lost 
even  as  early  as  the  beginning  of  the  Chou  dynasty. 
Not  being  able  to  determine  its  exact  nature,  King 
Wen  (1231-1135  B.C.)  and  Lord  Chou  (who  died 
J 105  B.C.)  took  it  for  a  sort  of  general  treatise  on 
natural  phenomena  and  human  affairs,  which  might 
also  be  consulted  as  a  book  of  divination,  and  upon 
this  surmise  they  wrote  some  commentary  notes 
which  imply  suggestions  of  practical  wisdom  and 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY  15 

moral  instructions.  Some  four  hundred  years  later 
Confucius  again  struggled  hard  to  arrive  at  a  definite 
and  true  estimate  of  the  book.  He  seems  to  have 
been  not  wholly  satisfied  with  the  practical  inter- 
pretation of  it  by  Wen  and  Chou.  He  wished  to 
find  a  speculative  philosophical  foundation  in  the 
apparently  confusing  and  enigmatic  passages  of  the 
"  Yi  Ching."  He  is  said  to  have  expressed  his  earnest 
desire  to  have  his  life  prolonged  several  years  so  that 
he  could  devote  them  to  the  study  of  this  mysterious 
literature.  The  "Appendices,"  l4  popularly  ascribed 
to  Confucius,  contain  some  philosophical  reflections, 
and  on  that  account  some  later  exegetists  declare 
that  the  "Yi  Ching"  was  primarily  a  philosophical 
treatise,  and  later  transformed  into  a  book  of  divina- 
tion. Whatever  jju^Jvrrift  ^frforft  fl|  |frt  ^^^r  **  * 
from  it  that  early  Chinese  thinkers  derived  their 
rqualistic  conception  of  the  world.  _" 

Some  lexicographers  think  that  the  character  yi 
^j  is  made  of  "sun"15  u  and  "moon  "  )\.  Whether 
this  be  the  origin  of  the  character  or  not,  the  inter-  ' 
pretation  is  very  ingenious,  for  yi  means  change  in 
any  form  —  the  change  from  daylight  to  moonlight, 
the  change  from  blooming  springtime  to  harvest- 
ing autumn,  or  the  change  from  fortune  to  ill-luck, 
and  vice  versa.  Change  is  a  predominant  character- 
istic of  all  fl-ptivitiftgyirn  fr 


play  of  the  male  (yany)  and  the  female  (yin)  principles 
in  the   universe.     Owing  to  this  interaction  of  these 


16  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

opposite  forces,  which  in  the  "  Yi  Ching  "  proper  are 
called  chien  j££  and  k'un  Jty,  and  respectively  repre- 
sented by  a  whole  line  and  a  divided  line,  beings  now 
come  into  existence,  and  now  go  out  of  it,  and  a  con- 
stant transformation  in  the  universe  takes  place. 

So  it  is  said  in  the  "Appendix"  III  :ie  "Heaven  is 
high,  earth  is  low ;  and  the  relation  between  the  strong 
and  the  weak  is  determined.  The  low  and  the  high 
are  arranged  in  order ;  and  the  relation  between  the 
noble  and  the  lowly  is  settled.  Movement  and  rest 
follow  their  regular  course ;  and  the  relation  between 
the  rigid  and  the  tender  is  defined. 

"  Things  are  set  together  according  to  their  classes; 
beings  are  divided  according  to  their  groups;  and 
there  appear  good  and  evil.  In  the  heavens  there  are 
different  bodies  formed  ;  and  there  take  place  changes 
and  transformations.  *~f 

"  Therefore,  the  rigid  and  tender  come  in  contact ; 
the  eight  symbols  interact.  To  stimulate,  we  have 
thunder  and  lightning ;  to  moisten,  we  have  wind  and 
rain.  The  sun  and  moon  revolve  and  travel,  which 
give  rise  to  cold  and  warmth. 

r^  "The  strong  principle  makes  the  male,  and  the 
weak  principle  makes  the  female.]  By  the  strong  the 
great  beginning  is  known,  and  the  weak  brings  beings 
into  completion.  The  strong  principle  becomes  in- 
telligible through  changes;  the  weak  principle  becomes 
efficient  through  selection.  The  changing  is  easy  to 
understand ;  selection  is  easy  to  follow.  As  it  is  easy 


BAELY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY     17 

to  understand,  there  grows  familiarity ;  as  it  is  easy 
to  follow,  efficiency  is  gained.  That  which  is  familiar 
will  last ;  that  which  is  efficient  will  be  great.  Last- 
ing is  the  virtue  of  a  wise  man,  great  is  the  accom- 
plishment of  a  wise  man.  Through  change  and 
selection  is  obtained  the  reason  of  the  universe.  When 
the  reason  of  the  universe  is  obtained,  the  perfect 
abides  in  its  midst." 

Again,  Confucius  says  in  the  "  Appendix "  IV:17 
~£^  "The  strong  and  the_weak_are  the  gates  of  change. 
The  strong  is  the  male  gender,  and  the  weak  is  the 
female  gender.  When  the  male  and  the  female  are 
united  in  their  virtues,  the  rigid  and  the  tender  are 
formulated,  in  which  are  embodied  all  the  phenomena 
of  heaven  and  earth,  and  through  which  are  circulated 
the  powers  of  the  spirits  bright."  C 

To  make  another  quotation  in  which  the  gist  of  the 
dualistic  conception  of  the  "  Yi  Ching  "  is  more  con- 
cisely stated  ("  Appendix "  VI)  ; 18  "  In  olden  times 
when  the  wise  men  made  the  Yi,  they  wanted  it  to  be 
in  accord  with  the  nature  and  destiny  of  things,  which 
is  reason.  Therefore,  they  established  the  heavenly 
way  in  Yin  and  Yang;  they  established  the  human  way 
in  humaneness  and  righteousness;  they  established 
the  earthly  way  in  tenderness  and  rigidness.  Thus,0 
each  of  the  three  powers  of  nature  was  made  to  be 
controlled  by  a  set  of  two  principles/' 

Whatever  we  may  call  them,  the  strong  and  the 
weak,  or  the  rigid  and  the  tender,  or  the  male  and 

'2 


18  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 


the  female^oj^heaYfiiL  and  -eartliyjic^Ygbng  and  Yin,  or 
Chien   and   K'un,  there   araacordin     to   the   "Yi 


Ching,"  two  independent  principles,  and  their  inter- 
play, governed  by  certain  fixed  laws,  constitutes  the 
universe.  And  these  fixed  laws  are  nothing  else  than 
the  sixty-four  trigrams  (kua  £f),  as  defined  and  ex- 
plained, however  enigmatically,  in  the  "Yi  Ching" 
proper.  The  practical  Chinese  mind,  however,  did 
not  see  this  numerical  conception  of  the  world  in  its 
abstract  philosophical  signification  as  Pythagoras  did, 
but  confined  it  to  the  vicissitudes  of  human  affairs. 
Even  when  Confucius  attempted  to  see  a  natural 
philosophical  basis  in  the  composition  of  the  "  Yi 
Ching,"  he  could  not  ignore  its  ethical  bearings  so  as 
to  plunge  himself  deeply  into  bold  speculations.  The 
most  eminent  trait  of  the  Chinese  mind  is  to  moralize 
on  every  imaginable  subject.  They  could  not  but 
betray  this  tendency,  even  with  the  apparently  non- 
sensical whole  and  divided  strokes  of  the  eight  tri- 
grams.19 

POSITIVISM. 

What  is  most  typical  of  Chinese  thought,  together 
with  the  dualistic  conception  of  nature,  is  its  strong 
aversion  to  metaphysics.  Avowed  assertions  of  this 
sentiment  have  been  repeatedly  made  by  Confucius 
and  his  school,  who  later  on  proved  to  be  the  repre- 
sentative exponent  of  the  Chinese  national  mind. 
They  persistently  refused  to  go  beyond  our  everyday 
experiences.  Their  prosaic  intellect  always  dwelt  on 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY     19 

things  human  and  mundane.  The  discovery  of  two 
contrasting  principles  in  nature  satisfied  their  curiosity, 
speculatively  considered;  they  did  not  venture  into 
a  realm  beyond  the  interaction  in  this  visible  universe 
of  the  Yin_and  Yang,  and  perhaps  the  mysterious 
working  of  the  five  Forces  (king  fa ).  And  it  was 
through  this  interaction  and  mysterious  working  that 
some  definite  laws  have  come  to  be  established  in  the 
physical  world  as  well  as  in  the  moral;  and  these 
laws  are  curiously  set  forth  in  the  "Book  of  Changes/' 
Therefore,  what  we  have  to  do  here  on  earth  is  to 
put  oursevles  in  harmony  with  these  laws.  When 
this  is  done,  our  life-programme  as  a  human  being 
is  complete.  Why  should  we  go  beyond  these 
observable  and  intelligible  laws  of  nature  and 
morality,  only  to  find  out  something  transcendental 
and  therefore  necessarily  having  no  practical  bearing 
on  our  earthly  life  ?  Are  we  not  sufficient  unto 
ourselves  without  having  our  imagination  soar  so 
high  ?  This  is  the  most  characteristic  attitude  of 
Confucius. 

Says  Confucius  :  "  How  could  we  know  death  when 
life  is  not  yet  understood  ?"  ("  Analects,"  Book  XI). 
Again  :  "  Do  not  trouble  yourselves  with  things 
supernatural,  physical  prowess,  monstrosities,  and 
spiritual  beings"  (Book  VII).  Again:  "How  could 
we  serve  spiritual  beings  while  we  do  not  know  how 
to  serve  men  ?"  (Book  XI).  In  the  "  Doctrine  of  the 
Mean  "  (Chung  Yung),  however,  Confucius  expresses 


20  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

himself  much  more  plainly  concerning  spiritual  beings, 
(Chapter  XVI)  :  "  How  glorious  are  the  virtues  of 
spiritual  beings  !  Our  eyes  cannot  perceive  them, 
our  ears  cannot  hear  them,  yet  they  embody  them- 
selves in  all  things,  which  cannot  exist  without 
them.  Yet,  the  spirits  make  all  the  people  in  the 
world  regulate  themselves,  cleanse  themselves,  and 
clad  in  the  ceremonious  dress,  attend  to  the  sacrificial 
ceremony.  How  full  and  pervading  they  are  !  They 
seem  to  be  above  us,  they  seem  to  be  with  us.  It 
is  said  in  the  '  Book  of  the  Odes '  that  the  coming 
of  the  spirits  is  beyond  human  calculation,  and  much 
more  beyond  a  feeling  of  aversion.  The  reason  why 
the  invisible  are  so  manifest  is  that  sincerity  can  never 
be  concealed." 

According  to  these  passages,  the  Confucian  doctrine 
is  quite  apparent.  There  might  be  something  on  the 
other  side  of  this  life.  All  these  natural  phenomena 
and  moral  doings  might  have  something  underneath 
them,  from  which  they  gain  their  evidently  inexplic- 
able energy.  Indeed,  we  feel  the  existence  of  some- 
thing invisible  and  mysterious ;  we  are  compelled  to 
acknowledge  this  fact  at  the  time  of  the  sacrificial 
ceremony.  But  we  do  not  know  its  exact  nature  and 
signification,  which  are  too  deep  or  too  hidden  from 
the  human  understanding  to  unravel.  As  far  as  its 
apparent,  cognizable  laws  and  manifestations  are 
concerned,  they  are,  however  enigmatically,  stated 
in  the  "  Book  of  Changes,"  and  all  that  we  mortals 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    21 

have  to  do  in  this  world  is  to  understand  these  know- 
able  phenomena  and  leave  alone  the  unknowable. 
This  line  of  reasoning  seems  to  have  appealed  most 
strongly  to  the  Confucian  mind. 

Indeed,  the  Confucians  and  other  philosophers  speak 
of  T^ien  ;JJ,  or  Heaven  or  Heavenly  Destiny  (t'ien 
ming  JRJ  f^),  or  the  Great  Ultimate  (tai  chi  ^  j^),  but 
they  never  seem  to  have  attempted  any  further 
investigation  of  the  nature  of  this  undefined  being  or 
principle  called  T'ien. 

***** 

It  is  in  the  "  Yi  Ching  "  that  we  can  trace,  though 
very  sporadically,  an  idealistic,  monistic,  and  mystical 
tendency,  which  finally  developed  into  the  speculative 
philosophy  of  the  Sung  dynasty,  but  which  was 
almost  completely  neglected  by  the  early  advocates 
of  the  Confucian  school.  I  shall  quote  here  some 
passages  from  the  "  Yi  Ching  "  to  illustrate  my  point. 
Before  quoting,  however,  it  will  be  opportune  to 
remark  here  that  the  term  yi  sometimes  has  the 
force  and  significance  of  an  abstract  principle  itself 
rather  than  the  actual  phenomenon  of  mere  trans- 
formation or  interaction,  and  again  that  it  sometimes 
designates  a  system  of  philosophy  which  most  truth- 
fully explains  the  reason  for  all  changes  in  this 
dualistic  world. 

"  The  Yi  is  not  conscious,  nor  does  it  labour ;  it  is 
quiet,  and  does  not  stir.  It  feels,  and  then  communes 
with  the  wherefore  of  the  universe.  If  it  were  not 


22  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

the  most  spiritual  thing  in  the  universe,  how  could  it 
behave  in  this  wise  ? 

"  It  is  through  the  Yi  that  holy  men  fathom  the 
depths  of  being  and  explore  the  reason  of  motion 
(chi  ;§£).  Deep  it  is,  and  therefore  it  is  able  to  com- 
prehend the  will  of  the  universe.  It  is  the  reason  of 
motion,  and  therefore  it  is  able  to  accomplish  the 
work  of  the  universe.  It  is  spiritual,  and  therefore  it 
quickens  without  being  speedy,  it  arrives  without 
walking/'20 

Further,  we  read :  "  Therefore,  the  Yi  has  the  great 
origin  (t'ai  chi),  which  creates  the  two  regulators;  and 
the  two  regulators  create  the  four  symbols  (hsiang) ; 
and  the  four  symbols  create  the  eight  trigrams  (Jcua). 
The  eight  trigrams  determine  the  good  and  evil ;  and 
the  good  and  evil  create  the  great  work/' 

In  the  first  of  the  so-called  "  Appendices "  (Hsi 
Tz'u)ZQ&  we  have : 

"  The  Yi  is  in  accord  with  Heaven  and  Earth,  and 
therefore  it  pervades  and  is  interwoven  in  the  course 
of  Heaven  and  Earth.  Look  upwards,  and  it  is 
observable  in  the  heavenly  phenomena ;  look  down- 
wards, and  it  is  recognizable  in  the  earthly  design. 
And  it  is  for  this  reason  that  the  Yi  manifests  the 
wherefore  of  darkness  and  brightness.  As  it  traces 
things  to  their  beginning  and  follows  them  to  their 
end,  it  makes  known  the  meaning  of  death  and 
birth.  Things  are  made  of  subtle  substance  (ching 
ch'i  Jj!}  3{*0,  and  changes  occur  on  account  of  the 


EAELY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY     23 

wandering  spirits  (yu  'hun  jgr-  i$|) .  Therefore,  the  Yi 
knows  the  characters  and  conditions  of  the  spiritual 
beings  (kuei  shan  $g  jfilji). 

"  The  Yi  seems  to  be  Heaven  and  Earth  themselves, 
and  it  therefore  never  deviates.  Its  wisdom  pene- 
trates the  ten  thousand  things.  Its  way  delivers  the 
world,  and  it  therefore  never  errs.  It  rejoices  in 
heavenly  ordination,  and  knows  its  own  destiny; 
therefore  it  never  grieves.  It  rests  in  its  own  abode, 
and  its  loving  kindness  is  sincere,  and  therefore  it  is 
capable  of  love.  It  moulds  and  envelops  all  the  trans- 
formations in  Heaven  and  Earth;  and  it  never  errs. 
It  thoroughly  brings  all  the  ten  thousand  things  into 
completion,  and  there  is  nothing  wanting  in  them. 
Its  wisdom  passes  through  the  course  of  day  and 
night.  Therefore,  the  spirits  have  no  quarters,  and 
the  Yi  is  free  from  materiality." 

Finally,  Yi  seems  to  be  used  in  the  sense  of 
G-esetzmassigkeit.  For  instance :  "  When  the  male 
(ch'ieri)  and  the  female  (k'uri)  are  arranged  in  order, 
the  Yi  is  established  between  them.  When  the  male 
and  the  female  are  destroyed,  there  is  no  way  of 
recognizing  the  Yi.  When  the  Yi  is  no  more  recog- 
nizable, the  male  and  the  female  may  be  considered 
to  have  altogether  ceased  to  exist/' 

All  these  are  interesting  thoughts,  and  if  Confucius 
was  the  real  author  of  these  "  Appendices "  to  the 
"  Yi  Ching,"  from  which  these  quotations  are  taken, 
they  will  prove  that  Confucius  was  not,  after  all, 


24  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

merely  a  moral  teacher,  but  capable  of  delving  deep 
into  the  mysteries  of  life  and  existence ;  and  we  can 
say  that  what  made  the  latter-day  Confucianism  such 
as  it  is,  is  due  more  or  less  to  the  emphasizing  by  its 
followers  of  certain  practical  features  of  the  Confucian 
doctrine  at  the  expense  of  its  more  speculative  side. 
If  the  master  were  followed  more  faithfully,  and  his 
teachings  were  developed  in  all  their  diverse  features, 
there  might  have  been  earlier  attempts  at  a  reconcilia- 
tion between  Lao-tzeanism  and  Confucianism. 
***** 
Mencius,21  who  was  the  most  brilliant  and  most 
militant  of  all  the  Confucians  of  the  Ante-Ch'in  period, 
and  through  whom  Confucianism  can  be  said  to  have 
been  finally  and  definitely  established  in  such  form  as 
we  understand  it  to-day,  speaks  of  the  Hao  jan  chi 
ch'i  Jgj  £&  ±,  3&  as  filling  the  universe  (Book  III). 
This  Ch'i  can  be  freely  translated  "  universal  energy," 
or  "  impulse  that  awakens,  stimulates,  and  accelerates 
activity ";  it  is   a  kind  of  psychical   agency  which 
animates  life  on  this  earth ;  it  is  the  nervous  system 
of  the  macrocosm.     But  Mencius  did  not  use  the  term 
in  such  a  broad  sense ;  he  limited  its  sphere  and  value 
of  activity  to  our  moral  life.     It  is   more  definite, 
more  psychical,  and  therefore  nearer  to  humanity  than 
the   Confucian   conception   of    T'ien   or   T'ien-ming, 
which   seems   to  be   a  vestige,  though  considerably 
refined,  of  natural  religion  as  professed  in  the  "  Shu 
Ching,"  or  "  Shih  Ching."     None  the  less  Mencius' 


EAKLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY  25 

Ch'i  was  too  practical,  too  ethical,  to  be  elevated  to  the 
dignity  of  a  universal  principle  of  existence.  He  did 
not  apparently  take  any  interest  in  the  metaphysical 
side  of  the  Yi  system.  He  developed  only  the  ethics 
of  his  great  predecessor,  though  not  in  its  entirety 
and  completeness.  He  was  truly  the  representative 
of  the  Confucian  positivism. 

MONISM. 

There  were  not  lacking,  however,  in  the  Ante-Ch'in 
period  certain  tendencies  that  counterbalanced  the 
ultra-practical,  positivistic  train  of  thought  as  repre- 
sented in  Confucianism.  Though  these  tendencies 
did  not  attain  a  full  manifestation  at  any  time  in  the 
history  of  Chinese  thought,  they  showed  a  strong 
front  at  this  incipient  stage  to  their  antagonistic 
systems.  It  was  quite  unfortunate  that  they  were 
hampered  in  their  development,  and  had  from  time 
to  time  to  lose  sight  of  their  essential  qualities. 
Probably  this  was  in  the  nature  of  their  system.  They 
owe  their  origin  mainly  to  the  teachings  of  the  "  Tao 
Teh  Ching,"22  and  may  be  characterized  as  monistic, 
mystic,  transcendental,  and  sometimes  pantheistic. 
Lao-tze,  however,  was  not  the  first  and  sole  expounder 
of  these  thoughts.  He  doubtless  had  many  pre- 
decessors whose  words  and  lives  are  scatteringly 
recorded  by  Confucius,  Mencius,  Chwang-tze,  Lieh- 
tze,  and  others,  including  Lao-tze  himself.23  What 
was  most  significant  in  the  author  of  the  "  Tao  Teh 


26  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

Ching"  was  that  lie  gave  to  these  conceptions  a 
literary  form  through  which  we  are  able  to  trace  the 
history  of  the  Chinese  monistic  movement  to  its 
sources. 

When  we  pass  from  Confucius  to  Lao-tze,  we  ex- 
perience almost  complete  change  of  scenery.  Con- 
fucius, in  whom  the  Chinese  mind  is  most  typically 
mirrored,  rarely  deviates  from  the  plain,  normal, 
prosaic,  and  practical  path  of  human  life,  and  his 
eyes  are  steadily  kept  upon  our  earthly  moral  rela- 
tions. Lao-tze  occasionally  betrays  his  national 
traits,  but  he  does  not  hesitate  to  climb  the  dizzy 
heights  of  speculation  and  imagination.  The  first 
passage  of  the  "  Tao  Teh  Ching  "  shows  how  different 
his  mode  of  thought  is  from  that  of  the  Confucian 
school : 

"The  reason24  (too  jj|)  that  can  be  reasoned  is  not 
the  eternal  reason.  The  name  that  can  be  named  is 
not  the  eternal  name.  The  unnameable  is  the  begin- 
ning of  heaven  and  earth.  The  nameable  is  the  mother 
of  the  ten  thousand  things.  Therefore,  in  eternal  non- 
being  I  wish  to  see  the  spirituality  of  things ;  and  in 
eternal  being  I  wish  to  see  the  limitation  of  things. 
These  two  things  are  the  same  in  source,  but  different  in 
name.  Their  sameness  is  called  a  mystery.  Indeed, 
it  is  the  mystery  of  mysteries.  It  is  the  door  of  all 
spirituality/' 

According  to  Lao-tze,  there  is  only  one  thing  which, 
though  indefinable  and  beyond  the  comprehension  of 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY          27 

the  human  understanding,  is  the  fountain-head  of  all 
beings,  and  the  norm  of  all  actions.  Lao-tze  calls 
this  Tao.  But  the  Tao  is  not  only  the  formative 
principle  of  the  universe;  it  also  seems  to  be  prim- 
ordial matter.  For  he  says  in  Chapter  XXV  of  the 
"TaoTehChing":26 

"There  is  one  thing,  chaotic  in  its  composition, 
which  was  born  prior  to  heaven  or  earth.  How  noise- 
less !  How  formless !  Standing  in  its  solitude,  it 
does  not  change.  Universal  in  its  activity,  it  does 
not  relax ;  and  thereby  it  is  capable  of  becoming  the 
mother  of  the  world/' 

Again  in  Chapter  XIY  :  "  We  look  at  it,  but  cannot 
see  it;  it  is  colourless.  We  listen  to  it,  but  cannot 
hear  it;  it  is  called  soundless.  We  grasp  it,  but 
cannot  hold  it;  it  is  called  bodiless.  The  limits  of 
these  three  we  cannot  reach.  Therefore,  they  are 
merged  into  one.  Its  top  is  not  bright,  its  bottom  is 
not  murky ;  its  eternity  is  indefinable ;  it  again  returns 
into  nothingness.  This  I  call  the  shapeless  shape,  the 
imageless  form;  this  I  call  the  obscure  and  vague. 
We  proceed  to  meet  it,  but  cannot  see  its  beginning ; 
we  follow  after  it,  but  cannot  see  its  end/' 

In  what  Lao-tze  again  seems  to  conceive  his  Tao, 
at  once  the  formative  principle  of  the  universe  and 
the  primordial  matter  from  which  develops  this  phe- 
nomenal world. 

"  The  nature  of  the  Tao,  how  obscure,  how  vague  ! 
How  vaguely  obscure !  and  yet  in  its  midst  there  is 


28  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

an  image.  How  obscurely  vague !  and  yet  in  its 
midst  there  is  a  character.  How  unfathomable,  how 
indefinite  !  yet  in  its  midst  there  is  a  reality,  and  the 
reality  is  truly  pure;  in  it  there  is  truthfulness. 
From  of  old  till  now,  its  name  never  departs,  and 
thereby  it  reviews  the  beginning  of  all  things" 
(Chapter  XXI). 

The  Tao,  as  the  reason  of  the  universe  and  as  the 
principle  of  all  activity,  is  something  unnameable,  and 
transcends  the  grasp  of  the  intellect.  The  Tao,  as 
primordial  matter  from  which  this  world  of  particulars 
has  been  evolved,  is  a  potentiality;  it  has  a  form 
which  is  formless ;  it  has  a  shape  which  is  shapeless ; 
it  is  enveloped  in  obscurity  and  utter  indeterminate- 
ness.  According  to  what  we  learn  from  the  "  Tao 
Teh  Ching,"  Lao-tze  seems  to  have  comprehended 
two  apparently  distinct  notions  in  the  conception  of 
Tao.  He  was  evidently  not  conscious  of  this  con- 
fusion. The  physical  conception,  as  we  might  call 
it,  developed  later  into  the  evolution-idea  of  the  T'ai 
Chi26  by  the  early  philosophers  of  the  Sung  dynasty, 
who  endeavoured  to  reconcile  the  Yi  philosophy  with 
the  Taoist  cosmogony.  The  metaphysical  side  of 
Lao-tze's  Tao  conception  not  only  was  transformed  by 
his  early  followers  into  pantheism  and  mysticism ;  it 
also  served  as  an  electric  spark,  as  it  were,  to  the 
explosion  of  the  famous  controversy  of  the  Sung 
philosophers  concerning  Essence  (Jibing  {£)  and 
Reason  (li  §1).  However  this  be,  Lao-tze  was  the 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY  29 

first  monist  in  Chinese  philosophy,  as  the  "  Yi  Ching  " 
was  the  first  document  that  expounded  dualism. 

Lao-tze's  philosophical  successors  in  the  Ante-Ch'in 
period,  whose  literary  works  have  been  fortunately 
preserved  down  to  the  present  day,  are  Lieh-tze,27 
Chwang-tze,  and  perhaps  Kwan-yin-tze.  They  all 
developed  the  monistic,  mystical,  idealistic  thoughts 
broadly  propounded  in  the  "  Tao  Teh  Ching."  Being 
ushered  into  the  time  when  the  first  speculative 
activity  of  the  Chinese  mind  had  attained  to  its  full 
vigour,  the  Taoist  philosophers  displayed  a  depth  of 
intellectual  power  which  has  never  been  surpassed  by 
later  thinkers  in  brilliancy  and  freshness. 

What  most  distinguishes  Lieh-tze28  in  the  galaxy 
of  Taoists  is  his  cosmogony.  According  to  him,  this 
nameable  world  of  phenomena  evolved  from  an  un- 
nameable  absolute  being.  This  being  is  called  Tao, 
or  Spirit  of  Valley  (ku  shen  Q  jfiijl),  or  the  Mys- 
terious Mother  (hsuan  p'in,  £  4fc)>  all  these  terms 
being  used  by  his  predecessor,  Lao-tze.29  The  evolu- 
tion did  not  take  place  through  the  direction  of  a 
personal  will,  that  has  a  definite,  conscious  plan  of 
its  own  in  the  creation  or  evolution  of  a  universe. 
Lieh-tze  says  that  the  unnameable  is  the  nameable,  and 
the  unknowable  is  the  knowable;  therefore,  he  did 
not  see  the  need  of  creating  a  being  or  power  that 
stands  independent  of  this  nameable  and  knowable 
world.  It  was  in  the  very  nature  of  the  unnameable 
that  it  should  evolve  a  world  of  names  and  particulars. 


30  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

It  could  not  do  otherwise.  Its  inherent  nature  neces- 
sitated it  to  unfold  itself  in  the  realm  of  the  Yin  and 
Yang. 

To  speak  more  definitely  in  the  author's  own 
words  :  "  There  was  in  the  beginning  Chaos  (hun  tun 
or  hun  lun),  an  unorganized  mass.  It  was  a  mingled 
potentiality  of  Form  (hsing),  Pneuma  (ch'i),  and  Sub- 
stance (chih).  A  Great  Change  (tai  yi)  took  place  in 
it,  and  there  was  a  Great  Starting  (tai  chi),  which  is 
the  beginning  of  Form.  The  Great  Starting  evolved 
a  Great  Beginning  (tai  shih),  which  is  the  inception 
of  Pneuma.  The  Great  Beginning  was  followed  by 
the  Great  Blank  (tai  su),  which  is  the  first  formation 
of  Substance.  Substance,  Pneuma,  and  Form  being 
all  evolved  out  of  the  primordial  chaotic  mass,  this 
material  world  as  it  lies  before  us  came  into  exist- 
ence "  (Chapter  I) . 

In  these  statements  Lieh-tze  appears  to  have 
understood  by  the  so-called  Chaos  (hun  lun)  only 
a  material  potentiality.  But,  as  we  proceed,  we 
notice  that  he  did  not  ignore  the  reason  by  which  the 
Chaos  was  at  all  possible  to  evolve.  The  reason  is 
the  Tao,  or,  as  he  calls  it,  the  Solitary  Indeterminate 
(i  tuh),  or  the  Going-and-Coming  (wangfuh),  or  Non- 
activity  (wu  wei).  The  Solitary  Indeterminate  is  that 
which  creates  and  is  not  created,  that  which  trans- 
forms and  is  not  transformed.  As  it  is  not  created, 
it  is  able  to  create  everlastingly;  as  it  is  not  trans- 
formed, it  is  able  to  transform  eternally.  The  Going- 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY          31 

and- Coming  neither  goes  nor  comes,  for  it  is  that 
which  causes  things  to  come  and  go.  Those  that 
come  are  doomed  to  go,  and  those  that  go  are  sure 
to  come;  but  the  Coming-and-G-oing  itself  remains 
for  ever,  and  its  limitations  can  never  be  known. 

"  What  comes  out  of  birth  is  death,  but  what  creates 
life  has  no  end.  What  makes  a  concrete  object  is 
substance,  but  what  constitutes  the  reason  of  a  con- 
crete object  has  never  come  to  exist.  What  makes  a 
sound  perceptible  is  the  sense  of  hearing,  but  what 
constitutes  the  reason  of  sound  has  never  manifested 
itself.  What  makes  a  colour  perceptible  is  its  visi- 
bility, but  what  constitutes  the  reason  of  colour  has 
never  been  betrayed.  What  makes  a  taste  tastable 
is  the  sense  of  taste,  but  what  constitutes  the  reason 
of  taste  has  never  been  tasted.  For  all  this  is  the 
function  of  non-activity  (wu  wei) — that  is,  reason  " 
(Chapter  I). 

Will  there  be  no  end  to  this  constant  coming  and 
going  of  things  ?  Is  the  world  running  in  an  eternal 
cycle  ?  Lieh-tze  seems  to  think  so,  for  he  says :  "  That 
which  has  life  returns  to  that  which  is  lifeless ;  that 
which  has  form  returns  to  that  which  is  formless. 
That  which  is  lifeless  does  not  eternally  remain  life- 
less ;  that  which  is  formless  does  not  eternally  remain 
formless.  Things  exist  because  they  cannot  be  other- 
wise ;  things  come  to  an  end  because  they  cannot  do 
otherwise,  just  as  those  which  are  born  because 
they  cannot  be  unborn.  They  who  aspire  after  an 


32  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

eternal  life,  or  they  who  want  to  limit  their  life,  are 
ignoring  the  law  of  necessity.  The  soul  is  heavenly 
and  the  bones  are  earthly.  That  which  belongs  to 
the  heavens  is  clear,  and  dispenses  itself ;  that  which 
belongs  to  the  earth  is  turbid,  and  agglomerates 
itself.  The  soul  is  separated  from  the  body  and 
returns  (Jcwei,  g§)  to  its  own  essence.  It  is,  there- 
fore, called  spirit  (kwei}  $£).  Spirit  is  returning 
— that  is,  it  returns  to  its  real  abode  "  (Chapter  I) . 

Lieh-tze  thus  believes  that  the  cycle  of  birth  and 
death  is  an  irrevocable  ordeal  of  nature.  This  life  is 
merely  a  temporary  abode,  and  not  the  true  one. 
Life  means  lodging,  or  sojourning,  or  tenanting,  and 
death  means  coming  back  to  its  true  abode.  Life 
cannot  necessarily  be  said  to  be  better  than  death,  or 
death  than  life.  Life  and  death,  existence  and  non- 
existence,  creation  and  annihilation,  are  the  inherent 
law  of  nature,  and  the  world  must  be  said  to  be 
revolving  on  an  eternal  wheel.  The  wise  man  remains 
serene  and  unconcerned  in  the  midst  of  this  revolu- 
tion ;  he  lives  as  if  not  living.  This  is  the  character- 
istic attitude  of  all  the  Taoist  philosophers;  they 
begin  with  a  monistic  philosophy,  and  end  with  an 
ethical  attitude  of  aloofness. 

The  following  passage  from  Lieh-tze  will  illustrate 
what  a  transcendental  attitude  is  assumed  by  the 
philosopher  toward  life  and  the  universe,  which  is  the 
psychological  outcome  of  a  philosophy  of  absolute 
identity : 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    33 

"A.  man  in  the  state  of  Ch'i  was  so  grieved  over 
the  possible  disintegration  of  heaven-and-earth,  and 
the  consequent  destruction  of  his  own  existence,  that 
he  could  neither  sleep  nor  eat.  A  friend  came  to 
him  and  consolingly  explained  to  him  :  f  Heaven-and- 
earth  is  no  more  than  an  accumulated  pneuma,  and 
the  sun,  moon,  stars,  and  constellations  are  pure 
luminary  bodies  in  this  accumulation  of  pneuma. 
Even  when  they  may  fall  on  the  ground,  they  cannot 
strike  anything.  The  earth  is  an  accumulation  of 
masses  filling  its  four  empty  quarters.  Treading  on 
it  will  not  cause  it  to  sink/  With  this  both  were 
satisfied. 

"  Chang-tu-tze  heard  of  it,  and  said :  '  The  clouds 
and  mists,  the  winds  and  rains  are  accumulated 
pneuma  in  the  heavens;  and  the  mountains  and 
plains,  the  rivers  and  seas  are  accumulated  forms 
on  earth;  and  who  can  say  that  they  will  never 
disintegrate  ?  Heaven- and- earth  is  merely  a  small 
atom  in  space,  though  the  hugest  among  all  concrete 
objects.  It  goes  without  saying  that  we  cannot  have 
its  measurements  and  know  its  nature.  He  who  grieves 
over  its  possible  disintegration  must  be  considered 
truly  great,  and  he  who  thinks  of  it  as  indestructible 
is  not  quite  right.  Heaven-and-earth  must  suffer  a 
disintegration.  There  must  surely  be  the  time  when 
it  falls  to  pieces.  And  could  we  be  free  from  appre- 
hension when  it  actually  begins  to  fall  ?' 

"When   this   was   communicated    to   Lieh-tze,   he 

3 


34  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

laughed,,  saying:  'It  is  as  great  a  mistake  to  assert 
that  heaven-and- earth  is  falling  to  pieces  as  to  deny 
it.  Whether  it  falls  to  pieces  or  not,  we  have  no 
means  to  tell;  be  it  this  or  that,  it  is  all  the  same. 
Therefore,  life  does  not  know  of  death,  nor  does  death 
know  of  life.  Coming  does  not  know  of  going,  nor 
does  going  know  of  coming.  To  go  to  pieces  or  not 
to  go  to  pieces — this  does  not  at  all  concern  me ' " 
(Chapter  I). 

TRANSCENDENTALISM. 

Chwang-tze,30  who  appeared  a  little  later  on  the 
stage    of    philosophical    speculation,    was    the    most 
brilliant  Taoist  China  has  ever  produced.     Lieh-tze 
might    have    been    deeper    in    one    sense    than    his 
successor,  but  he  was  not  such  a  brilliant  genius  as 
the  latter.     The  main  philosophical  problems  handled 
by  Chwang-tze  were  those  of  Lao-tze,  but  in  many 
points   he  extended   and  detailed  what  was  merely 
vaguely  suggested  by  his  predecessors.     He   main- 
tained,  for  instance,   with   Lao-tze   that    the   world 
started  from  the  Nameless,  but  Chwang-tze's  Name- 
less was  more   absolute   and   transcendental,   if  we 
could  use  the  expression,  than  that  of  Lao-tze;  for 
Chwang-tze   declares   that  when  we   say  there  was 
non-existence    (wu  fjj)    before    existence,    this   non- 
existence  somewhat  suggests  the  sense  of  relativity 
and  conditionally,  but  in  truth  there  could  not  be 
any  such  existence  as  non-existence;  and,  therefore, 


EAKLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY     35 

it  is  better  to  say  that  there  was  in  the  beginning  a 
"  non-existing  non-existence  "  (wu-wu) — that  is,  not 
conditional  non-existence,  but  absolute  non-existence 
(Chwang-tze,  "The  Inner,"  Book  II).  Chwang-tze 
in  this  wise  delighted  himself  with  subtle  dianoetic 
argument. 

The  fundamental  conception  of  Lao-tze's  doctrine 
was  monistic  and  idealistic  when  contrasted  with  the 
Yi  philosophy,  and  showed  a  certain  contempt  for  the 
relative  phenomenal  world  where  pluralism  prevails; 
but  he  did  not  altogether  fly  away  from  the  latter, 
he  was  content  to  remain  there  as  a  quiet,  inactive, 
and  harmless  fellow,  "  covering  his  brightness  with 
the  earthly  dust."  When  we  come  to  Chwang-tze, 
however,  the  world  of  relativity  was  felt  like  a  big 
pen ;  he  left  it  behind  him  in  his  ascent  to  the  realm 
of  the  Infinite,  and  there  he  wished  to  sleep  an  abso- 
lutely quiescent  dreamless  sleep.  This  was  his  ideal. 
He  was,  therefore,  more  radical  than  Lao-tze  in  his 
transcendental  idealism. 

At  the  time  of  Chwang-tze,  however,  there  was 
such  a  confused  and  contradictory  philosophical  con- 
troversy that  it  awakened  him  from  the  transcendental 
enjoyment  of  his  self -forgetting  trance.  Chwang-tze 
was  convinced  of  the  ultimate  unreality  of  this  phe- 
nomenal world,  in  which  he  did  not  know  whether 
or  not  his  was  the  dream-existence  of  the  butterfly.31 
He  argued  that  as  long  as  things  in  this  world  are  con- 
ditional and  limit  one  another,  there  is  no  avoidance 


36  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

of  controversy  and  contradiction.  Each  individual 
mind  has  its  own  idiosyncrasy.  One  and  the  same 
truth  is  reflected  therein,  perhaps,  but  each  responds 
differently  according  to  its  inner  necessity.  Suppose 
a  gale  sweeps  over  a  mountain  forest  :  the  trees 
resound  with  their  varied  notes  according  to  all  the 
possible  differences  of  the  cavities  which  may  be 
found  in  them.  Some  sound  like  fretted  water,  some 
like  the  arrow's  whiz,  some  like  the  stern  command 
of  a  military  officer,  some  like  the  gruff  roar  of  a  lion, 
and  so  on  ad  infinitum  ("  The  Inner,"  Book  II) .  And 
what  need  would  there  be  to  pass  a  judgment  on 
these  multitudinous  notes,  and  declare  that  some  and 
not  others  are  correct  representations  of  the  truth  ? 

Chwang-tze,  therefore,  says  that  no  good  can  come 
out  of  engaging  in  a  controversy  of  this  nature.  As 
long  as  there  is  a  relative  and  conditional  existence, 
there  must  be  good  and  evil,  affirmation  and  negation, 
coming  and  going.  It  is  the  height  of  foolishness  to 
argue  that  as  I  am  walking  one  way  every  man  must 
and  ought  to  walk  the  same  way.  Has  not  every- 
body the  will  and  right  to  go  his  own  way  ?  As  I 
should  not  be  compelled  by  others  to  deny  my  own 
nature,  they  have  the  same  privilege  to  follow  their 
own  inclinations.  What  is  good  to  me  is  not  neces- 
sarily so  to  others,  and  vice  versa.  The  stork  has 
long  legs,  but  it  would  surely  resent  any  human  inter- 
ference with  their  length;  the  duck,  oh  the  other 
hand,  has  short  legs,  but  would  not  be  thankful  for 


EAELY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY          37 

our  artificial  improvement  on  their  stubbiness.  Hsi 
Shih  was  a  beautiful  woman,  but  when  her  features 
were  reflected  in  the  water  the  fish  would  have  been 
frightened  away.  There  was  once  a  strange  sea-bird 
visiting  the  garden  of  the  Duke  of  Lu.  He  was 
pleased  with  it,  and  had  it  brought  to  his  court,  where 
he  fed  it  with  all  the  delicacies  his  culinary  depart- 
ment could  furnish,  and  entertained  it  with  the  most 
beautiful  music  by  his  court  players.  But  the  bird 
was  sad,  it  neither  drank  nor  ate,  and  after  three  days 
it  died.  Now,  exclaims  Chwang-tze,  "Why  did  not 
the  fool  feed  the  bird  with  things  it  naturally  feeds 
on,  instead  of  those  horrible  human  concoctions  ?" 
Therefore,  the  philosopher  insists  in  giving  everyone 
his  innate  freedom  and  the  right  to  think  and  act  as  he 
feels ;  and  thereby  he  wishes  to  reach  the  point  where 
all  controversies  may  eternally  be  set  at  rest;  for 
every  dissension  is  the  outcome  of  human  meddling 
with  the  heavenly  course  of  things. 

But  how  can  we  find  out  what  is  the  real  intrinsic 
nature  of  each  individual  existence  ?  Chwang-tze 
seems  to  think  that  the  Tao  is  present  in  every  being, 
and  that  the  reason  why  we  are  in  the  wrong  habit 
of  confusing  what  is  right  with  what  is  not  right,  is 
because  we  do  not  let  the  Tao  work  its  own  way,  and, 
therefore,  if  we  rid  ourselves  of  all  the  subjective  pre- 
judices that  we  may  possess  and  freely  follow  the 
course  of  the  Tao,  every  being  would  enjoy  his  own 
inherent  virtue,  and  there  would  be  no  controversies 


38  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

and  altercations,  but  our  life  would  be  blessed  with 
the  transcendental  bliss  of  the  Infinite  Tao.  It  is 
thus  simple  enough,  believes  Chwang-tze,  to  find  the 
real  nature  of  things.  Bef ree  yourself  from  subjective 
ignorance  and  individual  peculiarities,  find  the  uni- 
versal Tao  in  your  own  being,  and  you  will  be  able  to 
find  it  in  others,  too,  because  the  Tao  cannot  be  one 
in  one  thing  and  another  in  another.  The  Tao  must 
be  the  same  in  every  existence,  because  "  I "  and  the 
"  ten  thousand  things  "  grow  from  the  selfsame  source, 
and  in  this  oneness  of  things  we  can  bury  all  our 
opinions  and  contradictions.  He  says  :  "  Let  us  make 
our  appeal  to  the  infiniteness  of  the  Tao  and  take  up 
our  position  there."  We  observe  here  the  subjective 
tendency  of  Taoism,  which  distinguishes  itself  so 
significantly  from  its  rival  doctrine,  Confucianism. 
Taoism  is  mysticism. 

What,  then,  is  the  Tao  ?  Can  we  know  of  its  nature 
more  definitely  ?  Let  Chwang-tze  tell  us  what  he 
thinks  of  it.  "  This  is  the  Tao  :  there  is  in  it  sen- 
tiency  and  constancy,  but  it  does  nothing  and  has  no 
bodily  form.  It  may  be  handed  down  by  the  teacher, 
but  may  not  be  received  by  the  scholar.  It  may  be 
apprehended  by  the  mind,  it  cannot  be  perceived  by 
the  senses.  It  has  its  root  and  ground  in  itself. 
Before  there  were  heaven  and  earth,  from  of  old  it 
was  securely  existing.  From  it  came  the  mysterious 
existence  of  God  (ti  ffi).32  It  produced  heaven,  it 
produced  earth.  It  was  before  the  Tai  Chi  (Great 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    39 

Ultimate),  and  yet  could  not  be  considered  deep.  It 
was  produced  before  heaven  and  earth,  and  yet  could 
not  be  considered  to  have  existed  long.  It  was  older 
than  the  highest  authority,  and  yet  could  not  be  con- 
sidered old"  (Part  I,  Section  YI). 

How  can  this  Tao  be  known  and  expressed  by  us  ? 
Is  our  intellectual  faculty  able  to  grasp  the  nature  of 
Tao  ?  Can  we  analyze  it  logically  and  bring  it  out  to 
our  rational  plane  ?  Chwang-tze  is  a  mystic,  as  every 
Taoist  is,  and  thinks  the  Tao  is  beyond  all  human 
intellection.  When  you  want  to  express  it  and  com- 
municate it  to  another,  it  is  lost.  The  mind  seems  to 
comprehend  it,  but  when  it  tries  to  point  it  out  or 
expose  it  before  others'  view,  it  hides  itself  within  the 
threshold  of  consciousness. 

"  Chih  (intellect)  went  north,  and  was  enjoying 
himself  by  walking  along  the  stream  of  Hsuen  (the 
Mysterious),  and  climbing  the  Hill  of  Yin  Pin  (the  Con- 
cealed), when  he  happened  to  meet  Wu  Wei  Wei  (Non- 
doing-speaking)  .  Said  Chih  to  Wei, f  I  have  something 
to  ask  you  about,  sir.  What  have  I  to  think  and  reflect 
in  order  to  know  the  Tao  ?  Where  have  I  to  abide, 
and  what  to  wear,  in  order  to  rest  with  the  Tao  ? 
What  have  I  to  rely  upon,  and  where  to  go,  in  order 
to  obtain  the  Tao  ?'  Chih  asked  Wei  three  times,  and 
Wei  made  no  response.  Wei  was  not  averse  to 
answering,  but  did  not  know  how  to  answer. 

"  Having  no  answer,  Chih  returned  south  of  the 
River  Peh  (White)  and  proceeded  to  the  Mount  of 


40  A  BRIEF  HISTOEY  OF 

Ku  Ch'ueh  (Solitary  End),  where  he  saw  Chu  K'uan 
(Crazy-Crooked).  He  proposed  the  same  questions, 
and  Ch'u  said,  '  Ah,  I  know  it,  and  will  tell  you  what 
it  is.  But  while  on  the  point  of  speaking,  I  have 
forgotten  what  I  was  about  to  speak/ 

"Having  no  satisfaction,  Chih  returned  to  the 
Ti  Kung  (Imperial  Mansion),  and  seeing  Huang  Ti 
(the  Yellow  Emperor),  proposed  the  same  questions. 
Said  the  Emperor:  'Think  not,  nor  reflect,  and  you 
will  know  the  Tao ;  abide  nowhere,  put  nothing  on, 
and  you  will  rest  with  the  Tao.  Have  nothing  to  rely 
on,  nor  go  anywhere,  and  you  will  obtain  the  Tao/ 

"  Chih  asked :  '  You  and  I  know  it,  while  the  other 
two  know  it  not ;  who  is  right  now  ?'  Said  the  Em- 
peror :  '  Wu  Wei  Wei  is  quite  right,  Ch'u  K'uan  is 
approaching,  but  you  and  I  are  far  away.  Now,  the 
knowing  one  speaketh  not,  and  the  speaking  one 
knoweth  not.  That  is  why  the  sage  practises  the 
doctrine  of  non-speaking.  The  Tao  cannot  be  brought 
within  human  limits,  nor  can  Virtue  be  reached  by 
human  means.  That  which  does  is  humaneness ;  that 
which  wants  is  righteousness;  and  that  which  deceives 
is  propriety.  Therefore,  when  the  Tao  is  lost,  we 
have  virtue;  when  virtue  is  lost,  then  humaneness; 
when  humaneness  is  lost,  then  righteousness;  when 
righteousness  is  lost,  then  propriety ;  for  the  latter  is 
the  blooming  of  the  Tao  and  the  beginning  of  dis- 
order/ " 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY  41 

PANTHEISTIC  MYSTICISM. 

When  speculation  reaches  this  point,  it  naturally 
turns  into  mysticism.  Intellectual  discrimination  and 
the  analytical  process  of  reasoning  give  way  to  a 
mystic  contemplation  of  the  Absolute.  It  is  peculiar 
to  the  human  mind  that  while  the  intellect  is  ever 
struggling  to  attain  to  a  definite  conception  of  the 
universe  and  to  state  it  in  most  positive  terms,  the 
imagination  and  faith,  poetic  and  religious,  insists  on 
concretely  and  immediately  grasping  that  something 
which  is  so  slippery  as  to  defy  all  realistic  apprehen- 
sion and  yet  presents  itself  with  annoying  persist- 
ence to  our  inner  eye.  The  intellect  sometimes 
gains  ascendency,  and  then  we  have  an  outspoken 
expression  of  positivism.  When  its  days  are  gone,  as 
the  history  of  thought  proves  everywhere,  we  have 
the  predominance  of  mystic  tendencies  in  philosophy, 
and  mysticism  invariably  tends  towards  pantheism. 
We  find  in  Kwan-yin-tze  this  culmination  of  Taoism. 

Kwan-yin-tze,  according  to  Ssu  Ma-ch'ien's  "  His- 
torical Records,"  seems  to  have  been  acquainted  with 
Lao-tze  as  we  see  from  his  request  to  the  latter  to 
write  a  book  on  Taoism.  Kwan-yin-tze,  therefore,  is 
earlier  than  Lieh-tze  and  Chwang-tze,  but  the  work 
ascribed  to  him,  and  still  in  our  possession,  is  evidently 
a  later  production,  though  it  may  contain  some  of  his 
own  sayings  scattered  in  the  book.  Strictly  speaking, 
it  may  not  be  proper,  therefore,  to  classify  the  Kwan- 


42  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

yin-tze83  with  Chwang-tze  and  Lieh-tze  as  Ante-Ch'in 
literature,  but  it  contains  many  characteristic  Taoist 
thoughts  which  can  be  regarded  as  a  direct  and 
unbroken  linear  development  of  Chwang-tze  and 
Lieh-tze.  Hence  its  place  here  as  the  last  of  the  Taoist 
thinkers. 

The  Tao,  according  to  Kwan-yin-tze,  is  that  which 
is  above  all  thought  and  explanation.  When  this 
Tao  is  evolved,  there  appear  heaven  and  earth  and 
the  ten  thousand  things.  But  the  Tao  in  itself  does 
not  fall  under  the  categories  of  freedom  and  necessity, 
of  mensuration  and  divisibility.  Therefore  it  is  called 
Heaven  (t'ienJQ,  Destiny  (mingfir),  Spirit  (shen  jj$),  or 
the  Mysterious  (hsiien,  s£).  It  is  each  and  all  of  these. 
As  thus  the  one  and  only  Tao  asserts  itself  and  mani- 
fests in  all  possible  expressions  and  existences,  there 
is  nothing  that  is  not  the  Tao.  All  things  are  the 
Tao  itself.  It  is  like  the  relation  between  fire  and 
fuel.  One  flame  of  fire  burns  all  kinds  of  fuel.  But 
the  fire  is  not  independent  of  the  fuel.  When  all  the 
fuel  burns  out,  there  is  no  more  fire  left,  as  neither  is 
separable  from  the  other.  So,  one  breath  of  Tao 
penetrates  throughout  the  ten  thousand  things.  They 
are  in  it  and  it  is  in  them ;  they  are  it,  and  it  is  they. 
Find  it  in  yourself  and  you  know  everything  else,  and 
with  it  the  mystery  of  heaven  and  earth  (Book  I) . 

Therefore,  the  essence  of  heaven  and  earth  is  the 
essence  of  myself ;  the  spirit  of  heaven  and  earth  is 
the  spirit  of  my  existence.  When  one  drop  of  water 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    43 

is  merged  into  the  waters  of  a  boundless  ocean,  there 
is  no  distinction  between  the  two,  but  a  complete 
homogeneity  (IV,  3).  Therefore  the  holy  man  recog- 
nizes unity  in  multiplicity,  and  multiplicity  in  unity 
(V,  2).  The  multitude  may  change,  may  go  through 
an  endless  series  of  transformation,  but  the  one  is 
eternally  unchangeable  (II,  9).  Shadows  come  and 
go,  but  the  water  which  reflects  them  remains  for  ever 
tranquil.  The  wise  live  in  this  tranquillity  of  the  one 
and  serenely  look  at  the  coming  and  going  of  the 
many. 

As  is  seen  here,  the  Kwan-yin-tze  is  filled  with  the 
Mahayana  Buddhist  thoughts,  which  held  sway  over 
Chinese  minds  during  the  Sung  dynasty,  when  almost 
all  notable  thinkers  of  the  day  rapped  at  one  time  or 
another  at  the  monastery  door.  The  justifiable  sup- 
position, therefore,  is  that  Kwan-yin-tze  might  have 
been  produced  by  one  of  the  Buddhist  Taoists  of  those 
days,  especially  when  we  know  that  the  book  is  osten- 
sibly declared  to  have  been  recovered,  though  its 
existence  was  known  during  the  Han  dynasty  (206  B.C.- 
A.D.  23).  Besides,  there  are  certain  terms  in  the  text 
which  were  not  yet  known  in  the  Ante-Ch'in  period, 
and  which  evidently  point  to  their  later  introduction.  I 
mean  such  terms  as  $fc  $$  (IV,  4)  and  f|  5£  (VII,  3). 

Taoism  has  such  remarkable  features  in  its  doctrine 
that  a  foreign  origin  has  been  suspected,  which,  some 
claim,  satisfactorily  solves  the  question  of  its  striking 
resemblance  to  Hindu  philosophy.  They  even  go  so 


44  A  BRIEF  HISTOEY  OF 

far  as  to  suggest  the  Brahmin  descendancy  of  the 
Yellow  Emperor,  Lao-tze,  and  other  unknown  Taoist 
thinkers.  I  will  not  enter  upon  a  discussion  of  this 
point,  but  the  fact  remains  that  there  are  some  signi- 
ficant points  of  resemblance  between  Taoism  and 
Buddhism,  and  that  the  first  Buddhist  missionaries 
drew  a  large  part  of  their  terminology  from  Taoist 
lore,  and  that  as  soon  as  Buddhism  began  to  send  its 
roots  down  in  Chinese  soil,  there  were  many  attempts 
to  bring  the  two,  Taoism  and  Buddhism,  into  one 
religio-philosophical  system,  and,  finally,  that  the 
present  popular  religion  in  China  is  a  sort  of  conglo- 
meration of  these  two  teachings,  one  contributing  to 
it  with  its  polytheistic  tendency  and  the  doctrine  of 
Karma,  and  the  other  with  its  belief  in  heavenly  im- 
mortality. Kwan-yin-tze,  as  we  have  already  seen, 
and  will  see  later,  must  be  said  to  be  one  of  those 
early  attempts  in  China  which  were  made  to  reconcile 
the  pantheistic  mystic  tendency  of  Lao-tze  and 
Chwang-tze  to  Indian  idealism.  The  Kwan-yin-tze  is 
highly  interesting  in  this  respect  if  not  in  any  other. 
In  what  follows,  the  reader  will  notice  how  much 
more  openly  it  breathes  the  spirit  of  Buddhism  than 
its  predecessors. 

"It  is  one  Essence  (ching  $J)  that  becomes  the 
cold  in  heaven,  the  water  on  earth,  and  the  essence 
in  man.  It  is  one  Spirit  (shen  jff)  that  becomes 
the  heat  in  heaven,  the  fire  on  earth,  and  the  spirit  in 
man.  It  is  one  Animal  Soul  (po  §||)  that  becomes 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY          45 

the  drought  in  heaven,  the  metal  on  earth,  and  the 
animal  soul  in  man.  It  is  one  Soul  (hun  *J|)  that 
becomes  the  wind  in  heaven,  the  wood  on  earth,  and 
the  soul  in  man. 

"Let  my  essence  be  merged  in  the  Essence  of 
heaven-and-earth  and  all  things,  as  all  different 
waters  could  be  combined  and  made  into  one  water. 

"  Let  my  Spirit  be  merged  in  the  Spirit  of  heaven- 
and-earth  and  all  things,  as  all  different  fires  could 
be  united  and  made  into  one  fire. 

"  Let  my  animal  soul  be  merged  in  the  Animal  Soul 
of  heaven-and-earth  and  all  things,  as  all  different 
metals  could  be  melted  and  made  into  one  metal. 

"Let  my  soul  be  merged  in  the  Animal  Soul  of 
heaven-and-earth  and  all  things,  as  one  tree  could  be 
grafted  on  another  and  made  into  one  tree. 

"  It  is  thus  that  heaven-and-earth  and  all  things 
are  no  more  than  my  essence,  my  spirit,  my  animal 
soul,  my  soul.  There  is  nothing  that  dies,  there  is 
nothing  that  is  born  "  (Book  IV) . 

"  To  the  wise  there  is  one  mind,  one  substance,  one 
reason  (tao),  and  these  three  are  conceived  in  their 
oneness.  Therefore,  they  do  not  repress  the  Hot-one 
with  the  one,  nor  do  they  injure  the  one  with  the  not- 
one"  (Book  I). 

"  To  illustrate,  such  changes  as  cold,  heat,  warmth, 
and  coolness  are  like  those  in  a  brick:  when  it  is 
placed  in  fire  it  is  hot ;  when  put  in  water  it  is  cold  ; 
blow  a  breath  on  it,  and  it  is  warm  ;  draw  a  breath 


46          EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY 

from  it,  and  it  is  cool.  Only  its  outward  influences 
are  coming  and  going,  while  the  brick  itself  knows 
neither  coming  nor  going.  To  illustrate  again :  See 
the  shadows  cast  in  the  water ;  they  come  and  go, 
but  the  water  itself  knows  no  coming,  no  going " 
(Book  II). 

"  All  things  change,  but  their  nature  (ctii  Jjt)  is 
always  one.  The  wise  know  this  oneness  of  things, 
and  are  never  disturbed  by  outward  signs.  Our  hair 
and  nails  are  growing  every  minute,  but  the  multitude 
of  people  recognize  the  fact  only  when  they  become 
visible;  they  fail  to  know  it  through  its  potential 
signs.  For  this  reason  they  think  things  change,  and 
are  born  and  die,  while  the  wise  look  at  them  through 
their  inner  signs  and  know  that  there  is  no  change 
whatever  in  their  ultimate  issuance  "  (Book  VII). 

"  To  illustrate :  In  the  great  ocean  there  are  mil- 
lions of  millions  of  fishes,  large  and  small;  but  only 
one  body  of  water.  I  and  this  external  world 
with  its  multitudinous  things  are  existing  in  the 
midst  of  Great  Evolution,  but  their  essence  is  one. 
To  him  who  knows  the  oneness  of  essence,  there  are 
neither  men,  nor  death,  nor  life,  nor  I.  The  reasoning 
of  this  world  may  turn  the  true  into  the  untrue,  and 
the  untrue  into  the  true;  and  again,  it  may  make 
enemies  of  friends  and  friends  of  enemies.  Therefore, 
the  wise,  abiding  in  the  eternality  of  things,  think  of 
its  changeable  aspect  "  (Book  VII) . 


ETHICS 

THE  moral  life   can  be  said  to  have  been  the  only 
philosophical  subject  which,  from  the  earliest  stage 
of  culture  to  the  present  day,  has  seriously  interested 
the  Chinese,  and  which  has  been  considered  worthy 
of   their   earnest   speculation.     This   was   even   true 
with  the  highly  metaphysical  and  mystical  school  of 
Taoism,  whose  followers  were  deeply  interested  in  com- 
pounding an  elixir  of  life  and  ascending  to  Heaven  as 
a  sien   (jjlf,  saint)    without  shedding  their  corporeal 
body;  while  it  was  the  avowed  object  of  Confucianism 
to  discard  all  subtle  reasonings  about  philosophical 
problems,  but  to  confine  itself  to  human  life  in  its 
civil,  social,  and  moral  bearings.    If  religion  be  repre- 
sented by  the  Hebrews,  philosophy  by  the  Greeks, 
and  mysticism  by  the  Hindus,  practical  morality  must 
be  said   to  be  the  most  characteristic   trait   of   the 
thought  which  prevailed  among  the  people  of   the 
Middle  Kingdom.    It  has  been  their  inmost  conviction 
that   the  universe   is  the  manifestation  of  a   moral 
principle,  and  that  every  existence  in  its  way  has 
some  mission  to  teach  humanity  a  moral  lesson. 

They  did  not,  however,  conceive  the  world  to  be 
47 


48  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

the  creation  of  a  personal  god  who  superintends  and 
directs  its  course.  Their  Heaven  (t'ien),  or  Heavenly 
way  (t'ien  tao),  or  Heavenly  Ordeal  (t'ien  ming),  is  a 
sort  of  natural  law,  that  is  not  personal  but  somewhat 
deterministic.  When  we  do  not  follow  its  regulations, 
we  suffer  the  consequence  merely  because  we  violated 
it,  and  not  because  we  incurred  the  displeasure  of 
some  august  being.  The  Heavenly  Way  is  thoroughly 
moral,  and  would  not  tolerate  anything  that  contra- 
dicts it,  but  no  religious  significance  seems  to  have 
been  attached  to  their  conception.  Man  is  a  moral 
being  pure  and  simple,  there  is  no  intimate  relation 
between  morality  and  religion,  as  the  latter  is  generally 
understood  by  Christians.  Throughout  the  writings 
of  Confucius  we  are  unable  to  find  any  religious 
appeal  made  either  by  him  or  by  his  followers  to  a 
power  supernatural  or  transcendental.  If  they  had 
a  clear  conscience  or  Were  living  in  the  blissful  state 
of  non-action  (wu  wei  |Hf  JJ),  they  had  everything 
that  they  desired,  and  there  was  nothing  outside 
that  would  disturb  their  peace  of  mind.  They  were 
thoroughly  moral,  they  were  thoroughly  human,  they 
were  thoroughly  mundane. 

China  is  rich,  therefore,  in  this  class  of  literature ; 
every  thinker  or  philosopher  worthy  of  the  name  has 
dipped  his  fingers  in  the  subject,  expounding  his  views 
as  to  how  we  ought  to  behave  while  yet  alive  in  the 
world.  But  here  the  field  is  not  monopolized  between 
Lao-tzeanism  and  Confucianism  as  in  the  case  of 


EAELY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY          49 

philosophy.  At  least,  there  is  one  writer  independent 
and  original  enough  to  stand  alone  by  himself,  though 
unfortunately  his  school  did  not  make  any  further 
development  beyond  his  own  immediate  disciples. 
By  this  I  mean  Mu-tze's  utilitarianism.  There  is  no 
doubt  that  this  would  have  been  a  fruitful  system  if 
it  could  have  found  a  proper  support  and  encourage- 
ment among  later  scholars. 

CONFUCIANISM. 

We  shall  begin  our  exposition  of  Chinese  ethics 
with  Confucianism.  Whatever  influence  might  have 
been  exercised  by  other  scholars  upon  Chinese  culture, 
modes  of  thinking,  and  social  life,  they  were  all  out- 
vied by  Confucianism,  which  has  been  the  choice 
the  people—  especially  of  the  middle,  learrift^|| 
official  classes.  The  reason  —  or  at  least  one  of  the 
principal  reasons  —  wiiy  Qonfucius  came  to  be  so 
honoured  and  distinguished  by  the  Chinese 
national  teacher  wasfulSo  ^  ^i 


based  on  >n?Tm^jam.  aJftevoifl  nf  _«,ny  mjsticalor 
agenc     ?The  Chinese  are  a  sober-minded 


people,  and  liked  Confucius  in  preference  to  all  other 
philosophers. 

Another  reason  which  favoured  Confucianism  was 
that  it  is  pre-eminently  a  code  of  morality  for  Olj^ftse 
officialdom.  As  those  who  are  at  all  acquainted 
with  their  history  can  testify,  foe  one,  fthjfifiti 
persistently  pursued  by  all 


50  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 


to  obtain  an  official  pofliMm*  witli  tuba  Jknrernmejat.  __ 
Their  learning  and   education  were   not  necessarily 
to  cultivate  their  mental  and  moral  faculties,  but  to 
apply  them  practically  to  their  official  lives  as  the 
governing   class.     Learning  was   not  sojight  for  ita- 


Confucianism^  therefore,  supplied  them  with  a  code 
of_jnorals  as  well^  as  a  practical  political  guide  ; 
politics  and  ethics  were  the  same  thing  with  the 
Chinese.  Confucius  himself  worked  indefatigably  to 
put  his  theories  into  practice  while  yet  living;  but 
seeing  that  his  efforts  were  not  to  be  crowned  with 
success  in  his  days,  he  retired  from  active  political 
life  and  began  to  teach  his  pupils,  the  principal  object 
of  which  was  to  prepare  them  for  the  public  service, 
so  that  they  could  succeed  him  after  his  death  as 
practical  propagators  of  his  doctrine,  and  not  neces- 
sarily as  transmitters  of  his  vast  learning.  In  this 
sense  he_w£s_inojie-ei-tir-poM 
and  thus  i 


has  been  the  prevailing  moral  and  political  doctrine 

-     •-         f-       —    -i      .«p»-^...    .  ...   .....  jti  __  L  .....  <Br,  —  inTI  .....  mi  , 

m  China  throughout  frs  history,  especially  among  the 
mandarins. 

To  understand  Confucianism,  we  must  start  with 
Confucius's  doctrine  of  humanism,  which  forms  the 
corner-stone  of  his  entire  ethics,  or  at  least  it  has 
been  so  understood  by  his  influential  disciples. 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY          51 

Jihr,  THE  FUNDAMENTAL  VIRTUE. 

All  Chinese  thinkers  admit  that  man  and  nature 
are  not  mere  accidents,  that  their  existence  cannot 
be  a  haphazard  affair,  but  that  there  is  a  .'^Tao-4-that 
is,  a  way  or  norm — ^^J0  ^Q  "TffUlitar  flf  Tnim™ 
^gndunt  and  tha  giiidq  pf  .afrtfflir^1  ^VAT1Jig.  There  was 
no  dissenting  voice  among  the  thinkers  so  far  as  the 
existence  of  a  Tao  was  concerned.  What  vehemently 
engaged  them  in  discussion  and  controversy  was  the 
being  or  nature  of  the  Tao.  The  issue  was  whether 
it  was  metaphysical  or  simply  moral,  whether  it  was 
transcendental  or  positivistic.  The  Taoists  thought 
it  was  the  former,  while  the  Confucians  adhered  to 
the  latter  conception.  The  Tao,  says  Confucius,  is 
no  more  than  jen,  and  on  this  basis  his  ethics  is 
founded. 

Now,  it  is  very  difficult  to  find  a  proper  English 
equivalent  for  the  Chinese  jen.  Broadly  speaking, 
it  is  sympathy,  or  lovingkindness,  or  friendly  feeling, 
or  better,  feeling  of  fellowship. 

The  Chinese  character  (fc,//ew)  is  made  out  of 
the  two  component  ideograms  \,  man,  and  H 
two,  and  its  signification  is  thai  there  is  an  inborn 
feeling  in  every  man's  heart,  w^iich  is  awakened  to 
its  full  actuality  when  he  conjes  in  contact  with 
another  fellow -being,  forming /the  permanent  bond 
of  association  between  them^/This  feeling,  Confucius 
declares,  is  the  foundation  of  society  and  the  road 


52  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

J^  nil  fruTYin.|j  y]>fn^fl  It  is  the  Tao ;  it  is  the  road 
which  must  be  travelled  by  every  social  being;  it  is 
the  door  that  must  be  passed  through  when  going 
out  ("  Analects/'  Book  YI,  15)  of  the  house.  No 
moral  being  can  live  without  this  Tao,  this  road,  for 
that  which  can  be  dispensed  with  even  for  a  moment 
is  no  more  the  Tao  ("Chung  Yung/'  Chapter  I). 
Therefore,  the  Tao  is  the  feeling  of  fellowship,  and 
the  feeling  of  fellowship  is  the  Tao. 

This  fellow-feeling  is  the  reason  of  the  Golden 
Rule.  Without  it,  one  will  not  be  kept  from  doing 
to  others  what  one  would  not  have  done  by  others 
("Analects/'  XII,  2;  XY,  23).  For  indeed  the 
feeling  is  that  of  humanity  itself.  Says  Confucius : 
"  A  man  who  has  jen,  wishing  to  establish  himself, 
will  have  others  established;  wishing  himself  to 
succeed,  will  have  others  succeed"  (Book  YI).  The 
feeling  of  fellowship  is  the  primary  altruistic  instinct 
of  man,  which  in  spite  of  his  innate  egoism  drives 
him  out  of  his  narrow  selfish  limitations,  and  which 
seeks  its  own  satisfaction  through  a  negation,  as  it 
were,  of  himself.  Confucianism  does  not  believe  in 
the  innate  baseness  of  human  nature^  that_  is,  in  its 
absolute  egoism;  but  it  asserts  the  existence  of  an 
altruistic  impulse  in  every  human  heart.  The  latter  is 
not  a  modified  development  of  egoism,  but  is  inherent 
in  humanity. 

It  is  in  this  spirit  that  Mencius  says :  "  Everybody 
has  a  feeling  for  others  which  he  is  unable  to 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    53 

endure.  .  .  .  Suppose  a  child  is  at  the  point  of 
slipping  down  into  a  pit.  It  awakens  in  the  spectator 
a  mingled  feeling  of  apprehension  and  compassion, 
which  urges  him  to  an  immediate  rescue  of  the  child. 
This  is  not  because  he  wants  to  incur  a  favour  upon 
its  parents.  This  is  not  because  he  wants  to  be 
honoured  by  his  friends  or  fellow-villagers.  This  is 
simply  because  he  cannot  bear  its  pitiful  scream. 
Men  who  have  no  feeling  of  pity,  therefore,  are  no 
human  beings"  (Book  Ila).  As  Schopenhauer  made 
sympathy  (Mitleid)  the  foundation  of  his  ethics,  so 
the  Confucians  consider  feeling  of  fellowship  as  the 
prime  principle  on  which  the  grand  edifice  of  human 
society  is  built. 

All  virtues  spring  from  jen.  They  are  no  more 
than  the  modifications  of  this  fundamental  feeling,  as 
in  various  ways  it  comes  related  to  the  will,  intelli- 
gence, desires,  and  impulses.  The  circumstances 
under  which  we  move  are  ever  changing,  and  our 
feelings  respond  to  them  accordingly,  assuming 
thereby  different  names,  such  as  loyalty,  filial  piety, 
courage,  propriety,  faithfulness,  righteousness,  long- 
suffering,  and  benevolence.  Therefore,  Confucius 
affirms  that  in  his  dealings  with  men  and  things  he 
had  only  one  principle  (too)  to  guide  him  ("  Analects," 
Book  IV,  15) ;  and  that  by  this  he  meant  no  more 
than  the  feeling  of  fellowship,  is  confirmed  by  most 
Confucians. 

Judging  from  the  general  trend  of  Confucianism, 


54  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

only  two  moral  principles  are  possible :  one  is  fellow- 
feeling  or  altruism,  and  the  other  is  egoism  (cf. 
"Mencius,"  Book  Ilia).  When  our  feelings  do  not 
go  out  to  our  fellow-beings,  they  are  concentrated 
on  our  own  selfish  motives.  When  the  latter  sense 
is  cultivated  at  the  expense  of  the  former,  society 
falls  into  pieces  and  humanity  is  ruined,  and  the 
raison  d'etre  of  a  moral  being  is  lost.  Mencius,  there- 
fore, says:  " J&n  (fellow-feeling)  is  man  himself" 
(which  is  also  pronounced  jen  in  Chinese) . 

To  quote  Mencius  again :  "  Fellow-feeling  is  the 
highest  heavenly  honour  ever  given  to  men.  It  is 
the  safest  abode  ever  secured  for  men.  There  is 
nothing  that  could  check  its  course "  ("  Mencius," 
Book  VII).  Ch'eng-tze,34  a  great  philosopher  of  the 
Sung  dynasty,  says :  "  Fellow-feeling  is  the  norm  of 
the  universe.  When  the  norm  is  lost  there  ensues 
lawlessness  and  discord."  Chou-tze,36  another  and 
later  great  Confucian,  comments  on  jenf  saying : 
"  Jen  is  the  virtue  of  the  soul  and  the  reason  of  love." 
It  is  interesting  to  contrast  the  Confucian  definition 
of  jen  with  that  of  Han-f  ei-tze  36  in  his  "Commentary 
on  Lao-tze  " :  "  J&n  is  to  love  others  with  gladness  of 
heart,  to  rejoice  when  they  are  blissful,  and  to  be 
grieved  when  they  suffer  misery.  This  is  because  the 
heart  is  unable  to  refrain  from  being  so  affected,  and 
has  nothing  to  do  with  a  desire  for  compensation. 
Therefore,  says  Lao-tze, '  Superior  jen  works  as  if  not 
working/  " 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY          55 

But  it  must  be  noticed  that  jen  was  used  by 
Confucius  as  well  as  by  his  disciples,  not  only  in  its 
general  and  ultimate  signification,  but  in  its  specific 
applications.  To  them,  jen  meant  not  only  the  most 
fundamental  ethical  feeling  innate  in  man,  but  its 
particular  modifications  as  practised  in  our  daily  life. 
Every  reader  of  the  Confucian  "Analects"  is  well 
aware  of  the  various  senses  in  which  the  term  Jen  is 
used  by  the  Master,  and  we  are  sometimes  at  a  loss 
how  to  arrive  at  a  definite  conception  of  it.  But  the 
fact  seems  to  be  that  Confucius  himself  did  not  have 
a  very  clear  analytical  comprehension  of  jen,  forming 
the  central  idea  of  his  ethics.  It  is  true  that  he  was 
quite  conscious  of  one  ultimate  principle  which  under- 
lies all  virtues  and  which  is  generically  known  as  jen  ; 
for  he  declared  that  in  his  daily  conduct  he  was 
guided  by  only  one  principle.  But  his  application 
of  the  term  jen  indiscriminately  to  this  principle  as 
well  as  to  its  practical  specifications  was  somewhat 
confusing.  Hence  the  ambiguity  in  which  jen  is 
involved  throughout  the  "Analects." 

Dr.  Y.  Kaniye  enumerates  in  his  "  Studies  in  Con- 
fucius "  (p.  297)  the  five  different  shades  of  meaning 
given  to  jen  by  the  Master,  which  are  (1)  prosperity, 
(2)  kindheartedness,  (3)  charity,  (4)  sincerity  and 
sympathy,  (5)  unselfishness  (or  self-control).  When 
the  Chinese  speak  of  three  or  five  cardinal  virtues, 
jen  must  be  understood  in  its  specific  sense.37 

Now  the  question  is  :   "  How  are  we  to  cultivate 


56  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

fellow-feeling  and  put  it  in  actual  operation  in  our 
every-day  life  ?"  This  is  the  gist  of  practical  Con- 
fucianism, and  the  moral  efforts  of  its  followers  are 
concentrated  upon  the  cultivation  of  this  feeling. 
Even  the  Master  himself  did  not  claim  to  have  brought 
his  fellow-feeling  into  perfect  development,  and  natur- 
ally none  of  his  three  thousand  disciples  were  said  to 
have  attained  to  it.  But  Confucius  declared  toward 
the  end  of  his  life  :  "  I  behave  myself  as  my  heart 
desires,  yet  it  never  transgresses  the  mean "  ("Anal- 
ects/' Book  II,  4).  Here  he  may  be  said  to  have 
reached  the  state  of  perfect  adjustment  between 
natural  impulses  and  moral  discipline.  He  is  now 
jen  itself.  He  has  no  scruples,  no  hesitancy,  no 
deliberation  as  to  what  would  be  his  proper  conduct 
under  given  conditions.  He  is  no  longer  hampered 
by  any  improper  thoughts  and  impulses.  When  a 
person  reaches  this  stage,  he  is  said  to  be  a  sage,  or 
holy  man  (seng  jen},  and  Confucius,  according  to  the 
Chinese,  fully  deserves  this  title.  He  behaves  as 
freely  and  innocently  as  a  child  fresh  from  the  bosom 
of  nature,  and  all  that  he  does  never  deviates  from 
the  Middle  Way  (chung  tao  F{*  JH). 

REVERENCE  AND  SELF-INSPECTION. 

Let  us  now  approach  the  question :  "  By  what 
means  can  one  reach  this  pinnacle  of  moral  perfec- 
tion r 

According   to   Confucius,  ching  -jjjfc  or  kung  ijjjf  is 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    57 

the  road  that  finally  leads  to  the  perfection  of  human- 
ism and  to  the  full  development  of  fellow-feeling.  It 
is  a  reverential  attitude  of  a  moral  person  toward  his 
own  being.  Etymologically,  hung  ^  is  composed  of 
"  heart "  and  "  many  hands,"  "  many  hands  "  meaning 
"  together "  or  "  conjoined/'  It  is  a  state  of  mind 
prompting  reverential  deportment.  Ching  ^gfc,  which 
is  composed  of  " mindfulness"  and  "gentle  tapping," 
means  self-restraint,  self-respect,  deliberation,  gravity, 
and  dignity.  Ching  and  kung  are  generally  used 
together  to  make  the  one  clearer  by  the  other  and 
more  definite.  But,  separately,  kung  is  more  of  the 
outward  deportment  and  ching  of  the  inner  feeling. 
When  the  feeling  is  carefully  nourished  and  purified 
within,  and  the  outward  manners  are  deliberately 
adjusted,  the  egoistic  impulse  is  gradually  subdued, 
and  the  altruistic  one  proportionately  strengthened, 
until  the  time  comes  when  the  two  are  thoroughly 
harmonized. 

The  Confucians  have  no  personal  God  who  directly 
controls  the  human  soul.  They  do  not  appeal  to  any 
outward  object  to  be  elevated  in  their  moral  life. 
They  concentrate  all  spiritual  efforts  on  themselves  in 
order  to  develop  from  within  what  they  possess  from 
their  very  nature.  They  endeavour  to  be  modest  in 
their  self-asserting  claims.  They  keep  themselves 
well  guarded  against  any  possible  intrusion  of  evil, 
inhuman  thoughts  and  impulses.  They  inspect  them- 
selves closely  to  see  whether  anything  that  is  not  of 


58  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

fellow-feeling  is  being  stirred  in  them.  They  move 
about  very  deliberately  and  reverently  not  to  let  loose 
any  evil,  selfish  impulses,  which  they  might  inno- 
cently awaken  in  themselves.  Therefore,  Confucius 
says,  when  asked  how  jen  should  be  practised : 
"  When  you  are  away  from  home,  behave  yourself  as 
if  receiving  a  great  personage.  When  employing 
people,  behave  yourself  as  if  assisting  at  a  great 
sacrifice.  Do  not  do  to  others  what  you  would  not 
have  others  do  to  yourself"  (Book  XII).  This  is 
tantamount  to  saying:  "Keep  yourself  always  in  a 
reverential  mood,  and  let  not  your  hasty  and  improper 
passions  take  hold  of  you."  In  reply  to  his  favourite 
disciple,  Yen  Hui,  Confucius  says :  "  Overcome  your 
egotism  and  return  to  propriety"  (li  jjjg).  When 
asked  for  further  details,  he  added  :  "  Do  not  see  any- 
thing improper.  Do  not  listen  to  anything  improper. 
Do  not  speak  anything  improper.  Do  not  move 
towards  anything  improper"  (Book  XII).  According 
to  these  injunctions  the  Confucian  method  of  maturing 
a  feeling  of  fellowship  is  to  give  the  necessary  psy- 
chological time  to  all  the  impulses,  so  that  when  the 
first  storm  of  emotional  agitation  passes  over,  the 
mind  will  be  prepared  for  a  proper  adjustment  of 
itself  for  a  becoming  action.  When  this  practice  is 
repeated  with  the  whole  heart  and  with  sufficient  fre- 
quency, one's  deliberate  moral  judgments  and  head- 
strong natural  impulses  will  finally  be  adjusted,  any 
feeling  or  thought  that  is  improper  and  inhuman  being 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY  59 

perfectly  subdued,  and  all  that  is  of  fellow-feeling 
being  matured  to  its  full  strength. 

SINCERITY  (cheng  gg). 

It  will  be  evident  that  the  first  step  which  a  man 
must  take  to  realize  and  perfect  a  feeling  of  fellow- 
ship, is  to  guard  himself  in  his  solitary  moments,  that  is, 
to  be  sincere  with  himself,  not  to  play  the  hypocrite, 
and  to  freely  manifest  the  feeling  as  it  moves  within. 

So  we  read  in  "The  Great  Learning"38  (Chapter  VI) : 
"  By  being  sincere  in  all  one's  soul-activities  (i  ;jjr)  is 
meant  that  one  should  not  deceive  oneself  as  in  dis- 
liking an  offensive  odour,  or  in  being  attracted  by  a 
beautiful  colour.  This  is  called  being  sufficient  unto 
oneself.  Therefore  the  superior  man  must  ever  be 
watchful  over  the  self  in  his  solitary  moments.39 

"  There  are  no  evil  things  which  the  mean  man  in 
his  retired  moments  would  shrink  from  doing.  But 
when  he  sees  a  superior  man  he  becomes  deceitful, 
trying  to  cover  his  evils  and  to  manifest  his  goodness, 
although  others  can  recognize  him  as  if  looking  into 
their  own  lungs  and  livers.  What,  then,  is  the  use  [of 
trying  to  hide  evil  thoughts]  ?  This  is  to  say  that 
whatever  is  really  within  you  will  be  made  manifest. 
Therefore,  the  superior  man  must  ever  be  watchful 
over  the  self  in  his  solitary  moments." 

And  again  in  the  "  Doctrine  of  the  Mean  "  i40 

"  The  Tao  is  not  a  thing  that  could  be  done  without 
even  for  a  moment.  What  is  done  without  is  not  the 


60  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

Tao.  Therefore,  the  superior  man  is  ever  watchful 
over  himself  even  when  he  is  not  seen  by  others ;  he 
is  ever  fearing  even  when  he  is  not  heard  by  others. 
Nothing  is  so  manifest  as  that  which  is  hidden ; 
nothing  is  so  conspicuous  as  that  which  is  invisible 
Therefore,  the  superior  man  is  ever  watchful  over  the 
self  in  his  solitary  moments." 

Evil  thoughts  are  more  ready  to  creep  into  a  man's 
heart  in  his  solitary  moments  than  at  any  other  time ; 
improper  impulses  find  his  ear  more  prepared  for 
their  whisperings  then  than  at  any  other  time.  Be 
deliberate  and  scrupulous,  watch  over  yourself  reli- 
giously, when  you  are  alone.  This  is  the  way  to  be 
sincere  to  yourself  and  to  avoid  all  improper  thoughts 
that  are  not  in  accord  with  the  tender,  loving,  self- 
sacrificing  fellow-feeling.  "  Sincerity  (cheng)  is  the 
heavenly  way,  and  to  strive  after  sincerity  (cheng  cJiih 
Iffi  3£)  is  the  human  way.  Sincerity  hits  the  mark 
without  ado,  it  prevails  without  premeditation,  quietly 
and  leisurely  it  is  in  accord  with  the  nature  of  things, 
as  is  the  case  with  the  holy  man ;  while  to  strive  after 
sincerity  means  to  adhere  firmly  to  goodness  when  the 
latter  is  discerned  and  espoused."  So  runs  the  decla- 
ration of  Confucius.  Jen,  then,  naturally  came  to  be 
identified  with  sincerity  of  heart,  and  how  to  be  sincere 
with  oneself  became  a  paramount  issue  with  later 
Confucians. 

That  the  doctrine  of  sincerity  is  to  be  developed 
from  the  Confucian  conception  of  fellow-feeling  is 


EAELY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    61 

quite  natural.  Admit  the  existence  of  an  altruistic 
impulse  in  man,  and  also  admit  that  this  impulse 
could  be  matured  into  a  constant,  ruling,  central, 
and  animating  moral  emotion  through  a  systematic 
training,  and  that  the  discipline  consists  in  maintain- 
ing an  habitual  reverential  attitude  toward  one's  own 
moral  personality ;  and  the  natural  course  of  develop- 
ment in  practical  Confucianism  will  be  the  doctrine 
that  one  should  guard  oneself  against  the  arrogance 
of  self-assertion  in  solitary  moments,  when  all  external 
inhibitory  forces  are  absent.  This  self-examination 
or  self -introspection  will  gradually  unfold  the  sense  of 
moral  dignity,  naturally  associated  with  which  is  the 
desire  to  be  sincere  to  oneself  as  an  ethical  personality. 
Through  sincerity  now  one's  moral  value  will  be 
positively  appreciated,  and  the  altruistic  feeling  will 
be  developed  so  as  to  regulate  the  egoistic  within  its 
reasonable  limits. 

Thus,  the  "Doctrine  of  the  Mean"  somewhat 
systematically  advances  the  doctrine  of  sincerity, 
which  is  the  doctrine  of  the  mean.41  The  author 
seems  to  have  had  a  more  synthetic  intellect  than 
his  Master,  and  his  doctrine  of  sincerity  is  compre- 
hensive. We  read  in  his  work : 

"  Intelligence  unfolding  through  sincerity  is  Essence 
(hsing,  $£).  Sincerity  reached  through  intelligence 
is  Eeligion  (chiao,  jjfc).  When  sincerity  is  attained, 
intelligence  is  attained ;  when  intelligence  is  attained, 
sincerity  is  attained  "  (Chapter  XXI) . 


62  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

"It  is  only  through  the  perfect  sincerity  of  the 
universe  that  Essence  is  thoroughly  comprehended. 
When  Essence  is  thoroughly  comprehended,  the 
essence  of  humanity  is  thoroughly  comprehended. 
When  the  essence  of  humanity  is  thoroughly  com- 
prehended, the  essence  of  things  is  thoroughly  com- 
prehended. When  the  essence  of  things  is  thoroughly 
comprehended,  one  can  assist  heaven-and-earth  in  its 
evolutionary  work.  When  one  can  assist  heaven-and- 
earth  in  its  evolutionary  work,  one  can  be  said  to 
be  occupying  the  same  rank  as  heaven-and-earth" 
(Chapter  XXII). 

"  Sincerity  works  by  and  through  itself ;  the  Path 
leads  by  and  through  itself.  Sincerity  is  the  end 
and  the  beginning  of  things.  Without  sincerity  no 
existence  is  possible.  Therefore,  sincerity  is  most 
honoured  by  the  superior  man. 

"One  who  possesses  sincerity  makes  perfect  not 
only  himself,  but  others.  That  which  makes  the  self 
perfect  is  humanity  (Jen),  that  which  makes  others 
perfect  is  intelligence.  These  are  the  virtues  of  the 
Essence,  and  the  way  leading  to  the  unity  of  the 
internal  and  external.  Therefore,  there  is  not  a 
moment  when  they  are  not  exercised  in  the  fitness 
of  things  (Chapter  XXV). 

"Perfect  sincerity  never  ceases  working.  The 
Reason  (jg,  li)  of  heaven-and-earth  can  be  com- 
prehended in  one  word.  What  makes  the  Reason  is 
not  dualistic,  and  therefore  it  knows  no  limits  in  the 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY  63 

creation  of  things;  the  Reason  of  heaven-and-earth 
is  wide,  solid,  high,  bright,  far-reaching,  and  ever- 
lasting "  (Chapter  XXVI). 

According  to  this,  the  Tao  is  identified  with 
sincerity  (ch'eng),  for  it  is  sincerity  that  works  out 
the  transformation  and  constant  growth  of  the  ten 
thousand  things,  and  that  completes  and  guides  the 
course  of  the  universe.  Without  sincerity  no  being 
could  come  to  existence,  no  change  or  transformation 
could  take  place.  Sincerity  is  law,  constant  in  its 
work.  It  composes  the  essence  of  human  being.  All 
moral  qualities  grow  naturally  from  the  cultivation  of 
this  fundamental  virtue.  Be  sincere  to  yourself,  be 
sincere  to  your  own  true  nature,  and  above  all  be 
sincere  to  the  laws  of  the  universe  that  make  the  ten 
thousand  things  grow  and  regulate  the  concatenation 
of  the  four  seasons.42  For  sincerity  is  the  essence  of 
human  being.  For  it  is  humanity  itself. 

In  concluding  this  paragraph  on  sincerity,  it  may 
be  remarked  that  the  Kantian  precept  of  morality, 
"  so  to  will  that  the  maxim  of  thy  conduct  can 
become  a  universal  law,"  had  been  most  explicitly 
foreshadowed  long  before  his  time  by  one  of  the  most 
representative  Confucians,  the  author  of  the  "  Chung 
Yung."  There  are  some  cosmic  laws  pervading  and 
regulating  all  things,  which,  when  subjectively  inter- 
preted, are  no  more  than  sincerity.  Man  as  a  moral 
and  rational  being  must  conform  himself  to  these 
laws,  must  be  sincere  to  himself,  must  work  out  what 


64  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

his  inner  reason  or  altruistic  feeling  of  fellowship 
dictates,  for  these  dictates  are  no  more  than  cosmic 
laws  themselves  issuing  from  the  sincerity  of  heaven- 
and-earth.  Therefore,  "the  superior  man  moves  so  as  to 
make  his  movements  in  all  generations  a  universal  path; 
he  behaves  so  as  to  make  his  conduct  in  all  genera- 
tions a  universal  law ;  he  speaks  so  as  to  make  his  words 
in  all  generations  a  universal  norm  "  (Chapter  XXIX) . 
Why  ?  Because  "  the  way  of  the  superior  man 
never  errs  :  have  it  applied  to  himself,  or  have  it 
bestowed  upon  the  masses  of  people,  or  have  it  judged 
by  the  [ancient]  three  sage-kings,  and  it  never  errs. 
Have  it  established  in  heaven-and-earth,  and  it  never 
violates ;  have  it  examined  by  all  spiritual  beings,  and 
its  truth  is  never  doubted ;  leave  it  to  be  sanctioned 
by  holy  men  after  a  lapse  of  one  hundred  generations, 
and  yet  no  uncertainty  remains  [as  to  its  verity]  " 

MENCIUS. 

The  development  of  the  Ante-Ch'in  Confucianism 
must  be  said  to  have  attained  its  consummation  in 
Mencius,  who  was  the  best  representative  interpreter 
of  his  master.  Indeed,  were  it  not  for  his  most  bril- 
liant defence  and  upholding  of  the  system,  it  would 
perhaps  never  have  enjoyed  its  triumphal  progress 
throughout  the  subsequent  long  history  of  Chinese 
thought. 

At  the  time  of  Mencius  there  were  many  different 
doctrines  propounded  by  able  original  thinkers,  each 


EAKLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    65 

of  whom  struggled  to  gain  the  upper  hand  over  the 
others.  Confucianism  did  not  thrive  any  better  than 
other  systems,43  and  if  it  had  failed  to  have  such  a 
brilliant  and  masterly  personage  as  Mencius  among 
its  followers,  it  might  have  fared  differently.  It  was 
he  who  praised  Confucius  to  the  sky,  declaring  that 
"Never  since  the  creation  of  the  world  was,  there  a 
person  equal  to  Confucius."  What  Mencius  did  to 
Confucianism  somewhat  resembles  what  Chwang-tze 
did  for  the  philosophy  of  Lao-tze,  and  in  many  respects 
each  disciple  typically  represents  the  doctrine  which 
his  master  so  eloquently  expounded.44 

The  contribution  of  Mencius  to  Confucianism  is  his 
doctrine  of  the  essential  goodness  of  human  nature. 
This  was  a  natural  sequence  from  the  conception  of 
fellow-feeling  and  sincerity.  Grant  that  every  man 
is  endowed  with  an  altruistic  impulse  called  by  Con- 
fucius the  "  feeling  of  fellowship  "  (Jen),  and  that  this 
can  be  developed  and  matured  by  reverence  and 
sincerity  which  will  keep  under  restraint  all  impetuous, 
self-disgracing,  egotistic  impulses  and  desires;  and 
further  grant  that  it  is  by  and  through  sincerity,  as 
is  most  explicitly  stated  in  the  "  Doctrine  of  the 
Mean,"  that  not  only  movement  of  the  heavenly 
bodies  is  made  possible  but  the  cycle  of  the  four 
seasons,  and  the  growth  and  transformation  of  all 
living  things  on  earth;  and  finally  grant  that  the 
existence  of  natural  and  moral  laws  binding  together 
all  beings,  animate  and  inanimate,  in  a  harmonious 

5 


66  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

whole,  is  dependent  upon  the  sincerity  of  heaven  and 
earth — our  natural  question,  then,  will  be,  "  What  is 
this  sincerity  ?"  Being  a  practical  moralist,  Mencius 
did  not  speculate  on  the  problem  from  the  standpoint 
of  a  metaphysician.  He  did  not  think  of  a  sort  of 
cosmic  mind  that  might  be  existing  in  heaven-and- 
earth  and  regulating  things  in  sincere  conformity  with 
its  essential  goodness.  But  he  reflected :  As  long  as 
it  is  the  virtue  of  sincerity  that  keeps  order  in  nature 
and  society,  sincerity  must  be  said  to  be  synonymous 
with  harmony  and  goodness.  Man  as  essentially  a 
manifestation  of  the  virtue  of  sincerity  must  be  good 
in  his  nature.  Otherwise,  how  could  he  at  all  evolve 
goodness  out  of  himself  ?  How  could  the  being  sincere 
to  his  nature  be  considered  the  height  of  morality? 
Man  must  be  essentially  good  in  his  nature,  as  he 
cannot  develop  from  within  what  he  is  not  naturally 
endowed  with.  Therefore,  "  there  is  a  way  to  be 
sincere  to  oneself.  If  a  man  has  no  clear  knowledge 
of  goodness,  he  cannot  be  sincere  to  himself.  For 
this  reason,  sincerity  is  the  heavenly  way,  and  to 
reflect  on  sincerity  is  the  human  way.  There  is 
nothing  that  will  not  be  moved  by  utmost  sincerity ; 
and  if  not  for  sincerity,  nothing  will  ever  be  moved  " 
(Book  III). 

Mencius  thinks  that  it  is  human  nature  to  be  good, 
just  as  it  is  the  nature  of  water  to  seek  its  level,  or  as 
it  is  the  nature  of  the  willow-tree  to  be  pliable  and 
elastic. 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY  67 

Kao-tze  ^  said  :  "  Nature  is  like  a  running  water  : 
when  it  is  turned  eastward,  it  flows  eastward ;  when 
it  is  turned  westward,  it  flows  westward.  Human 
nature  has  no  choice  between  good  and  not-good  as 
water  has  no  choice  between  east  and  west."  To  this, 
Mencius  replies  :  "  Truly,  water  has  no  choice  between 
east  and  west,  but  has  it  no  choice  between  up  and 
down  ?  The  goodness  of  human  nature  is  like  water 
seeking  the  lowest  level.  There  is  no  man  who  is  not 
good,  there  is  no  water  that  does  not  seek  its  lowest 
level.  Now,  that  water,  when  whipped  and  tossed, 
could  be  passed  over  one's  forehead,  or  that,  when 
arrested  and  driven  in  another  direction,  it  could  be 
made  to  go  over  a  hill,  is  not  in  the  nature  of  water. 
It  is  due  to  the  force  of  circumstances.  Man  could 
be  made  to  do  not-goodness,  for  his  nature  is  as  sus- 
ceptible as  water"  (Book  XI). 

Farther  below  in  the  same  book,  Mencius  gives  the 
contents  of  goodness  when  he  says  :  "  Man's  impulse 
is  to  do  good,  for  his  nature  is  good.  That  he  does 
not  do  good  is  not  the  fault  of  his  natural  faculty.  A 
feeling  of  sympathy  everybody  has;  a  feeling  of 
shame  everybody  has ;  a  feeling  of  deference  every- 
body has;  a  sense  of  discrimination  everybody  has. 
The  feeling  of  sympathy  is  humaneness  (jen  £l) ;  the 
feeling  of  shame  is  justice  (i  ifj|) ;  the  feeling  of  defer- 
ence is  propriety  (U  jjg) ;  and  the  sense  of  discrimina- 
tion is  intelligence  (chi  ^).  Humaneness,  sense  of 
justice,  propriety,  and  intelligence  are  not  what  is 


68  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

moulded  into  us  from  without.  They  are  inherent  in 
us,  only  men  are  not  conscious  of  them  (Book  TV  a). 

"  Therefore,  a  man  without  a  feeling  of  sympathy 
is  not  human;  a  man  without  a  feeling  of  shame  is 
not  human;  a  man  without  a  feeling  of  deference  is 
not  human ;  a  man  without  a  sense  of  discrimination 
is  not  human.  The  feeling  of  sympathy  is  the  start- 
ing-point of  humaneness ;  the  feeling  of  shame  is  the 
starting-point  of  justice;  the  feeling  of  deference  is 
the  starting-point  of  propriety ;  and  the  sense  of  dis- 
crimination is  the  starting-point  of  intelligence.  A 
man  has  these  four  starting-points  as  he  has  four 
limbs;  and  those  who,  having  these  four  starting- 
points,  plead  incapability  are  mutilating  themselves  " 
(Booklla). 

Of  these  elementary  moral  sentiments  making  up 
the  contents  of  goodness,  Mencius  seems  to  have 
thought  the  first  two,  humaneness  and  righteousness 
(or  justice),  to  be  more  fundamental  than  the  other 
two ;  for  he  says  (Book  IVct)  :  "  Humaneness  is  the 
human  heart,  and  righteousness  (or  justice)  is  the 
human  way.  I  pity  those  who  digressing  from  the 
way  do  not  walk  in  it,  and  those  who  abandoning 
the  heart  do  not  know  how  to  regain  it."  Again 
(Book  IV6),  when  he  was  asked  what  was  the  work 
of  a  scholar,  he  replied  that  it  consists  in  the  ennoble- 
ment of  his  mind.  When  further  asked,  he  said  :  "  It 
is  no  more  than  [the  cultivation  of]  humanhearted- 
ness  (jen)  and  righteousness  (i).  It  is  not  human- 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY  69 

hearted  to  kill  even  a  single  innocent  being ;  it  is  not 
righteous  to  take  what  is  not  one's  own.  Where  is 
our  abode  ?  Nowhere  but  in  humanheartedness. 
What  is  our  way  ?  Nowhere  but  in  righteousness. 
To  abide  in  humanheartedness  and  to  walk  in  right- 
eousness, here  lies  the  consummation  of  a  great 
man's  work." 

Lastly,  in  Book  IV6,  Mencius  repeals  that  "  Every 
man  has  a  feeling  which  he  is  unable  to  endure  for 
others,  and  humanheartedness  consists  in  extending 
this  feeling  even  to  things  you  can  endure  for  others. 
With  every  man  there  is  something  which  he  dares 
not  do  to  others,  and  righteousness  consists  in  extend- 
ing this  to  what  you  can  dare  do  to  others/'46 

From  this  it  can  be  seen  that  Mencius  proposes  two 
fundamental  moral  sentiments,  humaneness  or  human- 
heartedness and  righteousness,  both  of  which  are 
differentiations  of  the  Confucian  feeling  of  fellowship, 
or  rather  two  phases  of  it.  The  Mencian  jen  is  the 
affectional  and  esthetic  aspect  of  the  Confucian  jen, 
while  his  i  is  its  volitional  and  ethical  aspect.  One 
is  love,  grace,  and  a  subjective  feeling  ;  while  the 
other  is  duty,  moral  "  ought,"  and  an  objective  con- 
sideration for  others.  One  is  the  expansion  of  the 
allruistic  feeling,  and  the  other  is  the  inhibition  of 
egoism,  and  thus  each  complements  the  other.  Again, 
the  one  is  the  human  heart  itself,  the  abode  where  a 
man  finds  his  home  (Book  Ilia) ;  and  the  other  is  the 
walk  which  must  be  traversed  by  all  men.  The  one 


70  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

is  "  not  to  will  what  ought  not  to  be  willed/'  and  the 
other  is  "  not  to  do  what  ought  not  to  be  done " 
(Book  IVfc). 

Thus  the  Confucius's  fellow-feeling  has  undergone 
through  Mencius  a  more  analytical  consideration,  and 
his  teaching  has  developed  into  the  form  in  which  we 
have  it  to-day.  That  is  to  say,  the  Confucian  ethics 
started  in  the  teaching  of  humanheartedness  or  the 
feeling  of  fellowship,  which  is  possessed  by  every 
human  being,  by  every  social  animal  that  is  capable 
of  associating  with  others  and  developing  a  conscious- 
ness of  social  solidarity.  This  fundamental  feeling, 
though  only  rudimentarily  present  in  the  human  heart, 
can  be  matured  to  its  full  power  through  a  constant 
vigilance  over  oneself  in  all  time,  not  only  when  one 
is  alone,  but  when  one  comes  in  contact  with  the 
world.  And  this  vigilance  over  the  heart  must  begin 
with  the  cultivation  of  the  sense  of  reverence  for  one's 
own  personality  as  a  moral  being.  If  a  man  have  no 
regard  for  his  ethical  character,  he  would  surely  sink 
to  the  level  of  the  lower  animals.  And  this  self- 
reverence,  in  other  words,  means  to  be  sincere  to  one's 
own  inner  constitution,  which  is  good  and  above 
egoistic  interests.  If  human  nature  were  not  good, 
sincerity  to  oneself  might  come  to  mean  an  unre- 
strained gratification  of  selfishness ;  for  then  no  moral 
law  could  be  sacred  to  one  but  that  of  one's  own 
nature.  Some  one  might  exclaim  :  "  As  I  am  the  devil's 
child,  I  will  live  from  the  devil."  This  sort  of  sincerity 


EAELY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    71 

will  surely  contradict  the  spirit  of  the  Confucian 
doctrine  of  fellow-feeling,  and  so  proclaims  Mencius : 
"  The  nature  of  man  is  good."  This  is  the  consistent 
development  of  the  Confucian  ethics.  But  Mencius 
did  not  stop  here,  for  he  added  another  virtue  to 
man's  moral  being,  the  virtue  of  righteousness,  and 
two  more,  propriety  and  intelligence;  and  he  made 
all  these  four  the  most  fundamental  virtues  possessed 
by  man,  which  ought  to  be  developed  in  order  to 
perfect  moral  personality  and  to  benefit  the  world 
through  this  perfection. 

***** 
Though  Confucianism  can  be  said  in  a  sense  to  be  the 
Chinese  philosophy  and  ethics,  there  were  not  lacking, 
especially  in  the  Ante-Ch'in  period,  some  other  ethical 
teachings  which  were  vigorously  contesting  supremacy 
with  Confucianism,  and  among  them  we  can  mention  the 
Taoist  Yang-tze,  Mu-tze,  and  perhaps  Hsiin-tze.  But 
let  us  first  examine  the  ethics  of  Lao-tze,  or  Taoism  as 
it  is  commonly  designated,  which  always  stands  con- 
trasted to  Confucianism. 

ETHICS  or  TAOISM. 

The  Wu  Wei. 

The  Taoists  were  no  doubt  better  metaphysicians 
but  poorer  moralists  than  the  Confucians.  Their 
system  of  moral  teachings  may  be  called  negativistic 
egoism.  For  their  main  principle  of  conduct  is  to 


72  A  BRIEF  HISTOEY  OF 

enjoy  the  bliss  of  life  in  quiet  solitary  retirement, 
free  from  all  worldly  cares  and  relations,  and  by 
devoting  all  their  time  to  a  serene  contemplation  of 
nature  in  its  absolute,  eternal  aspect,  and  not  in  its 
ever -struggling,  ever -becoming  activity.  They  are 
not  selfish  in  the  sense  that  they  want  to  assert  their 
own  egotistic  will  over  that  of  others.  In  fact,  they 
strongly  advocate  the  doctrine  of  non-resistance  (pu 
cheng  chih  t$,  ^\  |p  ;£,  {§),  but  this  not  because  they 
want  to  promote  the  general  welfare  of  humanity, 
but  because  of  their  own  preservation  and  happiness 
and  peace.  Let  people  do  whatever  they  like,  and 
let  them  assert  their  own  egotism  in  defiance  of 
everything  else,  but  in  the  end  they  will  be  their  own 
destroyers.  For  their  egotism,  instead  of  hurting 
non-resisting  innocents,  recoils  upon  themselves,  as 
egotism  is  the  moral  boomerang.  Lao-tze  teaches : 
Let  others  have  precedence,  and  lo !  I  am  preserved. 
Or,  in  his  own  words :  "  The  holy  man  puts  himself 
behind  and  he  comes  to  the  front.  He  surrenders 
himself  and  he  is  preserved.  Is  it  because  he  seeks 
not  his  self  ?  For  that  reason,  he  accomplishes  his 
self "  (Chapter  VII).  Here  is  the  gist  of  the  whole 
Taoist  ethics. 

When  the  Taoists  are  said  to  be  egotistic,  it  is  not 
meant  that  they  are  grossly  materialistic  egotists  who 
unblushingly  affirm  their  hedonistic  impulses.  Far 
from  it;  they  are  harmless  innocent  recluses,  who 
have  no  other  desire  than  to  be  left  alone,  in  order 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY  73 

that  they  may  continue  their  undisturbed  meditation 
in  a  solitary  cell.  They  have  no  particular  desire 
either  on  this  earth  or  after  death.  But  for  one 
thing  they  seem  to  esteem  their  own  self  above 
all  else.  They  have  no  desire  to  sacrifice  their  all- 
precious  self  for  the  happiness  of  others.  Indeed, 
they  do  not  desire  any  worldliness,  and  have  no 
craving  for  the  vanity  of  vanities  that  is  doomed  to 
pass.  But  they  seem  to  have  cared  very  much  for 
personal  immortality,  not  after  death  but  in  this  life. 
Lao-tze,  Chwang-tze,  and  Lieh-tze  all  had  a  very 
exalted  view  on  this  matter.  They  intuitively  knew 
that  this  life  as  it  is  lived  is  a  manifestation  of  the 
Absolute  and  as  such  immortal,  and,  therefore,  that 
there  is  no  need  of  seeking  immortality  after  death. 
The  later  Taoists,  however,  could  not  understand 
this  mystic  conception  of  life  and  immortality,  and 
naturally  upheld  a  corrupted,  degenerated,  and  dis- 
torted view  of  immortal  life  on  this  earth.  Some  of 
the  later  Taoists  even  claimed  that  they  knew  the 
secret  of  preparing  the  elixir  of  immortality,  which 
had  first  been  discovered  by  their  venerable  master 
Lao-tze  and  transmitted  guardedly  through  genera- 
tions. This  was  the  first  great  loophole  through  which 
the  Taoists  gradually  fell  into  a  hopeless  system  of 
crass  popular  superstition. 

The  backbone  of  the  Taoist  egoism  is  4p|  jgj  wu 
wei.  This  term  is  generally  rendered  non-action, 
while  non-assertion47  gives  in  many  cases  a  more 


74  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

correct  sense  of  the  original.  Wu  wei  does  not 
mean  to  sit  idle  and  to  do  nothing.  It  means  not 
to  interfere  with  others'  affairs,  or  even  with  one's 
own  as  long  as  they  flow  of  themselves  from  the  inner 
fountain  of  the  Tao. 

Says  Lao-tze  (Chapter  II)  :  "  Therefore,  the  holy 
man  conducts  his  affairs  with  non- assertion;  he 
practises  the  doctrine  of  silence.  All  things  are 
working  and  he  does  not  refuse  [to  work  with  them] . 
All  things  are  born  [and  so  is  he],  but  he  does  not 
claim  ownership;  all  things  are  achieving  [and  so  is 
he],  but  he  is  not  presumptuous.  His  merits  are 
accomplished,  but  he  does  not  dwell  in  them." 

Again,  in  Chapter  LXIY:  "He  who  asserts  is 
defeated;  he  who  seizes  suffers  loss.  The  holy  man 
asserts  not,  therefore  he  is  not  defeated;  he  seizes 
not,  therefore  sustains  no  loss.  People  fail  when 
they  are  nearly  at  the  point  of  accomplishing  the 
work  they  have  undertaken ;  if  they  were  as  cautious 
in  the  end  as  in  the  beginning,  they  would  be  saved 
from  failure.  Therefore,  the  holy  man  desires  not- 
desiring,  prizes  not  the  treasure  that  is  unobtainable, 
learns  not-learning,  retires  where  the  masses  pass  by ; 
and  thereby  he  assists  in  the  natural  development  of 
all  things,  but  he  never  dares  to  assert  himself/' 

In  Lieh-tze  we  are  told  of  the  subjective  state  of 
one  who  has  attained  to  wu  wei,  the  goal  of  the 
Taoist  philosophical  training,  and  the  reader  will  be 
able  to  judge  for  himself  what  it  is  like  to  abide  in 


BAELY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    75 

wu  wei,  if  the  following  passage  be  thoroughly 
comprehended : 

"  Lieh-tze,  who  had  Lao-shang-shin  for  his  master 
and  Pe-kao-tze  for  his  companion,  made  great  progress 
in  the  teachings  of  these  two  philosophers,  and  when 
he  came  back  he  was  riding  on  the  wind.  Yin-shang 
hearing  of  it  stayed  with  Lieh-tze  for  some  months  [to 
learn  the  secrets] ,  but  he  received  no  intimation  what- 
ever. One  day  he  found  an  opportunity  to  approach 
Lieh-tze  on  the  subject,  and  implored  him  ten  times  to 
divulge  his  mysterious  accomplishment;  but  Lieh-tze 
each  time  refused  to  answer.  Whereupon  Yin-shang 
grew  angry  with  the  master  and  wanted  to  take  leave 
of  him.  Lieh-tze  made  no  protest. 

"  Some  months  passed,  but  Yin-shang  felt  still 
uneasy  about  the  matter,  and  came  back  to  his  old 
master,  Lieh-tze.  Said  the  latter  :  '  How  is  it  that 
you  are  here  again  when  you  left  me  only  a  little 
while  ago  ?'  Replied  Yin-shang  :  1 1  had  something 
about  which  I  wanted  your  information,  but  you 
refused  me,  and  I  naturally  felt  offended.  But  the 
ill-feeling  is  no  more  now,  and  I  am  here  again/ 

"  Lieh-tze  said  :  <  Formerly,  I  thought  you  were 
above  such  petty  feelings,  but  I  find  now  that  you 
are  even  so  small-minded  as  that.  Sit  down,  and  I 
will  tell  you  about  what  I  learned  through  my  old 
teacher.  When  I  stayed  three  years  with  the  old 
master  as  teacher  and  with  Peh-kao  as  companion, 
my  mind  dared  not  think  of  what  is  right  and  what 


76  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

is  not,  while  my  mouth  dared  not  say  anything  about 
gain  and  loss ;  and  it  was  then  that  the  master  gave 
me  a  kindly  glance.  In  five  years,  my  mind  again 
began  to  think  of  what  is  right  and  what  is  not, 
while  my  mouth  began  to  speak  of  gain  and  loss ;  and 
the  master  relaxed  his  rigid  expression  and  smiled 
indulgently  at  me.  In  seven  years,  I  just  let  my  mind 
think  of  whatever  it  desired,  and  there  was  no  right 
or  wrong;  I  just  let  my  mouth  speak  whatever  it 
wanted  to  speak,  and  there  was  no  gain  or  loss.  The 
master  then  invited  me  to  come  and  sit  by  him  on 
the  same  matting.  In  nine  years,  all  restraint  on 
my  thought  as  well  as  on  my  utterance  was  brushed 
away,  and  I  was  not  conscious  of  right  and  wrong, 
gain  and  loss,  whether  they  were  with  me  or  with 
somebody  else ;  nor  did  I  know  whether  Lao  was  my 
master,  or  whether  Peh  was  my  companion.  Within 
and  without,  nothing  interfered.  Then  the  eye  became 
like  the  ear,  the  ear  like  the  nose,  and  the  nose  like 
the  mouth — they  became  all  one.  The  mind  alone 
predominated,  the  body  was  dissolved,  the  flesh  and 
bones  all  melted  away.  I  was  not  conscious  where 
my  body  rested,  nor  where  my  feet  trod ;  I  drifted 
east  or  west  as  the  wind  blew,  like  a  leaf  or  a  rind 
detached  from  the  tree ;  was  I  riding  on  the  wind,  or 
was  the  wind  riding  on  me  ?  I  did  not  know  which. 

" '  With  you,  however,  it  is  quite  different,  who 
have  not  stayed  long  enough,  and  who  even  feel 
hurt  and  repeatedly  find  fault  with  me.  The  ether 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    77 

will  not  embrace  you,  not  even  a  portion  of  your 
body;  nor  will  the  earth  bear  you,  not  even  one 
member  of  your  being;  and  how  could  you  hope  to 
tread  on  the  vacuity  of  space  and  ride  the  wind  V y 
(Chapter  II :  "The  Yellow  Emperor"). 

The  above  is  the  subjective  state  of  moral  perfection 
as  viewed  by  the  Taoists,  which  is  above  all  artificial 
restraints  or  regulations,  and  in  perfect  harmony  with 
the  transcendental  Tao ;  that  is,  wu  wei.  But  when 
this  doctrine  of  not  doing  anything  is  too  inclined 
toward  passivity,  it  becomes  the  ethics  of  femininism. 
It  teaches  submissive  humiliation,  moderation,  meek- 
ness, and  often  nonchalance;  though,  according  to 
Lao-tze,  these  things  are  not  prized  for  their  intrinsic 
virtue,  but  as  the  means  of  attaining  the  end  of 
self-preservation  or  self-affirmation.  "I  do  not  dare 
assume  lordship,  but  the  position  of  a  guest.  I  do 
not  dare  advance  an  inch,  but  retreat  a  foot " 
(Chapter  LXIX).  "Man  is  tender  and  weak  at  his 
birth,  he  is  stark  and  rigid  when  dead.  All  things 
and  grasses  and  trees  are  tender  and  feeble  at  their 
birth,  but  when  dead  they  are  dry  and  sear.  There- 
fore, those  that  are  stark  and  rigid  are  followers  of 
death.  Those  that  are  tender  and  weak  are  followers 
of  life.  Therefore,  a  strong  army  does  not  win,  and 
a  strong  tree  grows  to  decay.  The  strong  and  great 
are  cowered,  the  tender  and  weak  are  uplifted " 
(Chapter  LXXV1). 

And  again  in   Chapter  LXXVIII,48  says  Lao-tze : 


78  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

"  There  is  nothing  under  the  heavens  that  excels 
water  in  tenderness  and  weakness,  yet  there  is  nothing 
that  surpasses  it  in  efficiency  when  it  attacks  the  hard 
and  the  strong.  This  is  known  to  everybody  that  the 
strong  is  conquered  by  the  weak,  that  the  rigid  is 
conquered  by  the  tender." 

In  spite  of  this  emphasis  placed  on  passive  and 
negative  egotism,  the  ethics  of  Lao-tze  is  not  lacking 
in  noble  thoughts  such  as  characterize  Buddhism  and 
Christianity.  By  these  I  mean  such  passages  as  the 
following :  "The  holy  man  has  no  fixed  thought  of 
his  own,  he  makes  the  wishes  of  his  people  his  own. 
G-ood  ones  I  meet  with  goodness ;  not-good  ones  I  too 
meet  with  goodness ;  and  thereby  I  gain  goodness.49 
Faithful  ones  I  meet  with  faith,  not-faithful  ones  I 
too  meet  with  faith;  for  thereby  I  gain  faith" 
(Chapter  XLIX).  "Requite  hatred  with  virtue " 
(Chapter  LXIII).  "  I  have  a  triple  treasure.  I  hold 
this  very  precious.  The  first  is  compassion,  the 
second  is  moderation,  and  the  third  is  not  to  come  in 
front  before  the  world"  (Chapter  LXVII). 

ANARCHISM. 

Lao-tze's  doctrine  of  passivity,  when  positively 
stated,  is  to  let  things  follow  their  own  natural  bent 
without  any  interference  from  outside.  Masses  have 
an  inherent  tendency  to  gravitate  toward  the  centre 
of  the  earth;  men  have  an  inborn  desire  to  follow  the 
course  of  the  Tao,  which  is  in  them.  Therefore,  let 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY          79 

them  alone,  do  not  yoke  them  with  unnecessary  rules 
and  formalities.  Things  that  are  imposed  from  with- 
out acquire  unnaturalness,  so  that  they  are  inevitably 
crippled.  Lao-tze  thus  exclaims :  "  The  more  man- 
dates and  laws  are  enacted,  the  more  there  will  be 
thieves  and  robbers  "  (Chapter  LYII).  And  Chwang- 
tze  agrees  with  him  by  saying  that,  "  if  an  end  were 
put  to  sageness,  and  wisdom  put  away,  the  great 
robbers  would  cease  to  arise ;  if  jade  were  put  away 
and  pearls  broken  to  bits,  the  small  thieves  would  not 
appear"  (Part  II,  Section  III,  "Chii  Chieh").  To 
quote  Lao-tze  again  :  "  When  the  great  Tao  is  obliter- 
ated, we  have  humaneness  and  righteousness.  Pru- 
dence and  circumspection  appear,  and  we  have  much 
hypocrisy.  When  family  relations  no  longer  har- 
monize, we  have  filial  piety  and  parental  love.  When 
the  country  and  the  clans  decay  through  disorder,  we 
have  loyalty  and  allegiance.  Abandon  your  saintli- 
ness,  put  away  your  prudence,  and  the  people  will 
gain  a  hundredfold.  Abandon  your  humaneness,  put 
away  your  righteousness,  and  the  people  will  return 
to  filial  piety  and  paternal  love.  Abandon  your 
scheming,  put  away  your  gains,  and  thieves  and 
robbers  will  no  longer  exist"  (Chapter  XVIII). 

These  are  strong  words,  and  smack  not  a  little  of 
anarchism.  In  truth,  when  the  ethics  of  Lao-tze  is 
carried  out  to  its  logical  extreme,  it  results  in  nothing 
but  absolute  anarchism,  though  not  in  the  sense  of 
utter  disorderliness.  The  Taoist  metaphysicians  of  the 


80  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

Ante-Ch'in  period  unanimously  advocate  the  doctrine 
of  non-resistance  and  non-interference.  They  want 
to  return  to  the  primitive  stage  of  civilization,  when 
there  were  no  laws  or  regulations  whatever.  Every- 
body is  supposed  by  them  to  have  then  enjoyed  the 
utmost  individual  freedom  and  to  have  been  as  yet 
unconscious  of  abusing  it  at  the  expense  of  another. 
History,  however,  does  not  prove  that  there  was  such 
a  golden  age  in  the  remote  past,  but  that,  on  the  con- 
trary, the  struggle  for  existence  among  various  tribes 
as  well  as  within  one  and  the  same  tribe  was  a  uni- 
versal phenomenon.  But  the  Taoists  refused  to  take 
notice  of  the  fact ;  probably  they  took  it  for  granted, 
as  many  other  Chinese  thinkers  did,  that  there  existed 
in  prehistoric  times  a  universal  peace  and  unbounded 
happiness.  Even  if  they  might  have  been  induced  to 
doubt  it  in  one  way  or  another,  they  were  willing  to 
ignore  it,  in  order  that  they  might  remain  charmingly 
spellbound  by  their  imagination  and  visionary  retro- 
spect. An  anarchistic  state  of  things  was  thus  made 
the  highest  ideal  of  individual  as  well  as  social  life. 

The  following  allegory  culled  from  the  Chwang-tze 
(Part  II,  Section  VII)  very  ingeniously  illustrates  the 
significance  of  wu  wei  in  the  Taoist  ethics :  "  The 
ruler  of  the  Southern  Ocean  was  Shu,  the  ruler  of  the 
Northern  Ocean  was  Hu,  and  the  ruler  of  the  Centre 
was  Chaos.  Shu  and  Hu  were  continually  meeting 
in  the  land  of  Chaos,  who  treated  them  very  well. 
They  consulted  together  how  they  might  repay  his 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY          81 

kindness,  and  said :  '  Men  all  have  seven  orifices  for 
the  purpose  of  seeing,  hearing,  eating,  and  breathing, 
while  this  ruler  alone  has  not  one.  Let  us  try  and 
make  them  for  him/  Accordingly  they  dug  one  orifice 
in  him  every  day ;  and  at  the  end  of  seven  days  Chaos 
died."  Poor  Chaos  !  If  he  had  been  left  in  his  chaotic, 
undetermined,  undifferentiated,  and,  therefore,  neces- 
sarily inactive  (wu  wei)  condition,  which  was  indeed 
the  raison  d'etre  of  his  existence,  he  could  have  enjoyed 
a  life  of  eternity  and  of  perfect  contentedness  too. 
The  unnecessary,  though  quite  well-meant,  inter- 
ference of  his  neighbours  permanently  put  an  end  to 
his  very  existence. 

Whatever  the  Taoist  world-shunning  ethics,  it  was, 
after  all,  a  creation  of  the  Chinese  mind.  It  never 
lost  sight  of  its  practical  import ;  that  is,  it  always 
showed  a  considerable  interest  in  politics  and  state - 
administration.  The  reader  might  imagine  that  an 
ethical  doctrine  such  as  that  of  Lao-tze  would  not 
trouble  itself  with  political  affairs,  which  are  merely 
a  product  of  the  worldly  wisdom  and  artificiality 
despised  so  strongly  by  the  Taoists.  But  no  Chinese 
philosopher  and  moral  teacher  would  ever  think  of 
ignoring  the  practical  consequences  of  his  theory. 
Indeed,  the  value  of  a  theory  had  to  be  judged  by  its 
working  utility  in  the  daily  life  of  man  as  an  individual 
and  as  a  member  of  society. 

Lao-tze's  theory  with  regard  to  the  administration 
of  state  affairs,  as  can  be  expected,  was  a  direct,  un- 

6 


82  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

modified  application  of  his  wu  wei,  and  might  be 
called  a  laissez  faire  policy.  Give  the  people  as  much 
freedom  as  they  want;  let  them  not  be  encumbered 
with  artificial  formalities  and  excrescent  regulations ; 
leave  them  alone  as  much  as  possible ;  if  necessary, 
deprive  them  of  all  craftiness,  cunning,  and  prudence 
which  they  have  acquired  since  the  initiation  of  arti- 
ficialities, and  lead  them  to  a  state  of  primitive  inno- 
cence and  absolute  artlessness.  This  policy,  according 
to  Lao-tze,  is  understood  to  secure  the  peace  and  good 
order  that  used  to  prevail  in  the  olden  times  of  "  cord- 
knotting  "  administration.  The  people  would  be 
delighted  with  whatever  they  have,  simple  and  plain. 
They  would  die  natural  deaths  when  they  were  old. 
The  cocks  and  dogs  would  happily  voice  their  perfect 
contentment  all  around  the  country.  And  here  we 
have  a  perfect  state  of  things  that  ought  to  exist 
when  the  natural  course  of  the  Tao  is  faithfully 
followed  (see  "Tao  Teh  King,"  Chapter  LXXX). 

In  the  following,  the  reader  will  have  the  ideal 
kingdom  of  the  Taoists  :  "  While  taking  a  nap,  the 
Yellow  Emperor  dreamed  that  he  was  on  a  visit  to 
the  country  of  the  Hua-lisii,  which  is  situate  west  of 
the  state  of  An  and  north  of  the  state  of  Tai,  and 
distant  ever  so  many  hundreds  of  thousands  of  miles 
from  the  Middle  Kingdom.  The  Hua-hsii's  country 
could  not  indeed  be  reached  by  boat  or  carriage  or  on 
foot ;  it  could  only  be  visited  by  a  spirit.  There  was 
no  ruler  or  chief  in  this  country,  which  was  left  to  its 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY  83 

own  fate.  The  people  had  no  special  desires  or  appe- 
tites, they  were  living  naturally.  They  did  not  know 
how  to  grow  attached  to  life  nor  how  to  abhor  death  ; 
therefore,  there  was  no  premature  death  among  them. 
They  did  not  know  how  to  be  egotistic  and  how  to 
neglect  others;  therefore  they  were  free  from  the 
feelings  of  love  and  hate.  They  did  not  know  what 
was  meant  by  being  in  accord  with  a  thing  or  out  of 
harmony  with  it;  therefore  they  entertained  no  thought 
of  partiality.  They  had  nothing  to  long  for,  or  to 
get  attached  to,  nor  had  they  anything  to  fear,  or  to 
recoil  from.  They  went  into  water  and  were  not 
drowned.  They  went  into  fire  and  were  not  scorched. 
Though  whipped,  they  felt  no  pain ;  though  scratched, 
they  had  no  itching  sensation.  They  rode  through 
the  emptiness  of  space  as  if  treading  on  the  solid 
ground ;  they  slept  in  the  air  as  if  lying  on  a  bed. 
The  cloud  and  fog  did  not  obstruct  their  sight,  nor 
did  thunder  and  lightning  disturb  their  hearing,  nor 
did  beauty  and  ugliness  affect  their  minds,  nor  did 
hills  and  valleys  make  their  steps  unsteady,  for  they 
walked  as  spirits"  (Chapter  II,  "The  Yellow  Em- 
peror "). 

The  reader  will  here  notice  how  radical  is  the 
difference  between  the  ethics  of  Confucius  and 
Lao-tze.  Some  sinologists  ascribe  this  difference  to 
climatic  variation,  the  former  representing  the  type  of 
vigorous,  industrious,  and  order-loving  Northerners; 
while  the  latter  that  of  care-free,  visionary,  impulsive 


84  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

and  often  indolent  Southerners.  Under  the  pressure 
of  the  rigorous  climate  and  inclement  weather,  the 
Northerners  have  to  fight  hard  against  nature.  With 
them  the  letting  -  alone  policy  will  result  in  the 
annihilation  of  their  own  existence.  But  the  case 
is  entirely  different  with  the  Southerners;  to  them 
nature  does  not  mean  a  force  that  is  unfavourable 
to  them  and  therefore  to  be  conquered.  On  the 
contrary,  she  is  so  bountiful  that  they  can  enjoy  the 
fulness  of  life  with  hardly  any  toil.  Non-resistance 
and  non-interference  are  the  best  policy  whereby  they 
can  deal  with  nature.  For  this  reason,  Confucius  can 
be  said  to  represent  the  Northern  type,  and  Lao-tze 
the  Southern.  The  history  of  Chinese  thought  and 
philosophy  is  the  record  of  the  struggles  between  these 
two  rival  conceptions,  Taoism  aided  by  Buddhism 
and  frequently  joined  by  popular  superstition,  and 
Confucianism  generally  strongly  proving  to  be  the 
more  representative  and  indigenous  to  the  Chinese 
mind. 

HEDONISTIC  EGOISM. 

The  most  rigorous  expounder  of  hedonistic  egoism 
in  the  history  of  Ante-Ch/in  philosophy  was  Yang-tze. 
He  seems  to  have  been  very  influential  at  times,  and 
his  doctrine  displayed  a  considerable  force  against 
Confucianism,  and  if  it  had  not  been  for  the  eloquence 
of  a  great  genius  like  Mencius,  it  might  have  been 
able  to  defy  its  opponents  for  a  long  while  yet. 
Yang-tze's  doctrine  proves  to  what  extent  the  nega- 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY          85 

tivistic  egoism  of  Lao-tze  can  degenerate.  Properly 
speaking,  Yang-tze  was  not  a  philosopher  at  all.  He 
was  an  eccentric  soul,  perhaps  mortally  wounded  by 
some  political  disappointment  and  wrongfully  guided 
by  his  natural  pessimistic  bent.  His  doctrine,  if  it 
be  so  called,  was  not  a  mature  result  of  serious 
reflection,  but  rather  the  incoherent  utterance  of  a 
mind  cruelly  in  despair  at  the  outlook  of  humanity. 
But  the  tolerance,  nay,  the  popular  acceptance  which 
was  accorded  to  the  wild  exclamations  of  Yang-tze, 
showed  that  the  Chinese  mind  in  this  period  was 
fertile,  versatile,  and  ready  to  lend  an  ear  to  any- 
thing novel.  Yang-tze's  existence  was  possible  only 
in  those  days.  Had  he  appeared  a  few  hundred 
years  later,  his  sayings  would  have  been  forever 
buried  in  oblivion. 

Yang-tze,  or  Yang  Chou,  which  is  his  proper  name, 
did  not  leave  any  work  of  his  own.  Perhaps  he  did, 
but  we  do  not  know  of  its  existence.  All  the  data  we 
have  to-day  of  his  life  and  utterances  are  contained 
in  the  Lieh-tze,  the  Mencius,  the  Chwang-tze,60  and 
the  Han-fei-tze.61  From  these  it  appears  that  Yang 
Chou  was  a  younger  contemporary  of  Lao-tze,  and 
from  him  he  seems  to  have  received  some  instruction 
concerning  life  and  virtue,  which  was  somehow  similar 
to  that  given  to  Confucius.  It  is,  therefore,  but 
natural  that  we  can  trace  in  Yang  Chou's  hedonism 
a  distinct  echo  of  Lao-tze's  ethics  of  self-complacency. 
In  the  latter  was  a  prevailing  tone  of  quiet  negativism, 


86  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

but  in  Yang  Chou  we  have  a  positive  insistence  on 
ultra-egoism.  Sharing  with  the  Taoists  the  ascetic 
spirit,  he  did  not  teach  sensual  debauchery  as  a 
principle,  yet  what  he  is  considered  to  have  taught 
sometimes  verges  dangerously  near  it.  There  is  no 
reason,  however,  to  believe  that  the  author  himself  was 
a  man  of  loose  morals.  He  was  a  recluse  disgusted 
with  the  world  and  its  artificialities.  And  he  was 
a  satirist,  too.  When  he  is  seen  in  this  light,  his 
doctrine  is  not  so  offensive  and  despicable  as  it  is 
charged  to  be  by  the  Confucians. 

The  ground  principle  of  Yang-tze's  egoism52  is, 
negatively,  to  shirk  all  the  artificial  restraints  that 
are  calculated  to  bridle  the  natural  impulses  of  man, 
be  they  high  or  low,  and,  positively,  to  let  him  go 
back  to  a  state  of  primitive  naivete  and  enjoy  his 
blessed  life  to  the  full  extent  of  his  emotional 
capacity.63  Yang-tze,  therefore,  looks  down  on  the 
Confucian  doctrine  of  humaneness  and  righteousness 
as  something  forced  upon  human  nature  and  not 
innate  to  it.  The  object  of  life  is  not  to  yoke  our- 
selves to  moral  pillories  such  as  were  imposed  by  the 
Confucians,  merely  in  order  that  posterity  might  have 
a  good  opinion  of  us.  The  object  of  life  is  to  give 
the  freeest  rein  to  our  nature  and  gratify  it  to  the 
utmost.  For  is  not  life  short  ?  and  is  not  this  short 
life  even  encumbered  with  all  kinds  of  cares  and 
worry  ?  Subtract  from  a  man's  life  the  years  of 
babyhood  and  senility,  and  its  half  is  gone.  Then 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    87 

take  away  hours  of  sleep,  and  there  remains  only 
one-fourth  of  the  entire  length  of  our  life,  which 
rarely  reaches  the  one  hundred-year  mark.  But  is 
this  one-fourth  filled  with  unalloyed  joy  and  happi- 
ness ?  By  no  means,  for  are  there  not  so  many 
unnecessary  things  that  threaten  to  cut  off  even  this 
remaining  fraction  of  life  ?  Desires  are  consuming  our 
corporeal  strength ;  social  traditions  are  crippling  our 
moral  simplicity;  national  prejudices  are  strangling 
freedom  of  action ;  laws  and  regulations  are  muzzling 
the  expression  of  natural  sentiments.  Under  these 
intolerable  encumbrances,  how  could  we  spend  light- 
heartedly  even  the  mere  fraction  of  life  that  is 
granted  to  us  ?  Therefore,  says  Yang-tze,  let  us 
abandon  all  things  that  are  external  and  superfluous, 
and  let  us  enjoy  our  natural,  unhampered  life  to  its 
full  limits.  People  of  olden  times  were  perfectly 
aware  of  the  shortness  of  life  and  wanted  to  make 
the  best  of  it.  They  lived  as  their  simple,  innocent 
impulses  dictated.  Their  desire  was  to  preserve  the 
naivete  or  integrity  of  their  nature.  They  never 
worried  themselves  about  things  earthly.  They 
never  distorted  or  mutilated  what  they  obtained 
from  heaven  merely  for  the  acquisition  of  things  arti- 
ficial. They  were  above  political  intrigues,  aspira- 
tion for  fame,  commercial  greed,  and  other  petty 
human  concerns. 

This  self-abandoned  indifference  and  transcenden- 
talism distinctly  echoes  the  teaching  of  Lao-tze.     But 


88  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

Yang-tze  was  not  a  mere  quietist.  He  sometimes 
actually  endorses  debauchery  of  the  worst  kind.  His 
almost  unconditional  egoism  does  not  allow  him  to 
extend  his  sphere  of  interest  either  to  his  fellow- 
beings  that  are  thriving  around  him  or  to  those  that 
are  to  come  after  him.  He  is  utterly  indifferent  to 
matters  concerning  others.  He  stands  absolutely 
alone.  He  does  not  condescend  to  identify  himself 
with  other  fellow -individuals.  Therefore,  he  scoffs 
at  such  men  of  virtue  as  Shun,64  Yii,55  Chou  Kung,66 
and  Kung  Fu-tze  (Confucius),  who  are  universally 
revered  by  the  Chinese;  he  picks  them  out  as 
examples  of  most  unnatural  men  who  worried  and 
deformed  themselves  merely  for  the  sake  of  a  good 
name.  Yang-tze,  on  the  other  hand,  praises  Chou67 
and  Chieh68 — the  type  of  infamy  and  depravity — as 
men  who  had  courage  and  even  virtue  to  behave  as 
their  natural  impulses  dictated.  What  did  it  matter 
to  them  if  they  now  stand  for  everything  that  is 
disgusting  in  man?  They  who  are  so  vehemently 
condemned  by  posterity  as  well  as  such  virtuous  men 
as  Shun  and  Confucius, — are  they  not  all  gone  for- 
ever and  aye  ?  Are  not  their  bones  crumbling,  their 
flesh  and  blood  already  mingling  in  the  dust  ?  Let 
posterity  say  of  them  whatever  it  pleases,  both 
the  censured  and  the  praised  are  absolutely  in- 
sensible. Honour  or  dishonour,  are  they  not  like 
bubbles  on  water  ?  Why  not  enjoy  all  that  is 
enjoyable  while  alive  ?  Begone !  our  doctrinaires, 


EAKLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY          89 

hypocrites,  unnatural  moralists,  and  vain  aspirants 
after  fame ! 

"  How  then  is  our  life  to  be  lived  ?69 

' '  Indulge  in  what  your  ear  desires  to  hear ;  indulge 
in  what  your  eye  desires  to  see ;  indulge  in  what  your 
nose  desires  to  smell;  indulge  in  what  your  mouth 
desires  to  speak ;  indulge  in  what  your  body  desires 
to  obtain ;  and  indulge  in  what  your  mind  desires 
to  do. 

"  Now,  sound  is  what  the  ear  desires  to  hear,  and 
when  it  is  denied,  it  means  the  crippling  of  the 
auditory  sense.  Things  beautiful  are  what  the  eye 
desires  to  see,  and  when  these  are  denied,  it  means 
the  crippling  of  the  visionary  sense.  Perfume  is 
what  the  nose  desires  to  smell,  and  when  this  is 
denied,  it  means  the  crippling  of  the  olfactory  sense. 
Judgment  is  what  the  mouth  desires  to  speak,  and 
when  this  is  denied,  it  means  the  crippling  of  intelli- 
gence. Delicious  food  and  warm  clothing  are  what 
the  body  desires  to  have,  and  when  these  are  denied, 
it  means  the  crippling  of  the  sense  of  comfort. 
Freedom  is  what  the  mind  desires  to  have,  and 
when  this  is  denied,  it  means  the  crippling  of  one's 
nature. 

"  All  these  cripplings  are  so  many  unnatural  self- 
restraints,  and  he  that  has  the  fixed  thought  to  do 
these,  is  molesting  himself,  is  torturing  himself.  If 
you  cast  away  the  thought  of  self-molestation,  and 
lightheartedly  and  joyously  indulge  your  passions  and 


90  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

desires,  and  giving  yourself  up  to  the  pursuit  of 
pleasure  calmly  await  the  coming  of  death,  your  life 
of  one  day  is  equal  to  another's  life  of  one  month, 
and  your  life  of  one  year  to  another's  life  of  ten 
years.  This  is  the  way  I  take  care  of  my  life. 
Those  who  are  yoked  to  the  thought  of  self-molesta- 
tion may  have  a  long  life  of  one  hundred,  ten 
hundred,  even  of  ten  thousand  years,  in  a  depressed 
state  of  mind,  but  what  is  the  use  of  all  that  ?  It  is 
not  my  way  of  taking  care  of  life." 

When  judged  from  these  passages  alone,  Yang-tze 
may  appear  a  crass  sensualist,  a  most  vigorous 
libertine;  but  in  other  places  we  come  across  the 
typical  Lao-tze  doctrine  of  wu  wei  or  the  world- 
fleeing  spirit  of  some  Hindu  philosophers. 

"  The  reason  why  men  are  restive  is  due  to  four 
things:  (1)  longevity;  (2)  fame;  (3)  social  position; 
and  (4)  wealth.  People  crave  these  things,  and 
therefore  they  fear  spiritual  beings,  their  fellow- 
citizens,  influences  from  unknown  regions,  and  the 
punishment  of  the  civil  laws.  They  are  called 
irrational  and  disobeying  Heaven.  Such  people 
could  be  killed  or  saved  at  will  by  others,  for  they 
are  not  masters  of  themselves. 

"  Those  who  obey  heavenly  orders  have  no  desire 
for  longevity  beyond  the  limit  set  by  Heaven.  They 
have  no  craving  for  fame  as  they  have  no  thought  of 
displaying  their  worth.  They  have  no  desire  for 
social  rank  as  they  have  no  thought  of  abusing  their 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    91 

power.  They  have  no  desire  for  wealth  as  they  are 
free  from  avarice.  These  people  are  called  '  obedient/ 
The  obedient  people  do  not  long  for  worldliness ; 
they  are  independent,  self-complacent;  they  are  far 
above  things  earthly ;  they  have  destiny  in  their  own 
hands  and  are  free  from  all  outward  interference/' 

Taking  all  in  all,  Yang-tze  is  not  a  debauchee, 
but  a  self-contented,  artless,  simple-minded  child  of 
nature.  He  hates  all  kinds  of  inordinate  excess  and 
artificiality.  He  wants  to  live  as  he  came  from  the 
bosom  of  eternity.  He  has  not  the  slightest  craving 
for  sensual  pleasures  beyond  the  demands  of  nature. 
He  feels  hungry,  and  eats  a  morsel  of  coarse  bread, 
and  is  satisfied.  He  is  cold,  and  puts  on  one  more 
woollen  tunic,  and  is  comfortable.  He  is  a  fatalist. 
He  calmly  greets  death.  He  has  no  desire  for  im- 
mortality, either  in  life  or  after  death.  In  these 
respects  he  deeply  breathes  the  spirit  of  Lao-tze. 

Whatever  the  merits  and  faults  of  his  extreme 
doctrine,  he  occupies  a  unique  position  in  Chinese 
philosophy.  In  his  days  and  immediately  after  his 
death,  he  seems  to  have  had  quite  a  sway  over 
Chinese  minds  as  we  read  in  Mencius  (toward  the  end 
of  Book  VI)  :  "As  a  sage-king  does  not  rise,  the 
lords  and  dukes  are  unrestrained,  irresponsible 
scholars  go  too  far  in  their  discussion,  and  the 
doctrines  of  Yang  Chou  and  Mu  Ti  are  rampant 
everywhere.  When  the  general  public  is  not  swayed 
by  Yang,  it  is  swayed  by  Mu.  Yang  is  so  egotistic 


92  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

as  to  ignore  the  existence  of  a  ruler ;  and  Mu  is  so 
ultra-altruistic  as  to  ignore  the  existence  of  the 
parents.  But  when  we  do  away  with  the  ruler  and 
parents,  we  shall  all  be  the  beasts/' 

UTILITARIANISM. 

Almost  all  Chinese  ethical  doctrines  are  more  or 
less  characterized  by  a  strong  utilitarian  tendency, 
for  practicality  is  the  key  that  opens  one  of  the  main 
entrances  to  the  Chinese  mind.  But  there  are,  too, 
other  moral  traits  predominant  and  peculiar  to  them. 
For  instance,  filial  devotion  is  practically  the  corner- 
stone of  later  Confucianism;  ceremonialism  also 
occupies  a  conspicuous  part  in  Chinese  life;  and 
lastly,  there  is  a  persistent  assertion  of  conservative 
spirit  in  all  their  doings,  and  this  spirit  naturally 
makes  the  Chinese  great  lovers  of  peace.  As  all 
these  racial  characteristics  have  claimed  their  due 
consideration  in  the  system  of  their  national  philo- 
sophy, their  utilitarian  tendency  had  to  be  modified 
to  a  certain  extent.  Therefore,  it  is  a  matter  of  self- 
evidence  that  we  recognize  in  Confucianism  a 
harmonious  blending  of  all  the  predominant  traits 
of  the  Chinese  mind;  for,  otherwise,  it  would  have 
been  neglected  like  so  many  other  doctrines,  and 
would  not  have  filled  the  position  which  it  has  held 
almost  without  interruption  since  its  first  establish- 
ment. The  doctrine  I  am  going  to  consider,  on  the 
other  hand,  overlooked  the  importance  of  all  the 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY     93 

Chinese  peculiarities  other  than  utilitarianism  and 
practicality.  It  unduly  emphasized  this  phase,  which 
necessarily  resulted  in  an  utter  disregard  of  all 
other  things.60  The  doctrine  is  commonly  known  as 
ultra-altruism  in  contradiction  to  the  ultra-egoism 
of  Yang-tze ;  but,  properly  speaking,  its  fundamental 
principle  is  utilitarianism  pure  and  simple.  It  also 
contains  many  conceptions  which  are  closely  similar 
to  Christianity,  and  it  is  very  probable  that  if  it  were 
fostered  amongst  a  people  who  were  more  idealistic, 
imaginative,  and  above  all  religious,  it  might  have 
developed  into  a  system  almost  like  Christianity. 

The  author  of  this  interesting  doctrine  is  Mu  Ti, 
or  Mu-tze  as  he  is  more  generally  known.  Records 
vary  as  to  his  nativity  and  age,  but  the  probability 
is  that  he  was  a  younger  contemporary  of  Confucius 
and  flourished  about  the  time  when  most  of  his 
immediate  disciples  were  gone.  His  home  seems  to 
have  been  in  the  south  and  not  in  the  north.  He 
held  an  official  position  like  every  other  learned  man 
in  the  country.  The  work61  now  in  our  possession 
consists  of  fifty-three  books  or  chapters.  Originally 
there  were  more  books  in  it.  It  seems  most  of 
the  fifty-three  books  were  written  by  his  personal 
disciples  after  his  death ;  but  some  of  them  are 
utterly  unintelligible  to  us  to-day,  owing  to  textual 
discrepancies  and  corruptions.62  Many  desperate 
attempts  were  made  to  adjust  them,  but  practically 
to  no  purpose.  The  other  parts,  however,  which  are 


94  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

free  from  obscurity,  show  in  many  respects  a  clear 
logical  mind  on  the  part  of  the  author — something 
unusual  in  Chinese  philosophers. 

The  ideal  of  Mu  Ti  is  universal  peace  and  universal 
prosperity.  Whatever  his  teachings,  they  are  all  in- 
tended to  bring  about  this  state  of  things.  He 
declares  that  the  business  of  the  holy  man  consists  in 
promoting  peace  among  his  people,  in  developing  all 
the  resources  of  nature,  and  in  avoiding  all  the 
possible  causes  of  evils  that  befall  our  community. 
It  is  wonderful  to  notice  how  modern  are  these  views 
of  the  old  Chinese  philosopher,  Mu  Ti.  He  asks  : 
"  Why  is  the  existing  state  of  things  far  from  this 
ideal  ?"  "  Because/'  answers  he,  "  everybody  esteems 
his  own  self  above  others."  The  strong  usurp  the 
rights  of  the  weak,  the  crafty  take  advantage  of  the 
ignorant,  officers  abuse  their  power  over  the  un- 
protected, and  powerful  states  absorb  the  helpless. 
For  these  reasons,  we  are  constantly  in  a  state  of 
war,  individual  with  individual,  family  with  family, 
clan  with  clan,  and  state  with  state.  This  cannot  be 
the  destiny  of  humanity  as  ordained  by  the  will  of 
heaven,  which  is  our  ultimate  source  of  authority. 
Let  one  love  another  as  one's  own  self,  let  a  nation 
love  another  as  its  own,  let  a  sovereign  love  his 
subjects  as  himself,  let  the  son  love  his  parents  as 
himself,  let  everybody  love  everybody  else  as  himself. 
Then  there  will  be  no  traitors  who  love  themselves  at 
the  expense  of  the  state  to  which  they  belong ;  there 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY  95 

will  be  no  tyrant  who  ignores  the  welfare  of  his 
subjects ;  no  robbery,  no  enmity,  no  inhumanity ; 
in  fact,  there  will  be  no  evil  that  will  disturb  universal 
peace  ensuing  from  this  practice  of  universal  love 
(Chapters  XIV  and  XV). 

How  is  the  principle  of  universal  love  and  mutual 
benefit  justified  ?  Mu  Ti  argues  that  there  are  three 
methods  of  testing  the  soundness  of  a  principle.  First, 
it  must  conform  to  the  will  of  heaven  and  be  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  doings  of  ancient  sages ;  secondly, 
our  daily  experiences  must  justify  it;  and  thirdly, 
when  it  is  made  into  a  law  and  practised  among  the 
people,  it  must  prove  an  agent  for  the  general  welfare  63 
(Chapters  XXXVI  and  XXXVII).  Mu  Ti  proceeds  to 
prove  all  these  points  in  this  way.  Heaven  created 
the  sun,  moon,  and  innumerable  stars.  It  regulates 
their  courses,  and  the  four  seasons  follow  in  order — 
spring  and  autumn,  winter  and  summer.  It  sends 
forth  thunder  and  lightning,  rain  and  snow.  Warmed 
by  them  the  five  cereals  and  other  nourishing  and 
useful  plants  grow.  People  avail  themselves  of  these 
heavenly  gifts.  Again,  there  are  mountains  covered 
with  all  useful  trees  and  stored  with  all  wealth-pro- 
ducing metals.  People  transform  them  for  their 
own  service  and  make  themselves  comfortable  in 
every  way.  Again,  there  are  sovereigns  and  wise 
men  specially  favoured  by  heaven.  They  make  laws 
and  administer  to  the  needs  of  the  people ;  the  wicked 
are  punished,  the  ignorant  are  enlightened,  and  pros- 


96  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

perity  is  secured.  Do  not  all  these  things  come  from 
the  will  of  heaven  ?  Do  not  all  these  things  come 
to  everybody  without  discrimination?  Why,  then, 
heaven  must  be  considered  the  source  of  love  and 
righteousness,  and  our  duty  on  earth  is  but  to  follow 
this  will  and  practise  universal  love  and  mutual  benefit 
(Chapter  XXVII). 

And  was  this  not  also  the  teaching  and  practice  of 
the  ancient  sages  ? 

Our  daily  experiences  teach  us  the  same  lesson. 
Those  who  love  are  loved,  those  who  hate  are  hated 
If  we  benefit  others,  they  are  glad  to  return  the 
favour ;  if  we  rob  them  of  what  is  due  to  them,  they 
will  be  ready  to  requite  in  a  similar  way.  This  is 
what  we  observe  all  around  us  (Chapter  XIV) . 

If  we  make  this  heavenly  will  the  principle  of 
administration,  the  sovereign  will  be  beneficent,  the 
subject  loyal,  the  father  kindhearted,  the  child  filial, 
the  elder  brother  friendly,  and  the  younger  dutiful. 
Good  or  evil,  the  source  of  influence  is  from  above. 
There  was  once  a  king  who  admired  a  slender  waist, 
and  every  woman  in  the  state  deprived  herself  of 
necessary  food.  There  was  another  king  who  de- 
lighted in  muscular  strength,  and  every  youth  in  the 
state  devoted  himself  to  all  kinds  of  athletic  exercises. 
Therefore  nobody  can  tell  to  what  extremity  the 
masses  will  rush  when  an  example  is  shown  by  the 
privileged  classes.  Let  the  sovereign  and  his  officers 
exercise  the  will  of  heaven  as  it  is  manifested  about  us, 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    97 

and  the  entire  nation  will  at  once  endeavour  to  follow 
the  model  set  up  by  them.  Universal  peace  and 
eternal  prosperity  will  then  inevitably  be  the  outcome 
(Chapter  XY). 

The  real  issue  of  Mu  Ti's  doctrine,  however,  seems 
to  lie  more  in  its  utilitarian  aspect  than  in  its  human- 
istic side.  This  can  be  seen  from  his  economic  views 
which  brought  about  the  vehement  accusation64  of 
the  Confucians,  resulting  in  the  final  downfall  of  his 
whole  system.  He  rigorously  opposed  the  prevalence 
of  luxurious  habits  as  to  dwelling,  clothing,  eating, 
and  travelling ;  and  he  also  condemned  the  custom  of 
concubinage.  They  are  all  the  unproductive  con- 
sumption of  wealth ;  so  much  is  spent,  and  nothing 
material  is  gained  thereby.  The  real  happiness  of 
the  masses  does  not  consist  in  the  encouragement  of 
luxury,  but  in  the  production  of  wealth. 

The  custom  of  concubinage  naturally  results  in  the 
overproduction  of  bachelors  as  well  as  old  maids — the 
fact  will  eventually  threaten  the  growth  of  population. 
(Is  it  not  interesting  to  note  that  the  sole  ground  of 
Mu-tze's  objection  to  concubinage  is  that  of  practical, 
material  consideration,  and  not  a  moral  and  social 
one?) 

On  the  same  ground,  Mu  Ti  objected  to  Confu- 
cian seritimentalism.  The  Chinese  always  cherished 
a  very  deep  reverence  for  their  ancestors,  and  lost  no 
opportunity  to  show  the  feeling  in  public.  Their 
burial  ceremony,  therefore,  was  naturally  of  the  most 

7 


98  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

elaborate  character.     There  was   a   strong  tendency 
among  the  poor  as  well  as  the  rich  to  go  beyond  their 
means,  in  order  to  express  or  make  a  show  of  the 
deepest  reverence   and  sympathy  for   the   deceased. 
We  learn  from  modern  travellers  that  there  are  in 
China  some  professional  mourners  who  are  hired  by 
real  mourners  to  make  their  funeral  procession  appear 
more  mournful  by  their  simulating  show  of  lamenta- 
tion.    The  Chinese  of  olden  times  perhaps  did  not 
take  such  an  extreme  step  to  make  a  public  exhibition 
of  their  grief ;  at  least  we  are  not  in  possession  of  any 
documents  to  prove  this.     But  they  were  certainly 
ready  to  acknowledge  the  highest  type  of  filial  devo- 
tion in  those  who  remained  in  mourning  for  at  least 
three  years  for  their  deceased  parents.     During  this 
long  period06  they  lived  a  most  secluded  life;  they 
retired  from  public  offices  if  they  held  any;  they  did 
not  attend  to  any  commercial  transaction;  they  re- 
frained from  participating  in  any  public  or  private 
festivals.     They  remained  at  home  like  prisoners  or 
religious  recluses,  fixing  all  their  pious  thoughts  on 
the   memory  of  the  deceased.     This  was  what  was 
generally  endorsed  by  the  followers  of  Confucianism 
as  a  pious  expression  of  filial  devotion ;  and  this  was 
what  was  most  strenuously  opposed  by  Mu  Ti  (see 
"MuTi/'  Chapter  XXY).  * 

His  objections  were  on  the  whole  sound  and  well- 
grounded.  He  demonstrated  that  there  was  no  sense 
in  wasting  wealth  on  such  unproductive  things  as 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY     99 

funerals :  that  such  a  protracted  observation  of 
mourning  tended  to  paralyze  the  administration  of 
the  government,  and  to  check  the  progress  of  industry 
and  commerce.  It  is  altogether  unnecessary  to  wrap 
a  corpse  in  extra  clothes,  to  put  it  in  an  extraor- 
dinarily strong  coffin,  and  to  inter  it  in  an  unduly 
deep  grave.  All  we  have  to  consider  in  these  matters 
is  the  practical  end  which  they  are  intended  to  serve. 
Mu  Ti  was  a  thorough  utilitarian,  and  refused  to  yield 
to  any  sentimental  extravagances.  He  did  not  dis- 
regard the  significance  of  sentiment;  he  was  willing 
to  pay  due  regard  to  it,  but  he  could  not  bear  to  see 
the  national  and  individual  wealth  scattered  to  the 
winds  for  the  sake  of  mere  sentimentalism. 

It  is,  therefore,  no  wonder  that  Mu  Ti  was  also 
against  music 66  (Chapter  XXXII)  and  vigorously 
condemned  war  (Chapters  XVII,  XVIII,  and  XIX). 
In  his  opinion,  music  did  not  add  an  iota  to  the  national 
wealth  and  prosperity ;  and  as  to  war,  it  was  simply 
abominable;  every  trade  and  industry  comes  to  a 
standstill,  and  every  sense  of  justice  and  righteous- 
ness is  thereby  hopelessly  benumbed.  At  any  rate, 
anything  that  will  disturb  the  peace  of  a  nation  and 
destroy  its  productive  facilities  is  mercilessly  attacked 
by  Mu  Ti. 

A  fatalistic  doctrine  which  seems  to  have  been  pre- 
valent in  his  days  could  also  not  escape  his  condemna- 
tion. According  to  him,  fatalism  was  a  great  obstacle 
in  the  way  of  industry  and  prosperity.  If  the  people 


100  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

were  abandoned  to  the  so-called  fate  which  is  pre- 
determined and  beyond  human  control,  there  would 
be  no  incentive  to  urge  them  to  work,  produce  wealth, 
and  preserve  permanent  peace.  On  the  other  hand, 
everybody  would  remain  perfectly  passive  and  utterly 
inactive,  leaving  everything  to  the  pre-established 
order  of  things  as  regulated  in  the  beginning  of 
Unknown  Destiny.  This  state  of  things  could  never 
be  suffered  to  exist  in  this  world  of  striving.  Mu  Ti 
was  a  strong  advocate  of  the  untiring  energy  and 
strenuous  life.  In  him  we  see  the  practical  tendency 
of  the  Chinese  mind  singularly  emphasized,  though  at 
the  expense  of  their  love  of  formalism  and  ceremonial- 
ism (see  Chapters  XXXV,  XXXVI,  and  XXXVII). 

Finally,  what  is  significant  in  Mu  Ti  is  his  concep- 
tion of  t'ien,  which  means  literally  "heaven,"  but 
can  be  freely  translated  by  "  God  "  even  in  the  Chris- 
tian sense.  The  difference  between  the  Christian  God 
and  Mu  Ti's  Heaven  (t'ien)  is  that  while  the  former 
made  the  conception  of  God  foremost  and  its  worship 
the  paramount  issue  of  the  religious  life,  the  latter 
conceded  the  first  place  to  utilitarianism,  for  the 
execution  of  which  the  God-idea  became  necessary  to 
him.  It  will  no  doubt  be  very  interesting  to  consider 
at  length  Mu  Ti's  conception  of  Heaven  in  its  connec- 
tion with  his  doctrine  of  universal  love,  which  is  so 
closely  akin  to  Christianity.  This  will  be  done  later 
when  the  religious  side  of  Chinese  thought  claims  our 
attention  (see  p.  147  et  seq.). 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         101 

CEREMONIALISM. 

As  one  might  have  expected,  there  was  a  virulent 
attack  upon  the  ultra-utilitarianism  of  Mu  Ti.  The 
Chinese  love  of  ceremony  and  their  strong  sentiment 
of  ancestor  -  worship  prevented  them  from  giving 
themselves  up  to  philosophical  simplicity  or  making 
an  unconditional  surrender  to  utilitarianism.  This 
antagonistic  spirit  found  its  spokesman  in  Hsiin-tze,67 
who  nourished  several  decades  later  than  Mencius. 
He  left  a  work  consisting  of  thirty-two  books  or 
chapters.  He  was  not  so  brilliant  a  genius  as  his 
predecessors,  Mencius  and  Chwang-tze,  but  for 
a  Chinese  philosopher  of  those  days  his  method 
of  reasoning  was  singularly  sound  and  systematic. 
(So  far  as  I  know,  there  exists  no  English  translation 
of  the  "  Hsiin-tze.") 

The  Confucians  of  later  days  treat  Hsiin-tze  as  if 
he  were  a  stepson  not  properly  belonging  to  the 
orthodox  lineage  of  Confucianism.  This  is  mainly 
due  to  his  doctrine  of  the  innate  badness  of  human 
nature,  which  he  forcefully  set  forth  against  the 
opposite  view  held  by  Mencius.  Since  Han  Yii  (A.D. 
768-824),  an  eminent  scholar  and  writer  of  the  T'ang 
dynasty,  pronounced  Mencius,  in  place  of  Hsiin-tze, 
as  the  transmitter  of  the  orthodox  Confucian  teachings 
at  the  end  of  the  Ante-Ch'in  period,  Hsiin-tze  lost  his 
legitimate  position  and  consideration  in  the  eyes  of 
the  general  public.  But  from  a  scholarly  point  of 


102  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

view,  he  is  entitled,  not  a  whit  less  than  his  eloquent 
predecessor,  Mencius,  to  a  prominent  place  in  the 
development  of  Confucianism. 

From  the  historical  point  of  view,  what  Hsiin-tze 
did  for  Confucianism  was  to  emphasize  its  ceremonial 
side,  while  Mencius  strongly  developed  its  humanistic 
side.  In  the  Confucian  "  Analects  "  itself,  it  is  some- 
times doubtful  whether  the  Master  means  to  give 
more  importance  to  ceremonialism  (li,  jjj§)  or  to 
humanheartedness  (jen,  £l).  His  almost  congenital 
fondness  for  rituals  and  ceremonies  was  so  remark- 
able that  it  caused  his  biographers  to  record  that 
"  In  his  childhood  Confucius  used  to  play  with 
the  sacrificial  bowls  and  dishes  which  he  arranged 
with  due  tormaiities."  In  Book  X  of  the  " Analects" 
the  reader  will  notice  how  carefully  and  minutely  is 
described  the  Master's  every  manner  and  behaviour 
on  different  occasions,  as  if  he  were  the  living  embodi- 
ment of  all  that  was  proper  in  life.  The  main  motive 
of  his  interview  with  Lao-tze  was  to  inquire  about 
ceremonial  usages,  formally  recorded  or  not,  which 
were  kept  in  the  archives  of  the  Chou  dynasty,  of 
which  Lao-tze  was  the  custodian.  And  his  contem- 
poraries seem  to  have  acknowledged  him  as  authority 
on  matters  sacrificial  and  ceremonial. 

Confucius  was  an  ardent  advocate  of  ceremonialism, 
not  only  in  its  outward  expressions,  but  in  its  morally 
edifying  effects  on  character.  In  the  same  sense 
Pascal  urged  a  strict  observance  of  all  the  church 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         103 

rituals  as  finally  conducive  to  the  development  of 
piety  and  a  Christian  disposition.  Confucius  deplored 
the  universal  decline  of  the  ceremonial  spirit  in  his 
days,  and  did  not  miss  the  opportunity  to  declare 
his  disapproval.  If  such  a  powerful,  brilliant,  and 
extraordinary  person  as  Mencius  had  not  followed 
Confucius  and  emphatically  proclaimed  the  ethical 
subjective,  and  humanitarian  phase  of  his  doctrine, 
Hsiin-tze,  promoter  of  ceremonialism,  instead  of  the 
eloquent  Mencius,  would  have  been  recognized  as  the 
representative  of  the  orthodox  school  of  Confucianism. 

What  was  most  fatal  to  the  popularity  of  Hsiin-tze 
was  perhaps  due  to  his  radical  view  of  human  nature, 
which,  in  contrast  to  Mencius,  he  considered  essentially 
bad,  and  which,  therefore,  needed  correction  through 
the  rules  of  propriety,  for  these  were  especially  in- 
vented for  this  purpose  by  the  ancient  sages. 

But,  strictly  speaking,  this  unflattering  conception 
of  human  nature  was  not  of  so  much  importance  to 
Hsiin-tze  as  his  ceremonialism.  His  object  was  to 
give  a  philosophical  foundation  to  his  ethics,  and  this 
he  based  on  the  crookedness  of  humanity  which  needs 
rectification.  Like  other  Chinese  thinkers,  Hsiin-tze 
always  kept  before  his  eyes  the  practical  side  of  his 
philosophy.  His  object  was  to  lead  people  to  the 
path  of  perfect  virtue ;  and  to  attain  it,  ceremonialism 
was  introduced  as  the  best  means.  It  was  not  of 
much  consequence,  practically  considered,  whether 
humanity  in  its  innate  constitution  was  theoretically 


104  A  BEIBF  HISTORY  OF 

bad  or  good;  the  main  thing  was  to  follow  the 
Confucian  codes  of  morality.  And  in  the  course  of 
this  study,  we  might  say,  he  incidentally  found  out 
that  human  nature  was  not  good  after  all  as  claimed 
by  Mencius;  for  if  it  were,  he  reasoned,  why  did  it 
ever  need  rectifying  through  moral  discipline  and  the 
rules  of  propriety  ? 

Says  Hsiin-tze :  "  Every  one  has  inborn  desires. 
When  these  desires  are  not  satisfied,  he  looks  around 
for  the  objects  [of  satisfaction].  When  no  measure 
and  limits  are  set  to  this  searching,  there  necessarily 
arises  quarreling.  Quarreling  means  disturbance,  and 
disturbance  obstruction.  Wise  men  of  old  hated  this 
disturbance ;  therefore,  they  established  rules  of 
propriety  and  justice,  and  imposed  them  upon  the 
people.  Their  desires  were  thus  regulated  and  their 
requirements  thus  furnished.  Every  desire  was  not 
allowed  to  be  satisfied,  nor  every  satisfaction  to  lead 
to  a  new  one.  The  equilibrium  between  them  was 
constantly  kept  under  control.  This  is  the  beginning 
of  the  proprieties."  M 

From  this,  it  is  apparent  that  Hslin-tze  considered 
society  an  artificial  institution.  When  men  were  left 
to  themselves,  they  fought  against  one  another,  for 
each  endeavours  to  have  his  own  desires  satisfied 
without  any  regard  to  his  neighbour's.  But  some- 
how it  occurred  to  the  mind  of  a  wise  man  that  this 
constant  disturbance  was  not  a  very  desirable  state  of 
affairs.  Tlie  people  must  be  put  together  in  groups. 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         105 

and  to  insure  peace  among  them  some  definite  checks 
must  be  placed  on  their  never-satiated  desires.  He 
knew  that  this  procedure  was  against  their  nature, 
that  those  checks  meant  the  curbing  of  their  wild 
desires  and  impulses,  that  this  was  an  artificial  in- 
vention (fJJ,  wei ;  literally,  human  doing)  contrary 
to  the  innate  badness  of  human  nature.  Therefore, 
the  holy  man,  according  to  Hsiin-tze,  was  no  more 
than  a  perfected  type  of  artificiality.  The  differ- 
ence between  him  and  the  masses  was  not  due 
to  the  difference  of  their  innate  character,  but  to  the 
artificial  refinement  that  is  given  to  the  original  raw 
material. 

Here  comes  the  most  pronounced  difference  between 
Hsiin-tze  and  other  Confucians  in  their  practical 
system  of  moral  discipline.  Tze  Ssu  (grandson  of 
Confucius),  Tseng-tze  (one  of  the  Confucian  apostles), 
Mencius,  and  other  principal  Confucians  show  a 
unanimous  tendency  to  lay  more  importance  on  the 
inner  significance  of  £l,  jen,  humanism,  and  %$[, 
ching,  reverence,  considering  the  rules  of  propriety 
as  a  natural  outward  growth  of  the  inner  sentiment. 
But  Hsiin-tze  did  not  believe  in  the  goodness  of  human 
nature,  and  could  not  rely  on  its  self-cultivation.  To 
use  modern  terms,  he  strongly  believed  in  the  over- 
whelming influence  of  environment  in  shaping  a  man's 
character  and  destiny.  The  human  mind  was  not  a 
blank  sheet  of  paper  on  which  anything  could  be 
inodelled.  It  was,  on  the  contrary,  a  very  rough 


106  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

substance  which  needed  the  most  careful  handling 
and  systematic  remodelling.  Rigid  rules  of  propriety 
artificially  laid  down  by  the  wise  men  of  old  had  to 
be  applied  to  the  original  raw  material,  hewing  off 
all  its  ruggedness,  and  smoothly  polishing  it  up  to  a 
required  shape. 

"  Therefore,"  says  Hsiin-tze,  "  human  nature  is  the 
original  foundation  and  raw  material,  while  artificiality 
(wei)  means  refinement  and  culture.  If  not  for  the 
original  nature,  artificiality  would  have  nothing  to 
apply  itself  to;  and  if  not  for  artificiality,  the 
original  nature  would  fail  to  polish  itself.  Through 
the  co-operative  adjustment  of  the  two,  we  have  a 
class  of  people  called  the  wise,  and  the  consolidation 
of  the  empire  is  thereby  effected.  Therefore,  I  say 
that  as  all  things  are  created  through  the  union  of 
heaven  and  earth,  and  as  all  changes  take  place 
through  the  contact  of  the  male  and  the  female 
principle,  the  peace  of  the  empire  is  obtained 
through  the  co-operative  adjustment  of  the  original 
nature  and  artificiality "  (Chapter  XIX,  "  Li  lun 
p'ien"). 

It  is,  then,  by  this  artificial  remodelling  of  the 
original  baseness  of  humanity  that  the  hungry  could 
be  persuaded  to  give  precedence  to  the  older,  the 
tired  to  endure  their  hardships,  brothers  to  agree  in 
the  distribution  of  their  ancestral  property,  and  the 
people  to  show  due  consideration  even  to  strangers ; 
for  all  these  excellent  behaviours  are  not  a  spon- 


EAKLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    107 

taneous  exhibition  of  the  sentiment  as  harboured  in 
the  heart  of  the  natural  man,  but  they  must  be 
ascribed  to  the  beautiful  artificial  influence  of  cere- 
monialism (li  i)  .w 

If  other  Confucians  are  to  be  classified  as  upholders 
of  subjectivism,  Hsiin-tze  was  no  doubt  a  decided 
proclaimer  of  objectivism.  He  did  not  believe  in 
evolving  goodness  from  within,  but  in  grafting  it  from 
without.  He  did  not  believe  in  the  cultivation  of  the 
altruistic  impulse  called  the  feeling  of  fellowship  or 
humaneness  (Jen),  but  in  the  muzzling  of  egotism  by 
some  artificial  method.  When  we  remember  what 
powerful  factors  are  traditions  and  the  instinct  of 
imitation  in  the  upbuilding  of  society,  it  is  undeniably 
true  that  Hsiin-tze's  objective  method  of  moral  train- 
ing, however  one-sided,  is  conducive  in  many  cases  to 
the  making  of  a  higher  moral  character. 

Ceremonies,  formulas,  and  rules  prescribed  by  reli- 
gion or  tradition,  are  the  natural  outward  manifes- 
tations of  some  inner  sentiments  felt  by  the  wise  and 
virtuous  men  of  ancient  times  and  by  all  following 
generations  sanctioned  as  elevating  and  hallowing. 
When  those  established  rules  are  reversed  in  order, 
and,  instead  of  letting  them  come  from  within,  are 
forced  upon  a  human  heart  from  without,  it  can 
logically  be  expected  that  they  will  produce  in  the 
receiving  organ  similar  sentiments  and  impulses  to 
those  that  stirred  within  ancient  men  of  piety  and 
virtue.  The  human  heart  is  made  of  so  many  sus- 


108  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

ceptible  strings,  and  each  of  them  responds  to  a  certain 
note.  If  they  are  not  strong  and  original  enough  to 
vibrate  automatically  from  within,  they  can  be  made 
to  act  in  a  definite  way  by  some  mechanical  means 
from  without.  And  that  is  the  psychology  of  cere- 
monialism. 

In  one  sense  the  view  of  the  later  Confucians  who 
find  in  Hsiin-tze  a  seed  of  heterodoxy  can  be  justified, 
for  he  opposed  the  idealistic  undercurrent  in  Confu- 
cianism which  was  very  precious  to  most  of  its  adhe- 
rents. Says  Hsun-tze :  "  Moral  training  cannot  gain 
a  step  by  mere  retrospection ;  let  a  man  studiously 
apply  himself  to  [practical]  discipline  [or  study].70 
One  whole  day  spent  in  meditation  does  not  equal  in 
merit  one  minute  of  [practical]  study.  We  may  stand 
a-tip-toe  as  high  as  possible ;  but  it  is  far  better  to  go 
up  to  some  height  and  look  round  far  and  wide. 
Climb  up  higher  and  wave  your  hands  ;  your  arms 
have  not  gained  an  inch,  but  they  are  seen  from  afar. 
Raise  your  voice  in  the  direction  of  the  wind ;  it  is  not 
necessarily  strong,  but  it  can  be  heard  distinctly. 
Wise  men  do  not  differ  in  their  nature  from  others. 
What  makes  them  wise  is  due  to  their  adaptation  to 
environment.  Therefore,  wise  men  are  particular  in 
choosing  their  place  of  dwelling  and  their  associates, 
for  things  are  grouped  according  to  their  congeniality. 
Let  us  study  all  the  records  bequeathed  by  our  ancient 
sages  and  practise  them  in  our  daily  life.  What  is 
the  most  essential  of  all  things,  however,  is  the  study 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         109 

and  observance  of  rules  of  propriety.  This  is  the 
consummation  of  all  studies  and  the  culmination  of 
all  virtues."  71  As  to  the  study  and  importance  of  the 
canonical  books,  Hsiin-tze  was  in  perfect  agreement 
with  all  the  other  Confucians.  But  he  considered  the 
book  of  ceremonies  or  proprieties  to  be  of  special 
significance.  There  are,  generally  speaking,  two 
opposite  tendencies  in  the  history  of  philosophy,  one 
is  subjectivism  and  the  other  objectivism.  In  the 
Chinese  history  of  thought,  Hsiin-tze  represented  the 
latter,  and  strongly  emphasized  the  importance  of 
ceremonial  formalities. 

It  is,  therefore,  quite  in  keeping  with  his  general 
principle  that  again  in  opposition  to  Mu-tze,  he  laid 
great  emphasis  on  the  importance  of  music.  Mu-tze 
saw  in  music  its  economical  unproductiveness  only, 
and  ignored  its  soothing  and  refining  effect  on  the 
sentiment.  Hsiin-tze  was  always  bent  on  cultivating 
the  character  by  all  possible  external  means,  among 
which  music  must  be  considered  one  of  the  most 
potent.72  In  this  respect  Hsiin-tze  certainly  voiced 
one  of  the  sentiments  remarkably  characteristic  of 
the  Chinese.  One  of  the  main  reasons,  however,  why 
they  did  not  favour  him  so  much  as  Mencius,  is,  as 
said  before,  owing  to  his  peculiar  conception  concern- 
ing the  original  nature  of  humanity.  Whatever  selfish 
and  bestial  impulses  and  thoughts  we  may  betray  in 
our  daily  intercourse  with  our  fellow-creatures,  we 
are  innately  inclined  not  to  conceive  ourselves  as  radi- 


110  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

cally  base  in  character,  and  to  consider  goodness  as 
something  artificial  (wei).  Our  fundamental  belief, 
though  at  first  unconscious,  is  that  we  are  capable  as 
well  of  absolutely  disinterested  impulses  and  thoughts 
and  actions.  And  our  experiences  prove  that  our 
faith  in  ourselves,  though  subjectively  formulated  at 
the  beginning1,  stands  on  some  irrefutable  objective 
facts.  The  Chinese,  with  their  highly  cultivated 
common  sense,  naturally  shrank  from  Hsiin-tze's 
conception  of  human  nature,  while  in  other  points 
he  was  a  spokesman  of  their  characteristic  senti- 
ments. 

Another  factor  that  tends  to  prejudice  Hsiin-tze  in 
the  eyes  of  the  Chinese  public,  lies  perhaps  in  his  style 
of  writing.  What  makes  a  thought  acceptable  gener- 
ally, is  not  always  determined  by  its  genuine  worth, 
but  in  many  cases  by  the  manner  in  which  it  is  pre- 
sented. For  even  a  worn-out  idea  becomes  agreeably 
acceptable  when  it  is  garbed  in  a  new  style.  Hsiin-tze 
stands  in  this  respect  far  below  Mencius.  His  reason- 
ing was  unusually  powerful  and  exact  and  logical  as 
compared  with  Mencius' s,73  but  the  style  in  which  his 
thought  was  expressed  was  not  so  brilliant  and  elo- 
quent and  charmingly  attractive  as  that  of  Mencius. 
It  cannot  be  denied,  as  we  see  to-day,  that  the  pre- 
mises and  conclusions  of  these  two  great  ancient 
philosophers  are  defective  and  one-sided,  and  do  not 
cover  the  entire  field;  but  judging  from  their  rhetori- 
cal effects,  Mencius  appeals  more  irresistibly  even  to 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    111 

readers  of  these  latter  days ;  and  it  is  no  wonder  that 
intellectual  Hsiin  was  treated  by  his  compatriots  as 
though  he  were  without  the  pale  of  the  holy  teaching 
of  Confucius — Confucius  who,  to  the  people  of  the 
Middle  Kingdom,  was  the  ultimate  authority  in  matters 
moral  and  religious. 


RELIGION 

UNDER  this  heading  will  be  discussed  the  conception 
of  God  or  Shang  Ti  J^  ^  in  the  Five  Canonical  Books 
( Wu  Ching),  especially  in  the  "  Shu  "  and  the  "  Shih," 
both  of  which  may  be  considered  to  embody  the  gist 
of  popular  philosophy  in  early  China.  The  reason 
why  I  confine  myself  to  these  classical  documents-  is 
because  every  religious  attitude  manifested  by  the 
Chinese  towards  God  is  to  be  found  in  them,  and  I 
might  almost  say,  only  in  them.  The  philosophers, 
on  the  other  hand,  including  the  Confucians,  the 
Taoists,  and  others,  seem  to  have  had  nothing  espe- 
cially to  do  with  the  worship  of  God.  Perhaps  one 
solitary  exception  was  Mu-tze,  who  has  some  special 
chapters  in  his  book  devoted  to  the  subject.  In  fact, 
there  is  a  very  definite  line  of  demarcation  between 
these  two  representative  groups  of  writings,  the 
classics  and  the  philosophical  works.  The  first  are 
religious  in  the  proper  sense  of  the  word,  while  the 
latter  are  practical,  moral,  and  rationalistic,  or  some- 
times highly  speculative,  as  is  the  case  with  the  Taoist 
books. 

The  earliest  Chinese  notion  of  God  was  more  or  less 
112 


BAELY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         113 

personal ;  the  relation  that  obtained  between  Heaven 
(t'ien  ^)74  and  mankind  on  earth,  was  to  a  certain 
degree  intimate  and  mutually  responsive ;  whenever 
misfortune  visited  the  people  they  were  sure  to  cry  to 
Heaven  as  the  source  of  mercy  and  repent  of  their 
wickedness.  But  when  the  philosophical  mind  began 
to  make  inquiries,  Heaven  lost  its  emotional,  religious 
relations  to  the  creatures  below ;  for  it  became  more 
and  more  impersonal  until  it  finally  came  to  represent 
a  mere  sum  of  natural  laws  which  required  no  special 
humouring,  as  it  were.  T'ien  came  to  be  used  in 
the  sense  of  rationality,  and  almost  entirely  replaced 
by  ffi  ti  (Lord),75  or  J^  ffi  shang  ti  (Lord  on  high), 
a  term  fully  suggesting  a  personal  agent.76 

That  in  ancient  times  the  Chinese  had  in  their  minds 
a  being,  or  power,  or  even  a  person  that  governed 
mortals  below,  is  gathered  from  the  terms  (Lord, 
August  Heaven,  Pitying  Heaven,  etc.)  so  liberally  and 
religiously  used  in  the  "  Shu  Ching,"  «  Shih  Ching," 
"  Yih  Ching,"  and  "Li  Ki  "—especially  in  the  first  two 
canonical  books.  In  what  follows  an  attempt  will  be 
made  to  illustrate  the  attitude  of  the  early  Chinese 
towards  this  shang  ti  as  well  as  the  attributes  under 
which  he  was  conceived. 

1.  In  the  first  place,  Heaven  (t'ien)  was  compas- 
sionate, as  is  known  from  one  of  its  common  attributes, 
.g  min,  "  pitying."  Whenever  the  early  Chinese 
suffered,  they  called  upon  Heaven  for  protection  and 
commiseration ;  they  found  consolation  in  their  distress 

8 


114  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

by;  addressing  Heaven  as  their  parent.  When  the 
early  Chinese  settlement  was  still  struggling  hard 
with  wild  and  barbarous  neighbours,  with  those  San 
Miao  tribes  who  rebelled  repeatedly  against  Chinese 
rule,  the  Chinese  authorities  thought  it  expedient  to 
appeal  to  the  religious  sentiment  of  the  wild  Miao  and 
to  call  Grod  to  their  help.  So  we  read  in  the  "  Coun- 
sels of  the  great  Yii,"  in  the  "  Shu  Ching  "  (Part  II, 
Book  II)  :  ee  At  the  end  of  three  decades,  the  people 
of  Miao  rebelled  against  the  commands,  when  Yi  came 
to  the  help  of  Yii,  saying,  'It  is  virtue  only  that 
moves  Heaven ;  there  is  no  distance  to  which  it  does 
not  extend.  Fulness  invites  loss,  humility  receives 
increase — this  is  the  way  of  Heaven.  In  the  early 
time  of  Ti77  when  he  was  living  by  Mount  Li,  he  went 
into  the  fields,  cried  daily  to  Pitying  Heaven,  and  to 
his  parents,  taking  upon  himself  all  guilt  and  charging 
himself  with  their  wickedness.  Reverently  attending 
to  his  duties,  he  appeared  before  Ku  Sau  with  re- 
spectful humility ;  he  looked  grave  and  awestruck,  till 
Ku  Sau  also  became  transformed  by  his  example. 
Entire  sincerity  moves  the  spirits,78  how  much  more 
will  it  move  the  rulers  of  Miao  P  "79 

Under  King  Li  (878-828  B.C.)  of  the  Chou  dynasty, 
a  courtier  was  slandered  and  disgraced.  He  did  not 
know  where  to  appeal  for  vindication  but  to  Heaven, 
who  looked  upon  human  affairs  with  parental  sym- 
pathy. He  composed  a  poem  and  thus  addressed 
Heaven :  "  0  Great  and  Distant  Heaven,  who  art 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         115 

called  our  parent,80  why  should  I  without  crime  or 
offence  suffer  from  disorders  so  great !  The  terrors 
of  Great  Heaven  are  excessive,  but  indeed  I  have 
committed  no  crime.  The  terrors  of  Great  Heaven 
are  excessive,  but  indeed  I  have  committed  no 
offence"  ("  Shih  Ching,"  II,  Y,  4;  Legge,  p.  361). 

Mang-tze,  a  chief  of  eunuchs,  became  a  victim  of 
slander,  whereupon  he  cried  to  Heaven,  bitterly 
denouncing  his  enemies :  "  The  proud  are  delighted 
and  the  troubled  are  in  sorrow.  0  Azure  Heaven  ! 
O  Azure  Heaven!  Look  on  these  proud  men;  pity 
those  who  are  troubled"  ("  Shih,"  II,  Y,  6). 

2.  Since  Heaven  is  compassionate,  it  is  Heaven 
that  showers  blessings  upon  humankind.  The  early 
Chinese  were  quite  simple-hearted.  Whenever  their 
hearts  overflowed  either  in  grief  or  in  joy,  they,  like 
every  other  primitive  people,  made  Heaven  their  last 
refuge.  When  the  Chou  dynasty  came  to  full 
sovereignty  through  the  successful  achievements  of 
its  earlier  rulers,  T'ai  Wang,  T'ai  Pe,  Wang  Chi,  and 
through  the  subjugation  of  Mi  and  Ts'ung  by  King 
Wen,  they  ascribed  this  to  the  special  grace  of 
Heaven  shown  to  the  House  of  Chou,  and  for  which 
the  poet  was  made  to  sing  the  virtues  of  the  kings 
and  to  thank  Heaven  in  the  following  lines  :  "  Great 
is  the  Lord  on  high,  beholding  this  lower  world  in 
majesty.  He  surveyed  the  four  quarters,  seeking  for 
some  one  to  give  establishment  to  the  people.  Those 
two  earlier  dynasties  had  failed  to  satisfy  him  with 


116  A  BEIBF  HISTORY  OF 

their  government;  so  throughout  the  various  states, 
he  sought  one  on  whom  he  might  confer  the  rule. 
Hating  all  the  great  states,  he  turned  his  attention  to 
the  West,  and  gave  a  settlement  [to  King  'Fai]  " 
(«Shih"III,I,  7;  Legge,  p.  389). 

This  idea  of  heavenly  bliss  is  also  expressed  in  a 
much  earlier  ode  of  the  Shang  dynasty  (1766- 
1123  B.C.).  The  piece  is  a  sort  of  hymn  sung  to  the 
spirit  of  the  founder  of  the  dynasty,  T'ang  the 
Perfect.  First,  it  alludes  to  his  virtuous  life,  offer- 
ings are  made,  he  is  asked  to  partake  of  them  and  to 
bless  his  descendants.  Then  it  describes  the  feudal 
princes  coming  to  celebrate  the  festival  ("  Shih,"  IV, 
Y,  2)  :  "  With  the  hubs  of  their  wheels  bound  with 
leather,  and  their  ornamented  yokes,  with  the  eight 
bells  at  their  horses'  bits  all  tinkling,  [the  princes] 
come  to  assist  at  the  offerings.  We  have  received 
the  appointment  in  all  its  greatness,  and  from  Heaven 
is  our  prosperity  sent  down,  fruitful  years  of  great 
abundance.  [Our  ancestors]  will  come  and  enjoy 
[our  offerings]  and  confer  on  us  happiness  without 
limit/' 

In  another  ode  belonging  to  the  same  period,  the 
virtue  of  T'ang  the  Perfect  is  described  and  praised 
as  a  special  blessing  bestowed  upon  him  by  Heaven : 
"He  received  the  tribute  of  the  states,  small  and 
large,  and  supported  them  as  a  strong  steed  [does  its 
burden]  : — so  did  he  receive  the  blessings  of  Heaven. 
Everywhere  he  displayed  his  valour,  unshaken,  un- 


BAELY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         117 

moved,  unterrified,  unscared, — all  dignities  were 
united  in  him"  ("  Shih,"  IV,  V,  4;  Legge,  p.  310). 

This  idea  of  heavenly  bliss  is  also  expressed  by 
Chou  Kung  in  his  advice  to  his  colleague,  Shao 
Kung,  who  wanted  to  retire  from  the  royal  service. 
Alluding  to  the  prosperous  state  which  the  Chou 
dynasty  was  then  enjoying,  the  Duke  of  Chou  says : 
"And  the  favour  of  Heaven  has  come  to  us  so 
largely ;  it  should  be  ours  to  feel  as  if  we  could  not 
sufficiently  respond  to  it"  ("Shu,"  Part  V,  Book 
XVI,  "The  Prince  Shih"). 

3.  Not  only  bliss  but  curses  also  come  from 
Heaven,  when  creatures  below  pay  no  regard  to  the 
moral  laws  as  established  by  it.  There  are  numerous 
passages  in  the  "  Shu "  as  well  as  the  "  Shih "  in 
which  sufferers  most  pitifully  appeal  to  Heaven  for 
rescue,  sometimes  even  blaming  Heaven  for  the 
misery  which  they  endure.  This  is  quite  natural; 
for  were  it  not  for  the  existence  of  evils  man  would 
never  become  conscious  of  a  power  above  him.  To 
quote  only  a  few  of  the  many  lamentations  addressed 
to  Heaven  by  the  early  Chinese :  "  Great  Heaven  is 
not  just  to  send  down  these  dire  calamities ;  Great 
Heaven  is  not  merciful  to  send  down  these  miseries . 
...  0  Unpitying  Great  Heaven,  there  is  no  end  to 
disorder  !  With  every  month  it  continues  to  grow  so 
that  the  people  have  no  rest "  ("  Shih,"  II,  IV,  7).81 
"  Great  and  Far-reaching  Heaven,  how  is  it  thou  hast 
not  extended  thy  benevolence,  but  sendest  down  ruin 


118  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

and  famine,  and  bringest  about  desolation  throughout 
the  Empire  ?  Pitying  Heaven,  quickened  with  wrath, 
hast  thou  no  discrimination,  no  design  ?  Leave  un- 
punished those  who  sinned,  for  they  have  already 
suffered  for  their  offences.  But  those  who  are  with- 
out sin  are  also  drawn  into  the  general  misfortune " 
("  Shih,"  II,  IV,  10).82  "  Shou,  King  of  Shang,  does 
not  reverence  Heaven  above,  and  inflicts  calamities 
on  the  people  below.  .  .  .  Great  Heaven  was  moved 
with  indignation"  ("  Shu,"  V,  I).83 

4.  Heaven  was  thus  considered  to  be  in  possession 
of  full  power  over  mankind.  It  showed  mercy  to 
those  who  were  virtuous  and  obedient  to  the  heavenly 
will;  but  woe  unto  those  who  deviated  from  its 
prescribed  course;  no  one  could  resist  or  ignore 
heavenly  displeasure.  "The  overpowering  wrath  of 
unfathomable  Heaven  is  felt  throughout  the  world 
below"  ("Shin,"  II,  V,  I).84  "Right  from  the 
spring  comes  the  water  bubbling,  revealing  its 
depths — sorrow  of  my  heart !  Did  it  start  only  to- 
day ?  Why  not  in  the  days  before  me  ?  Why  not 
in  the  days  after  me  ?  Incomprehensible  Heaven, 
far  and  distant,  is  able  to  strengthen  anything.  Do 
not  disgrace  your  ancestors,  but  save  your  posterity  " 
("Shih,"  III,  III,  10).86  "If  you  reverently  obey, 
Heaven  will  favour  and  compassionate  you.  But  if 
you  do  not  reverently  obey,  you  shall  not  only  be 
deprived  of  your  lands,  but  I  will  also  carry  to  the 
utmost  Heaven's  inflictions  upon  your  persons" 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         119 

("Shu,"  V,  XIV;  Legge,  p.  200).  In  this  passage, 
which  is  taken  from  Chou  Kung's  address  to  the 
"Numerous  Officers"  of  the  Yin  dynasty  which  he 
had  just  overthrown,  we  notice  his  most  threatening 
attitude  toward  the  survivors  of  the  preceding 
dynasty.  This  is  due  to  the  conviction  that  he 
represents  in  his  person  the  authorities  above, 
according  to  which  he  was  ordered  to  overturn  the 
tyrannical  government  of  Shang.  This  theocratic 
conception  is  traceable  throughout  in  the  history 
of  China,  to  which  further  reference  will  be  made 
later  on. 

5.  Owing  to  the  fact  that  sinners  are  liable  at  any 
time  to  be  visited  with  heavenly  judgments,  the 
power  above  had  to  be  revered  and  its  decrees 
complied  with.  The  poet  Fang  Peh,  of  the  Chou 
dynasty,  who  mourns  the  prevailing  misery  of  the 
people  suffering  from  the  reckless  policy  of  King  Yu, 
strongly  urges  the  King  and  his  counsellors  to  heed 
the  wrath  exhibited  by  Heaven :  "  Revere  the  wrath 
of  Heaven,  and  dare  not  to  make  sport  or  be  lax. 
Revere  the  ways  of  Heaven,  and  dare  not  to  be  wild 
and  unruly.  Great  Heaven  is  bright  and  is  with  you 
wherever  you  go.  Great  Heaven  is  clear-sighted, 
and  is  with  you  wherever  you  wander  "  ("  Shih,"  III, 
II,  10;  Legge,  p.  410).  In  the  same  spirit,  King 
Wu  addresses  K'ang  Shu  who  was  about  to  be 
appointed  Marquis  of  Wei,  a  former  stronghold  of 
the  Shang  dynasty :  "  Let  us  be  reverent,  let  us  be 


120  A  BRIEF  HISTOBY  OF 

reverent.  The  way  of  Heaven  is  evident,  and  its 
decree  is  not  easy  to  follow.  Say  not  that  it  is  high, 
high  above  us.  It  ascends  and  descends  around 
these  people ;  daily  overseeing  us,  it  is  wherever  we 
are.  ...  Oh  !  Fang,  my  little  child,  be  reverent  as 
if  thy  person  were  suffering  from  a  disease ;  awesome 
though  Heaven  be,  it  yet  helps  the  sincere  "  ("  Shu/' 
V,IX;  Legge,p.  165/.). 

6.  Heaven  is  not  only  the  symbol  of  power  and 
energy,  but  that  of  wisdom,  bright  and  illuminating. 
"  High  Heaven,  so  bright,  the  earth  below  lies  in  thy 
illuminating  survey"  («  Shih,"  II,  VI,  3).86     "Great 
Heaven  is  exceedingly  bright"  ("Shih,"  III,  III,  2).87 
"  The  bright  and  illuminating  Lord  on  high  giveth  us 
promise  of  a  prosperous  year"  ("  Shih,"  IV,  II,  I).88 
"  Great  Heaven  is  bright  and  is  with  you  in  all  your 
journeys.     Great  Heaven  is  clear-sighted  and  is  with 
you  in  all  your  wanderings"  ("  Shih,"  III,  II,  10). 

7.  Being  intelligent  and  all-seeing,  what  is  decreed 
by  Heaven  must  be  carried  out  by  man  who  is  no 
more  than  a  mere  instrument.     The  will  of  Heaven 
once  declared  is  irrevocable,  for  it  is  the  source  of  the 
moral  laws  and  the  standard  of  conduct.    So,  a  poet89 
of  the  Chou  dynasty  again  declares  :  "  Look  into  the 
midst  of  the  forest ;  there  we  find  large  faggots  and 
small  twigs.     The  people  now  in  their  sad  condition 
look   towards   Heaven,   vague    and   indefinite.      Yet 
when  its  determination  is  fixed,  there  is  no  one  whom 
it  will  not  conquer.     There  is  the  great  Lord  on  high, 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         121 

and  does  he  hate  any  one  ?"  Duke  Wu  of  Wei  makes 
a  rejoinder  to  this  conviction  when  he  says,  "  Great 
Heaven  never  errs"  (« Shih,"  III,  III,  2).90  And 
this  unerring  decree  of  Heaven  was  ever  kept  in  view 
by  a  wise  ruler,  who  would  never  think  of  doing 
violence  to  his  moral  conscience  as  an  expression  of 
the  heavenly  will.  The  Chinese  government  in  those 
earlier  days,  and  perhaps  even  now  to  a  certain  extent, 
was  a  theocracy.  So  we  read  in  the  "  Instructions  " 
given  to  T'ai  Chia  by  his  aged  teacher  minister,  Yi 
Yin  ("Shu,"  IY,  V;  Legge,  p.  95  /.)  :  "The  former 
king  kept  his  eye  constantly  on  the  manifest  decrees 
of  Heaven,  and  so  maintained  the  worship  of  the 
spirits  of  heaven  and  earth,  of  those  presiding  over 
the  land  and  the  grain,  and  of  those  of  the  ancestral 
temple — all  with  sincere  reverence.  Heaven  took 
notice  of  his  virtue,  and  caused  its  great  appointment 
to  light  on  him  that  he  should  soothe  and  tranquillize 
the  myriad  regions."  Again,  in  the  "  Great  Announce- 
ment," which  was  issued  by  King  Ch'eng  of  the  Chou 
dynasty  when  he  was  at  the  point  of  undertaking  a 
punitive  expedition  against  some  of  his  rebellious 
lords,  the  young  King  declares  ("  Shu,"  Y,  YII) : 
"  My  work  is  as  the  servant  of  Heaven,  which  has 
assigned  me  this  great  task  and  laid  the  hard  duty  on 
my  person.  ...  I  the  little  child  dare  not  disregard 
the  appointment  of  the  Lord  on  high.  ...  Oh  !  the 
clearly-intended  will  of  Heaven  is  to  be  feared,  it  is 
to  help  my  great  inheritance  "  (Legge,  p.  159)  .91 


122  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

8.  The  moral  relations  that  exist  between  men  are 
so  determined  eternally  by  the  ordinances  of  Heaven. 
Heaven  is  the  source  of  moral  authority.  Those  who 
are  immoral  commit  sin  against  Heaven  and  cannot 
escape  its  retribution.  It  is  always  impartial  and 
shows  no  favour  in  administering  justice.  So  declares 
the  poet  Yin  Chi  Fu  of  the  Chou  dynasty  in  the  reign 
of  King  Hsiian :  "  Heaven  gave  birth  to  the  multi- 
tudes of  the  people ;  and  wherever  there  are  things 
they  are  governed  by  fixed  laws.  To  delight  in  what 
is  held  by  the  people  eternally  normal,  that  is  the 
highest  virtue"  ("  Shih,"  III,  III,  6).  This  notion 
of  the  heavenly  origin  of  the  moral  laws  is  much  more 
clearly  and  definitely  stated  in  the  "  Shu  Ching  "  (II, 
III)  by  Kao  Yao,  minister  to  Shun.  Kao  Yao  says  : 
"  It  is  by  the  heavenly  arrangement  that  we  have  a 
universal  order  here ;  and  ours  is  to  maintain  properly 
the  five  orders ;  let  us  be  sincere  in  these  five.  It  is 
the  heavenly  ordinance  that  we  have  a  regular  pro- 
ceeding here ;  and  ours  is  to  observe  the  five  cere- 
monies; let  us  be  constant.  Through  universal 
respect  and  united  reverence,  let  there  be  a  harmo- 
nious regulation.  Heaven  favours  the  virtuous ;  and 
there  are  five  habiliments;  let  the  five  be  clearly  dis- 
tinguished. Heaven  punishes  the  guilty ;  and  there 
are  five  punishments  ;  let  the  five  be  in  effect.  In 
the  affairs  of  administration — let  us  be  earnest,  let  us 
be  earnest "  (cf.  Legge,  p.  55). 

9.  The  moral  laws  were  thus  made  by  Heaven,  and 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         123 

eternally  fixed;  and  it  was  the  same  authority  that 
rewarded  the  just  and  punished  the  unjust.  For 
Heaven  was  not  only  the  author  of  the  laws,  but  their 
executor,  stern  and  inflexible.  Therefore,  whether  or 
not  the  creatures  here  below  were  made  happy,  pros- 
perous, and  satisfied,  depended  upon  their  own  conduct. 
If  they  obeyed  the  rules  initiated  by  Heaven  and 
practised  goodness  (te),  the  Lord  on  high  favoured 
them ;  but  if  they  did  not  they  were  sure  to  suffer  the 
consequence.  There  was  no  escape  from  this  absolute 
law.  Therefore,  we  read  in  the  "  Shu  Ching " 
(IV,  IV,  "The  Instructions  of  Yi")  :  "Only  the 
Lord  on  high  is  not  constant :  on  the  good- doer  He 
sends  down  all  blessings,  and  on  the  evil-doer  He 
sends  down  all  miseries.  Do  you  but  be  virtuous,  be 
it  in  small  things  [or  large],  and  the  myriad  regions 
will  have  cause  for  rejoicing.  If  you  be  not  virtuous, 
be  it  in  large  things  [or  small] ,  it  will  bring  the  ruin 
of  your  ancestral  temple"  (Legge,  p.  95).  Yi  Yin, 
the  sage-minister,  again  expresses  the  identical  idea 
in  his  discourse  on  "Absolute  Virtue"  ("  Shu,"  IV,  VI), 
which  is  also  addressed  to  his  charge  T'ai  Chia  :  "  It 
was  not  that  Heaven  felt  any  partiality  for  the  Lord 
of  Shang ;  but  Heaven  comes  to  [him  who  practises] 
absolute  virtue.  It  was  not  that  Shang  courted  the 
favour  of  the  lower  people,  but  the  people  turned 
towards  [him  who  practised]  absolute  virtue.  Where 
there  is  absolute  virtue,  there  is  no  undertaking  that 
is  not  favourable.  Where  virtue  contradicts  itself, 


124  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

there  is  no  undertaking  that  is  not  unfavourable. 
Favour  or  disfavour  does  not  wrongfully  fall  upon 
men :  for  Heaven  sends  down  misfortune  or  pros- 
perity according  to  their  virtue "  (cf.  Legge,  p.  101). 
In  one  word,  "  The  heavenly  way  is  to  bless  the  good 
and  to  curse  the  dissolute "  ("  Shu,"  IV,  III,  "The 
Announcement  of  'Fang  "). 

10.  It  thus  goes  without  saying  that  Heaven  knows 
110  partiality  whatever  in  conferring  bliss  or  sending 
down  calamity.     The  venerable  Yi  Yin  again  instructs 
his  young  king  ("  Shu/'  Part  IY,  Book  V,  Section  C) : 
"  Oh !  Heaven  knows  no  favouritism.     Only  those  who 
are  reverent  are  favoured  by  it.     The  people  have  no 
special  person   whom  they  constantly  cherish,  they 
only  cherish  those  that  are  benevolent.     The  spiritual 
beings  have  no  special  offerings  which  they  are  con- 
stant in  accepting,  thev  only  accept  things  that  are 
offered  with  sincerity.     The  heavenly  seat  is  indeed 
difficult  to  hold."     Later,  Chou  Kung  also  utters  the 
same  sentiment  when  he  is  about  to  appoint  his  nephew 
Chung  Hu  to  Lord  Tsai  ("  Shu,"  Y,  XVII) :  "  Great 
Heaven  knows  no  favouritism.     Only  those  who  are 
virtuous  are  helped  by  it.     The  people's  hearts  know 
no  constant  attachment ;  only  they  cherish  those  that 
are  benevolent." 

11.  As  Heaven  shows  no  partiality  in  its  dealings 
with  creatures  on  earth,  the  latter  must  always  be 
on  their  guard  so  that  they  may  not  fall  from  the 
heavenly   grace    and    suffer    misery   and    ignominy. 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         125 

Heaven  can  never  be  relied  upon,  it  is  not  constant, 
it  changes  as  a  man  changes  in  his  virtuous  conduct. 
And  it  is  most  difficult  for  him  to  be  always  upright 
and  virtuous,  and  not  to  deviate  even  for  a  moment 
from  the  path  prescribed  by  the  Lord  on  high. 
Heaven's  favours  are  the  most  difficult  thing  to  be 
retained  by  us  earthly  creatures.  The  unreliability 
of  the  heavenly  will,  therefore,  from  the  human  point 
of  view,  is  ever  and  again  emphasized  by  the  early 
Chinese  moralists.  Yi  Yin's  (who  died  1713  B.C.)  in- 
struction to  the  young  king  T'ai  Chia  repeatedly  refers 
to  this  idea ;  he  seems  never  tired  of  reminding  the 
inexperienced  lest  he  let  loose  his  youthful  unbridled 
passions  in  his  administration,  thinking  that  the 
heavenly  pleasure  once  shown  to  his  father  is  constant 
and  eternal  regardless  of  his  own  conduct.  "  Oh  !" 
says  Yi  Yin,  "  it  is  difficult  to  rely  upon  Heaven,  for 
its  decrees  are  not  constant.  But  [let  a  ruler]  be 
constant  in  his  goodness,  and  he  will  preserve  his 
throne.  Let  him  be  inconstant  in  his  goodness,  and 
the  nine  provinces  will  be  lost  to  him  "  ("  Shu/'  IY, 
VI;  Legge,  p.  101).  Later,  Chou  Kung  (d.  1105  B.C.) 
is  also  anxious  to  impress  this  idea  on  his  colleague, 
Shao  Kung  :  "  The  decrees  of  Heaven  are  not  easily 
preserved,  Heaven  is  difficult  to  be  depended  upon  " 
("  Shu/'  Y,  XYI;  Legge,  p.  206).  In  the  "Book  of 
Odes"  we  find  Chou  Kung  again  referring  to  the 
utmost  difficulty  of  securing  the  heavenly  grace :  for 
he  sings  in  his  commemoration  of  the  father  Wen 


126  A  BEIEF  HISTORY  OF 

("  Shih,"  III,  I,  2)  :  "  The  bright  illumination  [of 
virtue]  here  below;  the  stern  authority  [of  God]  there 
above.  Heaven  is  not  readily  to  be  relied  upon ;  it 
is  no  easy  task  to  be  a  king.  Yin's  rightful  heir  to 
the  heavenly  seat  was  not  allowed  to  govern  the  four 
quarters.  .  .  .  The  King  Wen  gloriously  served  the 
Lord  on  high  with  watchfulness  and  reverence,  and 
thus  won  numerous  blessings.  Since  his  virtue  was 
never  reversed,  he  enjoyed  the  allegiance  of  the  states 
from  all  quarters.  .  .  .  The  troops  of  Yin  Shang 
assembled  like  a  forest  and  marshalled  on  the  wilds 
of  Mu.  We  rose  thereupon  and  [Shang  Fu  cried  to 
the  King  Wen],  '  The  Lord  on  high  is  with  thee,  be 
not  faint-hearted  P  " 

***** 
From  these  statements,  it  is  apparent  that  the 
Chinese  even  in  those  early  days  had  a  conception  of 
God,  a  Supreme  Being,  who  presided  over  human 
affairs  below,  and  that  this  conception  was  of  a  very 
high  order ;  and  at  the  same  time  the  fact  will  strike 
an  observant  reader  that  the  Chinese  God  is  different 
in  one  essential  point  from  the  Hebrew  God — that  is, 
the  former  betrays  no  such  personal  intimacy  as  the 
latter  does  in  the  Old  Testament.  The  Chinese  are 
not  such  an  intensely  religious  and  fanatical  people 
as  the  Hebrews,  and  naturally  their  conception  of  the 
highest  authority  of  moral  laws  was  not  so  personal 
and  intimate  as  that  of  the  Jews,  though  Shang  Ti 
was  personal  enough  in  certain  respects.  Even  in 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    127 

their  most  religious  documents  in  the  "Shu  Ching," 
they  seem  never  to  have  given  rein  to  their  imagina- 
tion so  far  as  to  depart  from  the  bounds  of  common- 
sense  morality.  This  will  be  shown  in  the  following 
"Announcement  of  T'ang,"  who  founded  the  Yin 
dynasty  (1766-1154  B.C.).  This  imperial  manifesto 
was  issued  by  T'ang  to  justify  himself  before  his 
subjects  in  the  overthrow  of  the  preceding  dynasty 
and  in  the  establishment  of  his  own — a  procedure 
sanctioned  by  Heaven.92  In  this  we  see  the  elevation 
of  its  moral  tone,  but  not  any  particularly  religious 
fervour.  After  T'ang  had  made  an  end  of  the  Hsia 
dynasty  and  returned  to  Po,  he  issued  this  announce- 
ment, a  solemn  inauguration  of  the  new  dynasty  : 
"  Ah  !  Ye  multitudes  of  the  myriad  regions,  listen 
clearly  to  the  announcement  of  me,  the  One  Man. 
The  Great  Lord  on  high  has  endowed  the  people 
below  with  a  conscience,  and  it  is  their  eternal  nature 
to  be  in  accord  with  it;  while  the  work  of  the 
sovereign  is  to  make  them  tranquilly  pursue  the 
course  which  it  would  indicate. 

"The  king  of  Hsia  extinguished  his  virtue,  and 
played  the  tyrant,  extending  his  oppression  over  you, 
the  people  of  all  the  clans  from  myriad  regions. 
Suffering  from  his  cruel  injuries,  and  unable  to 
endure  the  bitterness  and  venomousness,  you,  the 
people  of  all  the  clans  from  myriad  regions,  with 
one  accord  protested  your  innocence  to  the  spirits 
of  heaven  and  earth.  The  way  of  Heaven  is  to 


128  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

bless  the  good  and  make  wretched  the  dissolute.  It 
sent  down  calamities  on  Hsia,  to  make  manifest  her 
guilt. 

"Therefore  I,  the  little  child,  charged  with  the 
decree  of  Heaven  and  its  evident  terrors,  did  not 
dare  to  pardon  [the  criminal].  I  presumed  to  use 
the  dark-coloured  victim-bull,  and,  making  clear 
announcement  to  the  spiritual  sovereign  in  the  high 
heavens,  requested  leave  to  deal  with  the  ruler  of 
Hsia  as  a  criminal.  Then  I  sought  for  the  great 
sage,  with  whom  I  might  unite  my  strength,  to 
request  the  favour  [of  Heaven]  for  you,  my  multi- 
tudes. 

4 '  High  Heaven  truly  showed  its  favour  to  the 
people  below,  and  the  criminal  has  been  degraded 
and  subjected.  What  Heaven  appoints  is  without 
error ; — brilliantly  [now] ,  like  the  blooming  of  plants 
and  trees,  the  millions  of  the  people  show  a  true 
revival. 

"It  is  given  to  me,  the  One  Man,  to  secure  the 
harmony  and  tranquillity  of  your  states  and  clans; 
and  now  I  know  not  whether  I  may  not  offend 
against  [powers]  above  and  below.  I  am  fearful  and 
trembling,  as  if  I  were  in  danger  of  falling  into  a 
deep  abyss. 

"Throughout  all  the  regions  that  enter  on  a  new 
life  under  me  see  that  ye  follow  not  lawless  ways; 
make  no  approach  to  insolence  and  dissoluteness ;  let 
every  one  be  careful  to  keep  his  state;  that  so  we 


EAKLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    129 

may  receive  the  favour  of  Heaven.  The  good  in 
you,  I  will  not  dare  to  keep  concealed ;  and  for  the 
evil  in  me  I  will  not  dare  to  forgive  myself.  I  will 
examine  these  things  in  harmony  with  the  mind  of 
the  Lord  on  high.  When  guilt  is  found  anywhere  in 
you  who  occupy  the  myriad  regions,  let  it  rest  on  me, 
the  One  Man.  When  guilt  is  found  in  me,  the  One 
Man,  it  shall  not  attach  to  you  who  occupy  the 
myriad  regions. 

"  Oh !  let  us  attain  to  sincerity  in  these  things,  and 
so  we  shall  likewise  have  a  [happy]  consummation  " 
('<  Shu/' Legge,  p.  89/.). 

The  Chinese  Grod  was  not  the  God  of  the  Psalms 
nor  of  Job ;  he  was  a  quiet,  deliberate,  ethical  power 
that  discharged  or  exercised  his  function  rather 
impassively.  He  never  showed  himself  in  the  midst 
of  fires,  thunders,  or  lightnings  to  rent  his  personal 
ire  upon  the  creatures  below.  The  Chinese  never 
caught  a  glimpse  of  their  Grod.  He  was  hidden  far 
up  in  the  azure  skies,  he  could  not  be  brought  into 
immediate  personal  touch  with  mortals.  His  presence 
could  only  be  inferred  through  the  manifestations  of 
his  power — that  is,  through  extraordinary  natural 
phenomena.  When  he  was  indignant,  he  visited  all 
kinds  of  calamity  upon  the  misguided.  So  we  read 
in  the  "Slut  Ching"  (III,  III,  3):  "Heaven  is 
sending  down  death  and  desolation,  and  has  put  an 
end  to  our  king.  It  is  [now]  sending  down  those 
devourers  of  the  grain  so  that  the  husbandry  is  all  in 

9 


130  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

evil  case.  Alas  for  our  Middle  States  !  all  is  in  peril 
and  going  to  ruin.  I  have  no  strength  [to  do  any- 
thing], I  but  think  of  the  power  in  the  azure  vault." 
Again :  "  Bright  was  the  Milky  Way,  shining  and 
revolving  in  the  sky.  The  King  said,  '  Oh  !  What 
crime  is  chargeable  to  us  now,  that  Heaven  sends 
down  death  and  desolation  ?  Famine  comes  again 
and  again.  There  is  no  spirit  I  have  not  sacrificed 
to,  there  is  no  victim  I  have  grudged.  Our  jade 
symbols,  oblong  and  round,  are  exhausted; — how 
is  it  that  I  am  not  heard?  *>.*  The  drought  is 
excessive,  and  I  may  not  try  to  excuse  myself.  I  am 
full  of  terror  and  feel  the  peril,  like  the  clap  of 
thunder  or  the  roll.  Of  the  remnant  of  Chou,  among 
the  black-haired  people,  there  will  not  be  a  half  man 
left,  nor  will  the  Lord  on  high  in  great  Heaven 
exempt  me.  One  and  all,  shall  we  not  dread  this? 
Our  ancestors  will  be  without  successors/  "" 

These  calamities  came  down  from  Heaven  on 
account  of  human  wickedness.94  The  cry  of  the 
suffering  is  piteous  enough,  and  if  this  were  raised  to 
Yahveh,  it  is  highly  probable  that  he  would  listen  to 
it  and  make  a  personal  communication  with  his 
creatures  below.  But  the  Chinese  Grod  in  great 
Heaven  which  is  far  extending,95  veiled  in  obscurity96 
(though  sometimes  bright  and  illuminating),  and 
having  no  sound  nor  odour,97  is  altogether  irresponsive ; 
he  seems  to  be  not  immediately  concerned  with  human 
affairs,  in  any  event  not  so  personally  as  the  Judaic 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         131 

G-od,  who  "  thundereth  marvellously  with  his  voice/' 
Avho  "  saith  to  the  snow,  Be  thou  on  the  earth ;  like- 
wise to  the  small  rain,  and  to  the  great  rain  of  his 
strength/'  and  again  who  "  sealeth  up  the  hand  of 
every  man;  that  all  men  may  know  his  work" 
(Job,  xxxvii,  5-7).  Such  a  God  as  this  was  not  in 
accord  with  the  Chinese  imagination. 

Though  lacking  in  religious  fervour,  the  Chinese 
God,  besides  being  a  stern  moral  power,  was  a 
political  director,  whose  foremost  object  of  adminis- 
tration was  to  give  his  people  happiness,  peace,  and 
justice.  When  Heaven  found  its  earthly  representa- 
tive who  is  called  the  "  son  of  Heaven  "  unworthy  of 
his  exalted  position,  it  appointed  some  one  else  from 
among  the  people.  This  new  representative,  con- 
scious of  his  holy  mission,  gathered  about  him  all  the 
available  forces  to  rise  against  the  prevailing  house. 
He  would  recount  all  the  outrageous,  inhuman  sins 
committed  by  the  tyrant,  and  in  them  would  seek  the 
justification  of  his  action  as  heaven-ordained.  The 
"Great  Declaration"  ("Shu,"  V,  I)  by  King  Wu  of 
the  Chou  dynasty,  though  by  some  considered 
spurious,  fairly  illustrates  the  attitude  of  a  new 
dynasty  against  its  corrupt,  degenerate  predecessor. 
He  declares  :  "  Heaven-aiid-earth  is  the  parent  of  all 
creatures;  and  of  all  creatures  man  is  the  most 
highly  endowed.  The  sincerely  intelligent  [among 
men]  becomes  the  great  sovereign;  and  the  great 
sovereign  is  the  parent  of  the  people.  But  now 


132  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

Shou,  the  king  of  Shang,  does  not  reverence  Heaven 
above,  and  inflicts  calamities  on  the  people  below. 
Abandoned  to  drunkenness  and  reckless  in  lust,  he 
has  dared  to  exercise  cruel,  oppression.  He  has 
extended  the  punishments  of  offenders  to  their 
relatives.  He  has  put  men  into  offices  on  the 
hereditary  principle.  He  has  made  it  his  pursuit  to 
have  palaces,  towers,  pavilions,  embankments,  ponds 
and  other  extravagances,  to  the  most  painful  injury 
of  you,  the  people  of  myriad  regions.  He  has  burned 
and  roasted  the  royal  and  good.  He  has  ripped  up 
pregnant  women. 

"Great  Heaven  was  moved  with  indignation,  and 
charged  my  deceased  father  Wen  to  display  its 
terrors;  but  [he  died]  before  the  great  work  was 
completed.  On  this  account,  I,  Fa,  the  little  child, 
have  by  means  of  you,  the  hereditary  rulers  of  my 
friendly  states,  contemplated  the  government  of 
Shang  :  but  Shou  has  no  repentant  heart.  He  sits 
squatting  on  his  heels,  not  serving  the  Lord  on  high 
nor  the  spirits  of  heaven  and  earth,  neglecting  also 
the  temple  of  his  ancestors,  and  not  sacrificing  in  it. 
The  victims  and  the  vessels  of  millet  all  become  the 
prey  of  robbers,  and  still  he  says,  'The  people  are 
mine;  the  [heavenly]  appointment  is  mine/  never 
trying  to  correct  his  contemptuous  mind. 

"  Heaven,  for  the  help  of  the  people  below,  made 
for  them  rulers,  and  made  for  them  instructors,  that 
they  might  be  able  to  be  of  service  to  the  Lord  on 


EAELY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         133 

high,  and  secure  the  tranquillity  of  the  four  quarters 
[of  the  empire].  In  regard  to  deciding  who  are 
criminals  and  who  are  not,  how  dare  I  give  any 
allowance  to  my  own  wishes  ? 

" ( When  the  strength  is  the  same,  measure  the 
virtue  [of  the  parties] ;  when  the  virtue  is  the  same, 
measure  their  righteousness  !'  Shou  has  hundreds  of 
thousands  and  myriads  of  officers,  but  they  have 
hundreds  of  thousands  and  myriads  of  minds  j  I  have 
[but]  three  thousand  officers,  but  they  have  one  mind. 
The  iniquity  of  Shang  is  full.  Heaven  gives  com- 
mand to  destroy  it.  If  I  did  not  obey  Heaven,  my 
iniquity  would  be  as  great. 

"I,  the  little  child,  early  and  late  am  filled  with 
apprehensions.  I  have  received  the  command  of  my 
deceased  father  Wen ;  I  have  offered  special  sacrifice 
to  the  Lord  on  high ;  I  have  performed  the  due  ser- 
vices to  the  great  earth,  and  I  lead  the  multitudes  of 
you  to  execute  the  punishment  appointed  by  Heaven. 

"  Heaven  compassionates  the  people.  To  what  the 
people  desire,  Heaven  will  be  found  to  give  effect. 
Give  ye  aid  to  me,  the  One  Man,  to  cleanse  forever  all 
within  the  four  seas.  Now  is  the  time.  It  should 
not  be  lost"  (Legge,  p.  125/.)- 

The  "  Shih "  records  how  Heaven  appointed  King 
Wen  to  take  measures  against  the  tyrant  of  Shang, 
whose  atrocious  deeds  are  enumerated  in  the  above 
"  Declaration."  "  The  Lord  on  high  said  to  King  Wen, 
*  I  am  pleased  with  your  intelligent  virtue,  not  loudly 


134  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

proclaimed  nor  portrayed,  without  extravagance  or 
changeableness,  without  consciousness  of  effort  on 
your  part,  in  accordance  with  the  pattern  of  the  Lord 
on  high/  The  Lord  on  high  said  to  King  Wen, 
'Take  measures  against  the  country  of  your  foes. 
Along  with  your  brethren,  get  ready  your  scaling 
ladders,  and  your  engines  of  onset  and  assault,  to 
attack  the  wall  of  Ch'ung'"  (III,  I,  7). 

The  Chinese  did  not  make  any  distinction  between 
moral  and  political  authority.  Whoever  is  able  to 
govern  the  people  must  be  a  man  of  moral  perfection; 
and  whoever  is  perfect  in  his  goodness  is  entitled  to 
a  rulership;  for  the  highest  position  in  the  state 
belongs  to  the  one  who  is  nearest  to  the  Lord  on 
high.  In  this,  the  Chinese  conception  of  rulership 
may  be  considered  somewhat  akin  to  that  of  Plato, 
who  conceives  the  state  as  a  sort  of  great  ethical 
institution  in  which  the  morally  perfect  and  philoso- 
phically great  must  lead  the  masses. 

When  any  rebellious  uprising  was  not  necessary  to 
enforce  the  heavenly  order  of  things  against  a  despot, 
it  was  the  wont  of  a  perfect,  virtuous  ruler  to  select 
the  wisest  and  most  virtuous  of  his  subjects  as  his 
own  successor.  In  this  way  Yao  raised  Shun  to  the 
highest  office  in  the  state,  and  Shun  in  turn  selected 
Yu  to  succeed  him.  The  occupation  of  the  throne 
thus  effected  was  ascribed  to  the  heavenly  will  as  we 
read  in  "The  Counsels  of  the  Great  Yu"  ("Shu," 
II,  II),  in  which  the  minister  Yi  praises  the  virtue  of 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         135 

Yao  :  "  Oh  !  the  virtue  of  the  divine  Yao  is  vast  and 
unceasing.  It  is  holy,  spirit-like,  awe-inspiring,  and 
refined.  G-reat  Heaven  regarded  you  favourably,  and 
ordained  you  to  hold  all  the  four  oceans  and  to  become 
the  ruler  of  the  empire." 

Therefore,  it  was  natural  that  every  dynastic  change 
was  considered  by  the  Chinese  a  decree  of  Heaven. 
The  Yin  failed  because  Heaven  wanted  to  discontinue 
its  favour,  though  this  was  once  so  generously  be- 
stowed upon  the  declining  dynasty.  The  Chou  was 
favoured  because  the  rising  one  had  proved  its  virtue 
and  ability  to  carry  out  the  appointment  by  the  Un- 
known. The  declining  house  showed  by  its  very 
decline  that  it  was  no  longer  able  effectively  to  main- 
tain the  right  entrusted  to  it  by  Great  Heaven.  The 
disintegration  that  had  been  going  on  within  the 
kingdom  was  the  punishment  from  above.  But  if  the 
ruler  could  not  be  made  to  become  conscious  of  the 
fact  and  continued  to  aggravate  the  wretched  condi- 
tion of  affairs,  the  heavenly  punishment  was  to  be 
completed  by  the  total  overthrow  of  the  reigning 
government. 

It  was  in  accordance  with  this  spirit  that  the  Duke 
of  Chou  made  the  following  declaration  to  the  officers 
of  the  Yin  dynasty  which  he  overthrew  (1122  B.C.)  : 
"  Ye  numerous  officers  of  the  Yin  dynasty,  great  ruin 
came  down  on  Yin  from  the  cessation  of  forbearance 
in  pitying  Heaven,  and  we,  the  lords  of  Chou,  received 
its  favouring  appointment.  We  felt  charged  with  the 


136  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

manifest  wrath  of  Heaven,  carried  out  the  punishment 
which  came  from  a  superior,  and  rightfully  disposed 
of  the  appointment  of  Yin,  thus  finishing  [the  will  of] 
the  Lord  on  high.  Now,  ye  numerous  officers,  it  was 
not  our  small  state  that  dared  to  attack  the  appoint- 
ment of  Yin,  but  Heaven  was  not  for  Yin,  for  indeed 
it  would  not  strengthen  the  disorderly  [government 
of  Yin].  But  it  helped  us.  Did  we  dare  to  seek  the 
office  of  ourselves  ?  Only  the  Lord  on  high  was  not 
for  Yin  as  was  gleaned  from  the  doings  of  our  com- 
mon people  in  whom  is  seen  the  manifest  wrath  of 
Heaven"  ("Shu,"  V,  XIV;  Legge,  p.  196/.). 

As  I  stated  before,  the  Chinese  Shang  Ti  never 
made  any  direct  personal  demonstration  of  his  will 
before  the  people,  though  the  latter  felt  intimate 
enough  toward  him,  as  for  instance  when  they  ap- 
pealed to  him  as  the  last  resort.  Whatever  displeasure 
or  wrath  he  felt  was  only  indirectly  communicated 
through  such  inanimate  mediums  as  drought,  famine, 
epidemics,  or  earthquake,  and  especially  through  the 
doings  and  feelings  of  the  common  people,  which  a 
wise  ruler  is  always  anxious  to  read  correctly.  Heaven 
utters  no  word,  but  through  the  people.  Its  ever- 
persistent  will  is  to  bring  peace  and  good-will  and 
righteousness  here  below ;  and  when  the  ruler,  failing 
to  execute  this  order  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  masses, 
endeavours  to  promote  his  personal  selfish  interests 
the  people  grow  uneasy,  disorder  begins  to  prevail,  a 
clamour  goes  up  from  the  suffering,  extraordinary 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         137 

phenomena  take  place,  and  herein  the  wise  read  symp- 
toms of  heavenly  displeasure.  "  Heaven  sees  as  the 
people  see,  Heaven  hears  as  the  people  hear " 
("  Shu/'  V.,  I.).  "  As  Heaven  has  mercy  upon  the 
people,  whatever  is  desired  by  them  is  always  granted" 
("  Shu,"  Y,  I,  a).  Again,  "  Heavenly  intelligence  is 
shown  in  the  intelligence  of  the  people,  and  the  mani- 
festation of  heavenly  wrath  is  shown  in  the  manifesta- 
tion of  the  wrath  of  the  people"  ("Shu,"  II,  III). 
The  relation  between  the  two,  above  and  below,  is  so 
intimate  that  when  one  is  affected  the  other  is  sure  to 
feel  it.  Therefore,  whenever  there  is  a  manifestation 
of  unrest  among  the  masses,  the  wise  and  virtuous 
know  that  the  heavenly  appointment  of  the  prevailing 
dynasty  is  being  revoked,  and  they  bide  their  time  to 
rise  against  it  when  all  hopes  for  its  regeneration  or 
reformation  are  gone.  Vox  populi,  vox  del,  was  the 
motto  of  the  Chinese.  Much  of  the  Chinese  democracy 
that  prevails  in  spite  of  an  autocratic  form  of  govern- 
ment, is  certainly  due  to  the  conception  of  the  divinity 
of  the  popular  will. 

The  vox  populi  was  not,  however,  the  only  means  to 
ascertain  the  heavenly  will.  There  was  another  indi- 
cation of  it — divination.  When  divination  and  the 
reading  of  the  popular  will  agreed,  the  wise  knew 
conclusively  where  lay  the  heavenly  will,  and  did  not 
hesitate  to  carry  this  out  through  every  means  within 
their  power.  When  King  Ch'ang  of  the  Chou  dynasty 
started  on  his  punitive  expedition  against  the  tyrant 


138  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

of  Shang,  he  divined  by  the  great  tortoise-shell  be- 
queathed to  him  by  his  father,  King  Neng,  whether 
the  great  undertaking  he  was  about  to  execute  were 
in  accord  with  the  heavenly  pleasure  and  could  be 
brought  to  a  successful  end  ("  Shu/'  Y,  YII ;  Legge, 
pp.  157-158) .  Having  obtained  a  favourable  response, 
he  issued  "the  Great  Announcement "  to  his  fellow- 
dukes  and  kings  as  well  as  to  his  own  people. 

When  Shun  wanted  to  select  his  royal  successor,  he 
had  recourse  to  divination,  though  his  mind  was  first 
made  up  as  to  who  it  should  be.  To  the  protestation 
of  great  Yii,  that  the  divine  Shun  should,  before 
selecting  his  successor,  "  submit  the  meritorious 
ministers  one  by  one  to  the  trial  of  divination  and  let 
the  favourable  indication  be  followed,"  the  divine 
Shun  replied,  "According  to  the  rules  for  the  regula- 
tion of  divination,  a  person  should  first  make  up  his 
mind  and  then  refer  his  decision  to  the  great  tortoise- 
shell.  My  mind  therefore  was  first  made  up.  I  con- 
sulted and  deliberated  with  every  one  of  my  people, 
who  all  agreed  with  me.  The  spiritual  beings  indi- 
cated their  approval,  the  tortoise-shell  and  divining 
stalks  concurred.  Divination,  when  lucky,  should 
not  be  repeated.  .  .  .  The  manifest  appointment  of 
Heaven  is  on  thy  person,  and  thou  art  eventually  to 
ascend  the  sovereign  seat"  ("Shu,"  II,  II;  Legge, 
p.  50/.). 

In  "The  Great  Plan  »  ("  Shu,"  Y,  IY,  Chapter  7), 
we  read  how  divination  by  the  tortoise-shell  and  the 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    139 

stalks  of  milfoil  is  to  be  resorted  to  in  the  settlemen 
of  doubts.98     The  philosophy  of  divination  is  that  of 
the  Yih  King,  to  which  allusion  has  been  made  already 
in  an  earlier  part  of  this  book. 

Thus  it  is  evident  that  Shang  Ti  was  the  supreme 
power  that  guided  and  controlled  the  destiny  of  the 
people  below.  It  was  the  moral  authority  of  the 
universe,  and  its  will,  in  whatever  way  manifested, 
either  through  public  opinion  or  divination,  was 
absolute.  The  only  way  to  court  its  favour  was  to  be 
morally  upright  and  humane.  It  never  showed  any 
personal  favouritism.  In  this  can  also  be  seen  the 
peculiarly  practical  turn  of  the  Chinese  mind.  Their 
Shang  Ti  was  the  Grod  of  monotheism  as  much  as  the 
Yahveh  of  the  Jews ;  but  as  I  have  repeatedly  re- 
marked, Shang  Ti  never  entered  into  such  an  intimate 
relationship  with  mortals  as  did  Yahveh.  The  Ti 
was  a  somewhat  impersonal  moral  principle,  though 
not  without  some  of  the  human  passions  as  when  he 
showed  his  wrath  through  famine  and  desolation. 
However  this  may  be,  the  Chinese  conception  of 
Shang  Ti  was  free  from  the  elements  of  poetical 
or  mystical  imagination.  He  never  revealed  himself 
on  a  certain  sacred  spot  on  earth,  nor  in  any  material, 
objective  form  that  could  be  perceived  by  the  human 
senses.  No  Chinese  sages  ever  heard  his  "  still  small 
voice/'  There  was  no  Moses,  no  Abraham,  no 
Aaron;  but  Shun,  Yii,  Yi  Yin,  T'ang  the  Perfect, 
Duke  of  Chou,  and  Confucius — all  prosaic  and 


140  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

practical  and  strictly  ethical.  Theophany  was  un- 
known in  China.  In  short,  Chinese  imagination 
could  not  conceive  the  utility  of  the  prophet  or  seer. 
It  is  true  that  the  voice  of  Shang  Ti  is  sometimes 
represented  as  having  spoken  to  the  mortal  ear,  but 
we  are  always  kept  in  the  dark  as  to  his  method 
of  communication,  if  not  through  strange  natural 
events,"  or  vox  populi,  or  divination.  He  never 
manifested  himself  even  in  dreams  or  visions. 

The  early  Chinese,  however,  seem  to  have  made 
a  distinction  between  Ti  and  T'ien.  Though,  of 
course,  this  distinction  was  not  clearly  denned,  Ti 
appears  to  have  been  understood  more  personally 
than  T'ien.  This  would  at  once  be  felt  when  Ti 
is  translated  into  English  by  "Lord"  or  "God," 
while  T'ien  is  rendered  "  Heaven."  About  the 
time  of  Confucius,  or  even  as  early  as  when  the 
first  part  of  the  "Yin  King  Commentaries"  was 
written,  the  significance  of  Ti  was  almost  lost  sight 
of,  while  T'ien  came  to  occupy  the  more  important 
place  in  the  religious  system  of  China.  In  other 
words,  Shang  Ti  came  to  be  regarded  purely  as  a 
moral  principle  or  reason  of  the  universe.  The  most 
efficient  and  practical  and  religious  way  of  serving  it 
was  to  put  all  its  moral  laws  such  as  the  five  Eternal 
Codes  into  practice,  and  did  not  necessarily  consist  in 
offering  prayers  or  singing  hymns  or  sacrificing 
victims  to  an  imaginary,  invisible  presence  that  at 
best  had  no  immediate  personal  relationship  to  the 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    141 

world  below.  The  heavenly  way  was  the  human  way. 
It  was  thus  that  the  early  religious  conception  of 
Shang  Ti  became  gradually  metamorphosed  into  the 
purely  philosophical  principle  of  Tien  and  then  finally 
into  the  ethical  idea  of  Tao.100 

Another  peculiar  feature  of  the  Chinese  worship  of 
Shang  Ti,  which  must  not  escape  our  consideration 
here,  was  that  there  was  no  popular  temple  dedicated 
to  him  where  Heaven-fearing  souls  might  come  and 
offer  prayers  and  ask  special  grace  from  above.  The 
worship  of  Shang  Ti  was  solely  a  state  affair  en- 
trusted to  a  ruler  personally,  who  by  virtue  of  his 
heavenly  appointment  was  the  only  authorized  person- 
age sacred  enough  to  conduct  the  ceremony  of  wor- 
ship. It  was  the  ruler  himself  and  nobody  else  who 
could  offer  the  annual  sacrifice  to  Shang  Ti,  could 
give  him  thanks  for  whatever  he  did  for  the  reigning 
house  or  the  people  in  general.  This  was  one  of  the 
most  important  imperial  functions,  the  neglect  of 
which  might  incur  a  heavenly  displeasure  and  result 
in  a  grievous  catastrophe  to  the  kingdom.  Indeed,  it 
was  thought  sacrilegious  for  the  masses  to  worship 
Heaven,101  who  was  too  sacred,  too  divine,  too  holy 
to  be  so  familiarly  approached  by  those  who  were  in 
fact  nobodies  in  the  eyes  of  the  Lord  on  high. 

The  worshipping  of  God  by  the  common  people, 
even  by  feudal  lords,  was  an  act  of  usurpation  upon 
the  inviolable  right  or  duty  of  the  reigning  sovereign, 
who  alone  was  the  mediator  between  Heaven  and  the 


142  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

people.  Though  Heaven  communicated  its  indigna- 
tion through  the  feeling  of  the  multitudes  of  the 
people,  it  was  only  one  man  who  was  permitted  to 
reflect  upon  it  and  take  the  proper  course  to  appease 
the  heavenly  wrath.  When  this  one  man  was  suc- 
cessful in  his  reflection  or  interpretation  as  well  as 
in  his  undertaking,  he  was  said  to  have  been  truly 
appointed  by  Heaven.  Ever  after  this,  he  would 
never  think  of  neglecting  either  the  annual  celebra- 
tion of  Shang  Ti,  or  offering  sacrifices  on  all  great 
state  occasions.  As  we  read  in  the  ""  Shu  Ching " 
and  the  "  Shih  Ching,"  the  omission  of  this  sacred 
and  exclusive  duty  on  the  part  of  the  occupant  of 
the  heavenly  seat  was  counted  among  the  grave 
offences  which  merited  his  dethronement  by  a  more 
popular  and  virtuous  political  leader.  This  peculiar 
relation  of  Shang  Ti  to  the  creatures  below  is  due  to 
the  fact  that  the  Chinese  did  not  conceive  their 
Ti  in  his  individual  relation  to  mankind  generally. 
The  supreme  one  commissioned  the  earthly  ruler 
with  the  office  of  looking  after  the  welfare,  moral  and 
physical,  of  the  masses.  The  latter,  therefore,  had 
nothing  to  do  individually  with  the  highest  authority 
himself.  It  was  sufficient  for  them  if  they  obeyed 
the  state  regulations  and  acted  according  to  the 
moral  laws  conceived  as  eternal  and  unchangeable. 
Of  course,  they  had  their  ancestors  to  remember, 
to  revere,  and  to  keep  supplied  with  sacrifices, 
but  this  was  practically  all  that  the  common  people 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         143 

had  to  do  in  the  way  of  religion,  all  their  other  doings 
being  strictly  moral,  practical,  and  secular. 

From  the  earliest  time  in  the  history  of  Chinese 
civilization,  Shang  Ti  seems  to  have  been  associated 
with  the  state  as  such  and  not  with  individuals.  And 
as  the  state  was  no  more  than  its  ruler  himself  in 
those  days,,  the  latter  always  assumed  the  duty  to 
worship  Shang  Ti  and  to  offer  him  the  proper 
sacrifice  in  the  proper  season.  In  the  great  Chinese 
encyclopaedia,  "Ku  Chin  T'u  Shu  Chi  Ch6ng" 
(section  "  Natural  Phenomena,"  chapter  "  Spiritual 
Beings  and  the  Miraculous,"  Yol.  IX),  we  notice 
reference  to  the  facts  that  Huang  Ti  Yu  Hsiung  Shih 
in  ancient  times  worshipped  Shang  Ti  in  a  specially 
built  temple,  that  Chuan  Hsu  Kao  Yang  Shih  com- 
posed a  piece  of  music  called  Cheng  Yun  on  the 
occasion  of  a  sacrifice  to  Shang  Ti,  and  that  later  Ti 
K'u  Kao  Hsin  Shih  built  a  sort  of  artificial  hill  in  the 
southern  field,  where  he  worshipped  Shang  Ti,  the 
sun,  moon,  constellations,  and  his  ancestors.  The 
"Shu  Ching,"  the  "Chou  Li"  (records  of  the  rituals 
of  the  Chou  dynasty),  and  also  the  "  Li  Ki"  contain 
various  statements  referring  to  the  state  worship 
of  Shang  Ti  on  certain  occasions.  These  facts  are 
confirmed  by  the  "  Yih  Ching  "  where  (Appendix  II) 
we  read :  "  Thunder  issues  from  the  earth ;  it  re- 
verberates, which  indicates  the  trigram  Yu.  The 
ancient  kings,  in  accordance  with  this,  composed 
music,  and  honoured  virtue,  and  offered  it  magnifi- 


144  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

cently  to  the  Lord  on  high,  while  their  ancestors  and 
their  father  were  made  to  share  [at  the  service]." 
Further,  under  the  trigram  Hwan,  we  read :  "  Wind 
moves  over  water,  which  is  Hwan.  The  ancient 
kings,  in  accordance  with  this,  offered  sacrifice  to  the 
Lord  on  high  and  built  the  ancestral  temple." 

All  this  clearly  shows  that  from  ancient  times  the 
worship  of  Shang  Ti  was  one  of  the  great  state 
affairs  which  did  not  concern  the  people  below.  In 
this  connection  it  may  be  interesting  to  note  that 
music  was  offered  to  Shang  Ti,  but  no  hymns  singing 
of  his  virtue,  power,  or  mercy. 

This  peculiar  relation  of  Shang  Ti  to  the  people  in 
general  is  very  significant  when  we  consider  that  he 
was  not  the  creator  of  the  universe.  The  early 
Chinese  world-conception  was  wavering  between 
monotheism  and  polytheism.  It  sometimes  looked  as 
if  it  advocated  one  Shang  Ti,  and  then  it  fell  back 
upon  polytheistic  belief,  allowing  besides  Shang  Ti  in 
Great  Heaven  the  terrestrial  god,  the  five  gods  of 
water,  fire,  wood,  metal,  and  earth,  the  mountain  gods, 
and  the  river  gods.  But  these  latter  were  more  or 
less  subordinate  to  Shang  Ti,  who  apparently  occupied 
the  foremost  and  highly  important  position  in  the 
hierarchy  of  the  gods,  though  the  exact  relation- 
ship among  them  was  left  undefined.  At  all  events, 
this  phenomenal  world  was  not  the  sole  work  of 
Shang  Ti  in  Heaven,  but  a  combined  undertaking  to 
which  the  Earth  contributed  a  great  deal  of  its  energy. 


EAELY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         145 

Therefore,  in  the  Chinese  mind,  heaven  and  earth  are 
very  closely  associated,  so  closely  indeed  that  they 
sometimes  form  one  idea  as  heaven-and-earth.  We 
can  say,  however,  that  a  dualistic  conception  of  the 
world,  either  in  the  popular  mind  or  in  philosophy, 
was  a  most  predominant  note  throughout  the  history 
of  Chinese  thought,  not  only  in  its  earliest  stage,  but 
even  when  the  Chinese  mind  reached  its  maturity 
during  the  Sung  dynasty. 

However  that  may  be,  this  creation,  as  it  were,  by 
heaven-and-earth  did  not  have  any  particularly  well- 
defined  purpose ;  there  was  not  visible  in  it  any  strong 
predominating  will.102  True,  things  were  regulated 
according  to  rules,  the  universe  was  surely  law-abiding, 
well-regulated,  and  by  no  means  chaotic;  but  these 
laws  were  not  animated  with  the  presence  of  a  special 
soul  or  spirit,  which  was  powerful  and  active  enough 
to  impress  itself  upon  the  Chinese  imagination.  Being 
singularly  practical  and  positivistic,  the  latter  did  not 
go  beyond  the  boundary  of  its  prosaic  reasonableness. 
There  was  no  logical  need  for  it  to  find  a  creator  in 
the  Shang  Ti,  nor  was  the  religious  and  sentimental 
demand  for  him  strong  enough ;  and  as  soon  as  the 
worship  of  the  Ti  was  taken  up  by  the  King  as  his 
most  solemn  and  especial  duty,  the  people  and  the 
philosophers  turned  their  attention  in  another  direc- 
tion where  the  Shang  Ti  did  not  make  himself  obtru- 
sive. Thus  the  Ti  gradually  came  to  lose  his  ancient 
dignity  in  the  popular  mind,  and  his  existence  no  more 

10 


146  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

actively  and  efficiently  influenced  the  course  of  affairs 
moral  as  well  as  political ;  and  the  practical  Chinaman 
has  ever  since  been  content  with  the  unpoetic  and 
non-religious  notion  of  T'ien. 


In  conclusion,  it  will  be  found  quite  interesting  to 
note  that  there  was  at  least  one  thinker  in  ancient 
China  who  came  to  realize  in  a  systematic  way  the 
existence  more  or  less  of  a  Supreme  Being.  I  mean 
Mu-tze,  the  greatest  exponent  of  humanism  and  utili- 
tarianism. It  was  due  to  him  that  China  ever  came 
to  reason  methodically  about  the  presence  of  a 
Sovereign  Power  in  the  world,  superintending  the 
course  of  Nature  as  well  as  the  doings  of  moral 
creatures  on  earth.  Whatever  feelings  the  earlier 
moralists,  philosophers,  and  political  writers  might 
have  entertained  as  to  the  manifestation  of  a  divine 
will  in  human  affairs,  they  were  vague  and  merely 
tentative,  they  lacked  the  support  of  sound  reasoning. 
Mu-tze,  however,  for  the  first  time  conceived  an  all- 
powerful  Grod  intellectually,  and  devoted  some  special 
chapters  in  his  book  to  the  subject,  trying  to  prove 
the  presence  of  a  Supreme  Being,  and  giving  some 
concrete  reasons  why  worship  and  reverence  are  due 
to  him.  In  fact,  his  doctrine  of  universal  love  and 
his  extreme  utilitarianism  are  based  on  the  conception 
of  a  great,  wise,  just,  impartial  will. 

The  following  are  some  passages  culled  from  Mu-tze 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY         147 

where  he  reasons  for  the  existence  of  the  highest 
authority. 

The  philosopher  Mu  said :  "  Those  wise  men  who 
wish  to  practise  humanity  and  justice  ought  to  dis- 
cover the  whence  of  justice. 

"  Whence  is  justice  ? 

"Justice  does  not  issue  from  the  ignorant  and 
humble,  but  necessarily  from  the  noble  and  intelligent. 
For  justice  means  good  government. 

' '  How  do  I  know  this  ? 

"  When  there  is  justice  in  the  empire,  order  pre- 
vails ;  but  when  there  is  no  justice,  confusion  prevails. 
Therefore,  I  know  that  justice  means  good  govern- 
ment. Those  who  are  ignorant  and  humble  cannot 
govern  the  noble  and  intelligent,  while  the  latter  can 
govern  the  former.  For  this  reason  I  know  that 
justice  does  not  issue  from  the  ignorant  and  humble, 
but  from  the  noble  and  intelligent. 

"  Who  then  is  noble,  and  who  is  intelligent  ? 

"  It  is  Heaven  that  is  noble,  it  is  Heaven  that  is 
intelligent.  If  so,  it  must  be  from  Heaven  where 
justice  issues." 

People  of  to-day,  however,  may  say :  "  We  know 
for  certain  that  the  sovereign  is  nobler  than  the  feudal 
lord,  and  the  feudal  lord  than  the  state  official.  But 
we  do  not  know  that  Heaven  is  nobler  and  more  intel- 
ligent than  the  sovereign  himself." 

The  philosopher  Mu  said :  "  I  know  the  reason  why 
Heaven  is  nobler  and  more  intelligent  than  the 


148  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

sovereign.  For  when  the  latter  does  an  act  of  good- 
ness, he  is  rewarded  by  Heaven ;  but  when  he  com- 
mits disorderly  deeds,  he  is  punished  by  Heaven. 
When  he  is  sick  or  suffers  calamities  or  curses,  he 
will,  after  fasting  and  performing  ablation,  make 
offerings  of  sweet  liquor  and  corn  to  the  Heavenly 
spirits ;  and  it  is  then  that  Heaven  removes  all  these 
evils  for  him.  I  have,  however,  never  known  cases 
in  which  Heaven  asks  the  sovereign  for  blessings. 
Therefore,  I  know  that  Heaven  is  nobler  and  more 
intelligent  than  he. 

"  Not  only  this ;  the  books  by  the  ancient  sage-kings 
tell  us  about  the  intelligence  and  activity  of  Heaven  : 
'  How  clear-sighted  and  knowing  Heaven  is  !  It  looks 
down  on  the  world  below  as  its  sovereign/  This  is  to 
say  that  Heaven  is  nobler  and  more  intelligent  than 
the  sovereign.  I  do  not  know  if  in  fact  there  is  any- 
thing nobler  and  more  intelligent  than  Heaven.  As 
it  is  thus  Heaven  that  is  the  noblest  and  the  most 
intelligent,  it  must  surely  be  from  Heaven  where 
justice  issues. 

t(  Therefore,  wise  men  of  to-day  who  wish  from  their 
inmost  hearts  to  practise  rationality,  to  develop  the 
material  resources  of  the  country,  and  to  discern  the 
origin  of  humanity  and  justice,  ought  to  revere  the 
Heavenly  will" 

"If  we  have  to  revere  the  Heavenly  will,  what 
does  it  desire  ?  What  does  it  hate  ?" 

"The   Heavenly  will   does   not  desire   to  see  the 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY        149 

greater  states  attack  the  lesser  ones,  the  greater 
families  disturb  the  lesser  ones,  the  strong  abuse  the 
weak,  the  cunning  outwit  the  simple,  and  the  noble 
lord  it  over  the  humble.  These  are  not  desired  by 
Heaven. 

"  Heaven,  on  the  contrary,  desires  that  the  stronger 
among  the  people  should  co-operate  with  the  weaker, 
the  virtuous  instruct  the  ignorant,  and  the  wealthy 
divide  with  the  poor.  It  again  wishes  that  the  higher 
ones  should  make  efforts  to  conduct  the  government, 
and  the  lower  ones  to  attend  to  their  own  occupations. 
When  the  higher  ones  make  efforts  to  conduct  the 
government,  order  prevails  in  the  state ;  when  the 
lower  ones  make  efforts  to  attend  to  their  occupations, 
there  is  an  abundant  supply  for  public  expenditure. 
Now  let  the  kingdom  be  orderly  and  abundantly  sup- 
plied with  means,  and  the  people  on  one  hand  will 
make  offerings  of  purified  liquor  and  corn  to  Heaven 
and  the  spiritual  beings,  while  on  the  other  hand  they 
will  barter  rings,  gems,  pearls,  and  jades  with  their 
neighbours  on  all  sides.  Against  such  a  people  no 
feudal  lords  will  harbour  enmity.  On  the  frontiers 
there  will  be  no  clanking  of  arms.  Within  the  empire 
the  hungry  will  be  fed,  the  tired  left  to  rest,  and  all 
the  people  find  refuge  and  nourishment.  The  sovereign 
and  superior  officers  will  be  benevolent,  the  subjects 
and  inferiors  loyal;  the  father  and  elder  brothers 
loving,  children  and  younger  brothers  obedient. 
Therefore,  if  one,  reverently  in  accord  with  the 


150  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

Heavenly  will,  practise  it  in  the  empire,  generally, 
one  will  be  able  to  administer  a  judicious  government, 
to  keep  the  people  in  harmonious  order,  to  increase 
the  wealth  of  the  country,  and  to  meet  all  the  public 
expenditure.  When  all  the  people  are  thus  comfort- 
ably dressed  and  sufficiently  fed,  there  prevails  a 
general  peace,  free  from  worries.  Therefore,  wise 
men  of  to-day,  wishing  from  their  inmost  hearts  to 
practise  rationality,  to  develop  the  material  resource 
of  the  country,  and  to  discern  the  origin  of  humanity 
and  justice,  ought  to  revere  the  Heavenly  will. 

"Moreover,  the  relation  of  the  sovereign  to  his 
empire  is  no  more  nor  less  than  that  existing  between 
princes  of  the  minor  states,  or  feudal  lords,  and  their 
respective  principalities.  Why  should  these  princes 
and  lords  wish  to  see  their  subjects  and  states  and 
peoples  do  harm  to  one  another  ?  When  a  greater 
state  attacks  a  smaller  one,  and  a  larger  family  puts 
in  disorder  a  lesser  one,  how  could  the  offender  expect 
to  be  praised  and  honoured  for  this  crime  ?  Surely 
they  will  be  most  severely  punished  and  executed. 
The  way  in  which  Heaven  governs  the  world  is  exactly 
like  that.  Stronger  states  by  attacking  the  smaller 
ones,  or  larger  cities  by  invading  the  smaller  ones, 
may  wish  to  have  blessings  from  Heaven ;  but  bless- 
ings will  never  be  theirs,  for  they  would  surely  be 
visited  by  calamities  and  curses. 

"  Therefore,  when  our  conduct  is  not  in  accord  with 
Heaven's  desire,  but  is  what  Heaven  does  not  desire 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY        151 

us  to  do,  then  Heaven  will  act  towards  us,  not  in  the 
way  we  desire,  but  directly  against  us ;  for  we  shall 
then  have  to  suffer  diseases,  epidemics,  calamities,  and 
curses.  Therefore,  if  the  sovereign  fails  to  do  Heaven's 
will,  but  acts  contrary  to  it,  all  the  people  of  the 
empire  along  with  himself  will  be  plunged  into  the 
abyss  of  calamity  and  curse.  Therefore,  sage-kings  of 
olden  times  knew  well  how  disasters  would  be  brought 
by  Heaven  and  the  spiritual  beings  upon  the  people, 
and  they  avoided  those  deeds  which  would  not  be 
liked  by  Heaven  and  the  spiritual  beings.  This  is 
because  the  ancient  kings  wished  to  promote  the 
welfare  of  the  empire  and  to  avoid  those  things  that 
were  not  conducive  to  this  end.  Consequently,  Heaven 
arranged  cold  and  heat,  and  regulated  the  four  seasons, 
and  harmoniously  disposed  of  the  Ying  and  Yan,  rain 
and  dew.  The  five  cereals  ripened  according  to  the 
season,  the  six  domesticated  animals  multiplied,  and 
diseases,  epidemics,  or  famines  never  assailed  the 
people. 

"  Moreover,  I  know  how  sincere  Heaven's  love  for 
the  people  is.  For  it  is  Heaven  that  created  the  sun, 
moon,  stars,  and  constellations,  and  made  them  shine 
and  follow  their  courses  duly ;  that  arranged  the  four 
seasons  in  order  to  regulate  the  lives  of  the  people  on 
earth ;  that  by  means  of  thunder,  falling  snow,  frost 
rain,  and  dew  quickens  the  growth  of  the  five  cereals 
and  thread-yielding  flax,  all  of  which  profits  the  people 
materially ;  that  planned  the  formation  of  mountains, 


152  A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF 

rivers,  and  valleys,  producing  wealth  in  manifold 
forms ;  that  created  kings,  princes,  and  various  lords 
in  order  to  supervise  the  moral  conditions  of  the 
people,  rewarding  the  deserved,  and  punishing  the 
disorderly,  and  to  have  them  supplied  with  enough 
means  for  their  clothing  and  nourishment,  making 
metals,  earth,  birds,  and  beasts,  to  serve  them,  and 
cultivating  the  five  cereals  and  thread-yielding  flax 
plants.  From  the  earliest  times  down  to  the  present 
day  there  has  never  been  any  change  in  this  state  of 
affairs. 

"  Heaven  thus  knows  no  partiality  in  its  love  for 
the  world,  it  quickens  and  matures  all  things,  thereby 
benefiting  them  all.  There  is  not  a  single  object  in 
this  world  which  is  not  heavenly  made  and  yet  which 
could  not  be  used  by  the  people  and  thereby  benefit 
them.  But  those  men  who  only  know  small  things 
and  ignore  the  greatest,  do  nothing  in  the  way  of 
requiting  the  heavenly  favours,  and  do  not  know  that 
this  constitutes  so-called  inhumanity  and  misfortune. 

"  Again,  Heaven  gives  misfortune  to  those  who  kill 
the  innocent.  If  Heaven  did  not  sincerely  love  the 
people,  why  would  it  punish  the  offender  with  mis- 
fortune ? 

"  Again,  in  history  we  have  concrete  examples  where 
those  who  in  accord  with  Heaven's  will  loved  and 
benefited  the  people  were  rewarded  by  Heaven ;  while 
those  who  contrary  to  Heaven's  will  hated  and  wronged 
the  people  were  punished  by  Heaven.  To  the  former 


EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY    153 

class  belong  the  sage-kings  of  the  ancient  three 
dynasties — Yao,  Shun,  Yii,  'Fang,  Wen,  and  Wu. 
What  did  they  do  ?  What  they  did  was  to  practise 
universal  love  and  avoid  partiality.  That  is  to  say, 
they  did  not  allow  the  larger  states  to  attack  the 
smaller  ones,  the  larger  families  to  put  the  smaller 
ones  in  disorder,  the  strong  to  threaten  the  weak,  the 
more  numerous  to  abuse  the  fewer,  the  cunning  to 
plan  against  the  simple,  the  noble  to  lord  it  over  the 
humble.  In  whatever  undertakings  of  theirs,  they 
never  forgot  to  benefit  the  three  things,  that  is, 
Heaven,  the  spiritual  beings,  and  the  people.  When 
all  these  three  are  universally  benefited,  it  is  called 
Heavenly  Virtue,  and  beautiful  names  are  added  to  it. 
"  Therefore,  Heaven's  will  is  like  unto  the  compass 
of  a  wheelwright,  or  the  rule  of  a  carpenter.  When 
the  wheelwright  taking  up  his  instrument  wants  to 
measure  and  to  distinguish  between  what  is  circular 
and  what  is  not  circular,  he  will  say :  '  That  which  is 
in  accord  with  my  instrument  will  be  called  a  circle, 
while  that  which  is  not  will  not  be  so  designated. 
By  this,  I  distinguish  one  from  the  other/  Why? 
Because  his  measuring  instrument  is  correct.  As  with 
the  carpenter,  so  with  Heaven's  will.  It  desires  first 
to  measure  the  rightful  administration  of  kings, 
princes,  or  grand  persons  in  the  empire,  and,  secondly, 
to  judge  the  literature  and  utterances  of  all  the  people. 
Whatever  deeds  or  utterances  or  administration  that 
are  in  unison  with  Heaven's  will  are  called  good; 


154    EARLY  CHINESE  PHILOSOPHY 

while  those  contrary  to  it  are  called  bad.  It  is  through 
this  heavenly  law  and  standard  that  the  humaneness 
or  inhumaneness  of  all  the  kings,  princes,  grand  per- 
sons, and  higher  officials  is  measured  and  judged,  as 
when  we  distinguish  between  black  and  white. 

"  Therefore,  those  kings,  princes,  grand  persons,  or 
wise  men  of  to-day  who  wish  sincerely  to  practise 
rationality,  to  promote  the  material  resources  of  the 
country,  and  to  discern  the  origin  of  humanity  and 
justice,  ought  to  be  obedient  to  the  will  of  Heaven. 
For  obedience  to  the  will  of  Heaven  is  the  law  of 
justice." 


NOTES 


1  The  " Three  Rulers"  (san  huang  H  JL)>  generally- 
known  as  the  Heavenly,  Earthly,  and  Human  Sover- 
eigns, are  perhaps  personifications  of  the  three  powers 
of  Nature.     Their  age  belongs  to  the  mythological  era 
of  Chinese  history. 

2  The  "  Five  Emperors "  (wu  ti  3£  *$& )  are  always 
mentioned,  but  their  names  vary.     A  most  popular 
enumeration  is  Fuh  Hi,  Shen  Ming,  Huang  Ti,  Kin 
T'ien,    and    Chuan    Hu,  covering    the    period    2852- 
2355  B.C. 

3  The  "  Shu  Ching "  is  one  of  the  Five  Books  (wu 
ching  3£  $g),  considered  canonical  by  the  Confucian 
scholars  ever  since  the  time  of  Wu  Ti  (140-87  B.C.) 
of  the  Han  dynasty.     They  are:  "Yi  Ching"  (Book 
of  Changes),  "  Shih  Ching"  (Book  of  Odes),  "  Shu 
Ching "  (Book  of  History),  "  Li  Ki "  (Records of  Rites), 
and  "  Ch'un  Ch'iu  "  (Spring  and  Autumn) .     See  the 
"  Sacred  Books  of  the  East,"  Vols.  Ill,  XVI,  XXVII, 
XXVIII,  and  also  the  "  Chinese  Classics,"  by  Legge, 
Vols.  Ill,  IV,  V. 

4  The  two  ideal  sage-kings  of  ancient  China.     Yao 
reigned  2356-2255  B.C.,  and  Shun  2255-2205  B.C.    But 
some  authorities,  among  whom  Dr.  Shiratori,  of  the 
Tokyo  Imperial  University,  deny  their  historicity. 

5  Literally,  "  Tao"   is  the  way   or   reason;  "  Te," 
virtue ;  and  "  Ching"  canonical  book.    As  regards  the 
nature  of  the  book  and  the  author,  see  the  text,  where 
the  monistic  philosophy  is  treated. 

155 


156  NOTES 

6  What  a  glorious  age  this  was  for  early  thinkers  of 
China  can  be  seen  from  the  fact  that  several  writers 
and  historians  of  the  day  made  attempts  to  classify 
them  according   to   their  doctrines,   the   number   of 
which  had  become  confu singly  large.     To  quote  only 
one  of  those  historians,  Pan  Ku,  author  of  the  "History 
of  the  Han  Dynasty  "  (Han  Shu] ,  divides  the  Ante-Ch'in 
thinkers  into  ten  classes  :  (1)  Scholars  (ju  chia,  Confu- 
cians) ;    (2)    Taoists   (too  chia)  ;    (3)  Astrologers  and 
G-eomancers   (yin  yang  chia)  ;    (4)  Jurists   (fa  chia) ; 
(5)  Logicians  or  Sophists  (ming  chia)  \  (6)  Followers 
of   Mu-tze   (mu   chia) ;    (7)  Diplomatists   (tsung  heng 
chia) ;  (8)  Miscellaneous  Writers  (tsa  chia) ;  (9)  Agri- 
culturists (neng  chia) ;  (10)  Story  Writers  (hsiao  shuo 
chia) . 

7  The  "  Book  of  Changes  "  was  not  included  among 
them,  for  it  was  considered  a  book  of  divination,  which 
could  not  possibly  do  any  harm  to  the  absolute  govern- 
ment of  the  First  Emperor. 

8  Perhaps  the  Emperor's  drastic  measures  were  not 
solely  responsible  for  this  state  of  things  which  fol- 
lowed his  reign,  but  the  Chinese  mind  itself  began 
about  this  time  to  show  symptoms  of  exhaustion,  as 
we  can  judge  from  a  school  of  sophistry  which  then 
arose,  and  whose  chief  advocates  were    Ching  Sun 
Ling  and  his  followers. 

9  This  is  what  Orientalists  call  "  modern  Chinese 
philosophy,"  though  quite  Mediaeval  as  regards  the 
time.     When  we  know  the  ancient  Ante-Ch'in  philo- 
sophy and  this  "  modern  "  one,  it  can  be  said  that  we 
know  all  about  the  speculative  development  of  the 
Chinese  mind  throughout  its  long  history.     For  in  the 
first  period  we  come  across  genuine  Chinese  efforts  to 
solve  the  problems  of  the  universe  quite  independent 
of  any  foreign  influence.     (The  so-called  Indian  influ- 
ence on  the  early  Taoists  is  not  probable.)     In  the 
second  period,  philosophers  of  the  Sung  dynasty  en- 


NOTES  157 

deavoured  to  handle  the  old  questions  with  a  light 
borrowed  from  Buddhism,  which,  however,  was  not 
openly  acknowledged  by  them. 

10  It  took  some  time,  however,  for  Confucianism  to 
assume  this  superior  position.  At  the  beginning  of 
its  career  it  met  with  strong  opposition  at  the  hand 
of  the  Taoists,  who,  at  times,  seemed  to  get  the  better 
of  their  rival,  especially  in  the  earlier  periods  of  the 
Han  dynasty,  when  the  Emperor  W6n,  Empress 
Tou,  and  their  son  Ching  (under  the  influence  of  his 
mother) ,  showed  great  partiality  towards  the  followers 
of  the  old  philosopher,  Lao-tze.  With  the  coming  of 
Emperor  Wu,  the  Confucians  began  to  manifest  great 
activity,  finally  bringing  about  what  we  might  call 
the  golden  age  of  literature  in  the  Han  period.  The 
period  of  the  Six  Dynasties  that  followed  was  charac- 
terized by  the  predominance  of  Buddhist  thoughts 
and  feelings  which  drew  their  vitality  partly  from 
Taoism.  Early  in  the  Tang  dynasty  Lao-tze  again 
became  conspicuous,  for  the  Emperor  Tai,  claiming 
the  same  ancestry  as  the  sage  himself,  honoured  the 
latter  with  the  sublime  title  of  the  "  Tai  shang  hsiien 
yuen  huang  ti"  (great,  superior,  unfathomable,  pri- 
mordial, august  Lord),  and  a  special  devotional  palace 
was  built  in  his  honour,  where  the  Emperor  annually 
worshipped  him  in  great  style.  But  the  tide  of  Confu- 
cianism, which  was  all  the  while  gathering  its  strength 
in  spite  of  royal  disapproval,  at  last  succeeded  in 
gaming  the  upper  hand  over  its  rival  school;  and 
when  it  became  a  fixed  order  of  things  in  Chinese  life 
that  every  officer,  civil  and  military,  was  recruited 
from  among  those  who  passed  examinations  in  the 
Confucian  classics  (and  Confucianism  is  eminently 
fitted  for  this  purpose),  Taoism  as  well  as  Buddhism 
for  ever  lost  their  official  hold  upon  the  people; 
and,  as  we  know  that  officialism  is  everything  in 
the  Middle  Kingdom,  we  can  understand  into  what 


158  NOTES 

predicament   the  followers   of   Lao-tze   were   finally 
reduced. 

11  We  can  well  imagine  what  a  difficult  task  it  was 
for  the  first  Chinese  Buddhists  to  render  their  highly- 
abstract  and  greatly  complicated  canonical  books  into 
the  native  tongue.     They  could  never  be  transformed 
and  compressed  into  the  classical  model  of  Chinese 
philosophy ;  and  the  result  was  that  even  to-day,  after 
more  than  one  thousand  years  of  intercourse  and  inter- 
mixture with  the  native  thought,  Buddhist  literature 
forms  a  distinct  class  by  itself.     Those  scholars  who 
are  versed  only  in  general  Chinese  classics  are  unable 
to   understand   Buddhist   writings.      Even   Buddhist 
monks  themselves  who  could  not  read  the  Sanskrit 
or  Pali  originals  must  have  experienced  almost  un- 
surmountable  difficulties  in  understanding  the  trans- 
lations of  their  sacred  books. 

12  What  was  done  by  Confucius  along  the  line  of 
literary  work  was  mostly  the  compiling  and  editing 
of  old  records  and  traditions.     Of  the  Five  Canonical 
Books  thus  edited  by  him,  the  "  Spring  and  Autumn  " 
undoubtedly  comes  from   his   own  pen,  but   certain 
parts  of  the  "  Book  of  Changes,"  known  as  ' '  Appen- 
dices," and  usually  ascribed  to  his   authorship,  are 
by  some  scholars  denied  to  be  indisputably  his.     The 
best  book  that  gives  his  own  views  is  the  "  Analects  " 
(Lun  Yii),  compiled  by  his  disciples,  probably  some 
time  after  his  death,  but  not  as  we  have  it  to-day,  for 
it  was  not  until  after  the  firm  establishment  of  the 
Han  dynasty  that  the  " Analects"  began  to  assume 
the  canonical  shape  in  which  it  has  been  transmitted 
to  later  generations.     This  book  also  throws  light  on 
his  personality.     It  is  the  New  Testament  of  Confu- 
cianism.    An  English  translation  (second  edition),  by 
Legge,  was  published  in  1893.     The  volume  also  con- 
tains his  translation  of  the  other  two  of  the  "Four 
Books"    (8hi  Shu),  that  is  "The  Great  Learning" 


NOTES  159 

(Tai  Hsiao),  and  "The  Doctrine  of  the  Mean"  (Chung 
Yung).  "The  Mencius,"  the  fourth  of  the  Four 
Books,  was  also  translated  by  Legge,  and  forms  the 
second  volume  of  the  "  Chinese  Classics." 

13  The  Life  of  Lao-tze  is  almost  lost  in  legendary 
mist,  but  one  thing  authentically  known  is  that  he 
was  an  older  contemporary  of  Confucius,  and  flourished 
during  the   sixth  century  before  Christ.     The  "  Tao 
Teh  Ching,"  "Canon  of  Reason  and  Virtue,"  is  the 
title  of  his  only  work  which  was  said  to  have  been 
written  by  him  through  the  request  of  his  friend  and 
disciple,  Kwan-yin-tze,  when  the  old  philosopher  was 
leaving  his  own  country  for  an  unknown  part  of  the 
world. 

14  We  do  not  know  for  certain  whether  Confucius 
wrote  those  "  Appendices."     They  may  contain  some 
of  his  own  sayings  and  thoughts,  especially  in  such 
passages  as  introduced  by  "The  Master  said";   but 
the  "  Appendices  "  as  a  whole  were  evidently  written 
by  many  hands,  as  their  styles  and  expressions  and 
points  of  view  vary  widely  from  one  another. 

16  Others,  however,  assert  that  the  character  yi 
primarily  represented  the  form  of  a  chameleon,  and 
was  etymologically  connected  with  the  character  lung 
(dragon),  to  which  the  former  has  a  certain  morpho- 
logical resemblance.  And  as  the  chameleon  owes  its 
most  characteristic  feature  to  the  changeability  of  its 
colour,  the  character  yi  gradually  came  to  signify  the 
abstract  idea  of  change  in  all  its  modes.  It  is  pos- 
sible that  if  the  chameleon  were  really  habitually 
found  in  the  region  where  the  thoughtful  author  or 
authors  of  the  "  Yi  Ching "  flourished,  he  or  they 
must  have  been  struck  with  the  mysterious  changes 
obtainable  on  the  skin  of  this  strange  animal,  and 
finally  drew  his  (or  their)  own  conclusions  about  the 
divine  signification  of  this  peculiarity. 

16    Cf.    Legge,   p.    348  /.     The    passages    quoted 


160  NOTES 

in  this  book  are  generally  based  on  Legge's  transla- 
tions wherever  they  were  available,  but  in  most  cases 
with  some  alterations,  as  the  present  author  deemed  fit. 

17  Cf.  Legge,  p.  395. 
3  Legge,  p.  423. 

9  I  shall  not  venture  my  opinion  concerning  the 
nature  and  significance  of  the  "  Yi  Ching  "  proper,  as 
this  does  not  particularly  concern  us  here.  The 
"  Appendices  "  are  more  important  and  interesting  as 
embodying  an  early  system  of  Chinese  speculation, 
and  as  forecasting  the  development  of  Chinese  philo- 
sophy in  the  Sung  dynasty.  For  further  information 
concerning  the  kua  (trigram)  and  yao  (lines)  of  the 
"Yi  Ching/'  see  Dr.  Carus's  "Chinese  Philosophy 
and  Chinese  Thought,"  p.  25  /.  (Open  Court  Pub- 
lishing Co.,  Chicago.)  See  also  Legge's  "  Yi  Ching  " 
in  the  "  Sacred  Books  of  the  East,"  Vol.  XVI. 

20  Cf.  Legge,  p.  350. 

20«  Cf.  Legge,  p.  353. 

1  His  date  is  not  exactly  known.  He  seems  to 
have  lived  somewhere  between  379  and  294  B.C. 
Mencius  is  the  Latinized  form  of  Mang-tze.  His 
book,  which  bears  his  own  name,  consists  of  four  or 
seven  (when  sub-divided)  chapters  or  books.  Similar 
to  the  Confucian  "  Analects,"  it  is  mainly  composed 
of  the  dialogues  which  took  place  between  the  author 
and  the  feudal  lords  of  his  days  whom  he  visited,  and 
also  of  those  between  him  and  his  followers  as  well  as 
contemporary  scholars.  Legge's  English  translation 
of  Mencius  is  included  in  the  "  Chinese  Classics." 
Arthur  B.  Hutchinson  published  in  1897  an  English 
translation  of  Faber's  "  Mind  of  Mencius,"  which  was 
originally  written  in  German.  The  sub-title  of  the 
book  is  "  Political  Economy  Based  upon  Moral  Philo- 
sophy, a  Systematic  Digest  of  the  Doctrines  of  the 
Chinese  Philosopher." 

22  There   exist   several   translations   of    this   most 


NOTES  161 

widely  known  book  of  Taoism  in  the  English  as  well 
as  other  European  languages.  It  is  a  short  work 
consisting  of  some  five  thousand  Chinese  characters. 
It  is  divided  into  eighty-one  chapters  as  we  have  it 
now,  but  the  division  was  not  the  author's  own,  and 
it  sometimes  distracts  us  from  an  intelligent  reading 
of  the  book  as  a  whole,  which  may  best  be  considered 
a  compilation  of  epigrams  and  aphorisms. 

23  That  Lao-tze  records  many  of  his  predecessors' 
views  and  sayings  is  seen  from  his  frequent  use  of 
such  expressions  as  :  "  Therefore  says  the  sage,"  "  This 
is  what  is  anciently  said,"  "So  we  have  the  early 
writers  saying  this." 

1  This  is  Dr.  Carus's  term  for  tao. 

26  It  is  difficult  to  determine  the  time  when  the 
book  began  to  be  divided  into  chapters ;  for,  accord- 
ing to  Sse  Ma-ch'ien,  the  only  division  made  by  the 
author  was  into  two  parts.  But  later  on  commentators, 
each  relying  on  his  own  judgment,  divided  the  text 
into  55,  64,  68,  72,  or  81,  while  some  made  no  such 
attempts.  The  division  here  adopted  is  that  of  eighty- 
one,  not  because  the  present  writer  considers  this 
the  best  way  to  understand  the  text,  but  merely 
because  it  is  the  most  popular  one. 

26  The  term,  T'ai  Chi,  first  appears  in  one  of  the 
Confucian  Appendices  to  the  "  Yi  Ching."  "  In  the 
system  of  the  Yi  there  is  the  Great  Ultimate  (or 
source  or  limit,  t'ai  chi).  It  produces  the  two  regu- 
lators "...  This  passage  has  been  quoted  elsewhere. 
Here,  however,  the  term  t'ai  chi  does  not  seem  to  have 
a  very  weighty  metaphysical  sense.  It  only  meant 
what  it  literally  means,  "  great  limit."  The  important 
philosophical  signification  it  came  to  bear  originated 
with  a  thinker  of  the  Sung  dynasty  called  Chou  Tun-i 
(A.D.  1017-1073).  According  to  him,  "The  Non- 
ultimate  is  the  Great  Ultimate.  The  Great  Ultimate 
moved,  and  it  produced  Yang  (male  principle).  At 

11 


162  NOTES 

the  consummation  of  the  motion  there  was  a  rest  in 
the  Great  Ultimate.  While  resting  it  produced  Yin 
(female  principle).  At  the  consummation  of  rest  it 
resumed  motion.  Now  moving,  now  resting,  each 
alternately  became  the  root  of  the  other.  With  this 
differentiation  of  the  Yin  and  the  Yang  there  have 
been  permanently  established  the  two  principles." 

27  It  may  be  explained  here  that  the  character  tze, 
which  is  found  in  connection  with  most  of  the  Chinese 
philosophers'  names,  has   an   honorary  signification. 
It  primarily  means  a  child,  then  son,  then  any  male, 
young,  middle-aged,  or  old,  and  finally  gentleman.     It 
also  means  teacher,  sage,  philosopher.     As  a  term  of 
address  it  is  equivalent  to  "  sir." 

28  Lieh-tze,  otherwise  called  Lieh  Yu-kou,  is  gener- 
ally known  to  have  lived  between  the  times  of  Lao-tze 
and  Chwang-tze,  that  is,  sometime  in  the  fifth  century 
before  Christ.     The  work  which  goes  under  his  name 
seems   to   have  been  compiled  by  his   disciples.     It 
consists   of   eight   books  or  chapters,  and  was  first 
edited  in  the  fourth  century  A.D.  by  Chang  Chen  of 
the  Tsin  dynasty.     My  quotations  here   are   mostly 
taken  from  Book  I,  in  which  his  ontological  views 
are   comprehensively  presented.     A   partial   English 
translation  of  the  Lieh-tze  was  published  by  Frederick 
Henry  Balf  our  in  his  "  Leaves  from  My  Chinese  Scrap- 
book"  (pp.  85-135),  under  the  heading,  "A  Philo- 
sopher who  Never  Lived  "  (London  :  Triibner  and  Co., 
1887).     There  exists  also  a  French  translation,  com- 
plete, by  Ch.  de  Harlez  in  his  "  Textes  Taoistes,"  1891, 
and  a  German  translation  by  E.  Faber,  1877. 

29  We  find  these  terms  used  by  Lao-tze  (Chapter  VI) 
without  reference  to  an  earlier  authority ;  but  Lieh-tze 
quotes  them  as  from  the  "  Book  of  the  Yellow  Em- 
peror."    Is  it  possible  that  such  an  ancient  literature 
was  still  in  existence  during  the  Chou  dynasty  ?     If 
such  was  the  case,  and  the  book  really  contained  such 


NOTES  163 

passages  as  quoted  by  Lao-tze  and  Lieh-tze,  we  must 
seek  the  origin  of  the  Taoistic  thoughts  in  the  earliest 
days  of  Chinese  civilization.  Indeed,  the  Yellow 
Emperor  is  frequently  referred  to  as  an  ancient  sage 
by  all  the  writers,  and  we  find  the  doctrine  of  "  Huang 
Lao  "  (that  is,  the  Yellow  Emperor  and  Lao-tze)  linked 
together,  and  usually  put  in  contrast  to  that  of  Con- 
fucianism. 

30  Chwang-tze  was  a  contemporary  of  Mencius,  and 
must  have  nourished  toward  the  end  of  the  fourth 
century  B.C.     He  was  a  great  classic  writer,  and  his 
writings  are  considered  among  the  best  specimens  of 
early  Chinese  literature.      His  work  which  we  now 
have  is  divided  into  three  parts,  "  Inner,"  "  Outer," 
and  "  Miscellaneous,"  altogether  consisting  of  thirty- 
three  books.     It  is  said  that  originally  it  was  made  up 
of  fifty- three  books,  twenty  of  which  are  now  missing. 
About  the  genuineness  of  the  writings,  a  consensus  of 
opinion  is  that  the  first  "Inner"  part  undoubtedly 
comes  from  his  own  hand,  but  that  the  remaining  two 
parts  are  so  interlaced  with  spurious  passages  that  it 
is  difficult  to  distinguish  one  from  the  other.     But, 
generally  speaking,  even  those  spurious  parts  are  a 
development   of    Chwang-tze's   own    thoughts.      We 
have  two  English  translations  of  Chwang-tze — one  by 
Giles,  and  the  other  by  Legge  in  the  "  Sacred  Books 
of  the  East." 

31  «  Formerly,  I,  Chwang  Chou,  dreamt  that  I  was 
a  butterfly,  a  butterfly  flying  about,  feeling  that  it 
was  enjoying  itself.     I  did  not  know  that  it  was  Chou. 
Suddenly  I  awoke  and  was  myself  again,  the  veritable 
Chou.     I  did  not  know  whether  it  had  formerly  been 
Chou  dreaming  that  he  was  a  butterfly,  or  whether 
it  was  now  a  butterfly  dreaming  that  it  was  Chou. 
This  is  the  case  of  what  is  called  the  transformation  of 
things"  ("The  Inner,"  Book  II).- 

32  Chwang-tze's  attitude  towards  God  as  the  maker 


164  NOTES 

of  the  universe  is  that  of  an  indifferent  agnosticism. 
To  quote  his  own  words :  "  What  is  that  which  makes 
us  such  as  we  are  ?  I  do  not  know.  May  I  assume 
the  existence  of  an  absolute  ruler  who  makes  things 
as  they  are  ?  Yet  I  am  unable  to  grasp  his  peculiari- 
ties. All  that  I  know  of  him  is  that  his  working  is 
practicable  though  its  features  are  hidden.  He  has 
indication  but  no  forms.  .  .  .  Judging  from  this 
standpoint,  it  is  reasonable  to  conceive  of  the  existence 
of  an  absolute  master,  yet  it  would  not  make  a  particle 
of  difference  to  this  absolute  master  whether  our  in- 
telligence is  allowed  to  catch  a  glimpse  of  his  signs  or 
not.  We  are  such  as  he  made  us." 

33  This  book  has  never  been  translated,  so  far  as  I 
know,  into  any  European  language.  It  is  doubtless  a 
much  later  production,  but  contains  a  great  deal  of 
profound  philosophical  reflection  worth  studying. 

84  Ch'eng-tze,  or  Ch'eng  Hao,  A.D.  1032-1085.  He 
is  the  author  of  the  books  called  "  Ting  Hsing  Shu  " 
and  "  Shih  Jen  P'ien,"  embodying  the  gist  of  his 
philosophy.  His  brother,  I,  was  also  a  noted 
thinker. 

36  Or,  Chou-Hsi,  great  commentator  on  the  Con- 
fucian Classics,  A.D.  1130-1200.  He  was  a  disciple  of 
Ch'ing-tze,  and  wrote  many  books,  which  later  became 
the  standard  works  for  the  orthodox  Confucians,  that 
is,  those  who  do  not  advocate  the  views  advanced  by 
Lu  Chiu-yuan  (A.D.  1140-1192),  the  great  rival  philo- 
sopher of  Chou  Hsi,  as  well  as  by  Wang  Yang-ming 
of  the  Ming  dynasty. 

36  Died  233  B.C.  He  was  a  disciple  of  Hsiin-tze, 
and  his  chief  study  was  criminal  law.  Fifty-five  of 
his  essays  are  still  extant,  among  which  there  are 
some  commentary  notes  to  some  of  Lao-tze's  sayings. 
His  position  as  a  moral  writer  is  neither  strictly  Con- 
fucian nor  Lao-tzean. 

87  The  three  cardinal  virtues  are  :  Wisdom  (chi)  tjjj, 


NOTES  165 

humaneness  (Jen)  £,  and  courage  (yu)  J|.  The  five 
virtues  are :  Humaneness  (jeri)  £l,  righteousness  (i) 
*j$£,  propriety  (li)  jjj§,  wisdom  (chi)  ^,  and  faithfulness 
(shen)  fg. 

38  "  Tai  Hsiao,"  one  of  the  Four  Books  (shi  shu)  of 
Confucianism.     It  was  Chou-tze  of  the  Sung  dynasty, 
who  selected  these  four  books  as  most  elemental  and 
fundamental  in  the  study  of  Confucianism.     Before 
him,  they  did  not  have  any  recognized  place  in  the 
Confucian  system. 

39  It  will  be  interesting  to  note  what  Swedenborg 
says  concerning  man's  state   after  death  :    "  In  the 
spiritual  world  no  one  is  allowed  to  think  and  will  in 
one  way   and  to  speak  and  act  in  another.      Every 
one  there  must  be  a  likeness   of   his   own   affection 
or  of  his  own  love,  and  therefore  must  be  outwardly 
such  as  he  is  inwardly  "  ("  Heaven  and  Hell,"  §  498). 
While  living  in  the  natural  world,  most  people  are 
hypocrites,  they  hide  their  ruling  love  deep  within 
themselves,  and  do  not  know  what  its  real  nature  is ; 
perhaps  they  may  see  glimpses  of  it  now  and  then  in 
their  solitary  moments,  when  they  have  no  need  of 
disguising  themselves  before  others;   so  Swedenborg 
says  that  it  is  very  difficult  to  know  what  one's  ruling 
passion  really  is.     Confucianism,  therefore,  advises  us 
to  be  watchful  over  one's  own  heart,  when  being  free 
from  all  the  external  constraints,  it  reveals  itself  in 
all  its  activity,  and  there  to  find  out  its  true  nature, 
which  is  the  man  himself,  as  the  Swedish  mystic  truly 
remarks  that  "  every  one  is  his  own  love  and  is  thus 
as  his  ruling  love  is  ?"  ("Heaven  and  Hell,"  §  58). 

40  "Chung   Yung,"   another   of    the   Four   Books, 
generally  considered  the  work  of  Tze-szu,  the  grandson 
of  Confucius  and  the  teacher  of  Mencius.      This  is 
one  of   the   most  philosophical  books  on  Confucian 
ethics. 

41  "The  Doctrine  of  the  Mean"  does  not  exactly 


166  NOTES 

express  the  meaning  of  the  Chinese  term  "chung." 
"  Chung  "  ordinarily  signifies  "  middle,"  which  is  also 
its  etymological  sense,  but  in  the  "  Chung  Yung/'  it 
means  rather  a  state  of  equilibrium  or  potentiality  in 
which  all  the  passions  and  impulses  are  yet  hidden  and 
not  brought  out  into  operation,  and  in  which,  there- 
fore, good  and  evil  are  not  yet  manifest  and  remain  in 
a  state  "without  name"  (wu  ming,  or  wu  yuh),  to  use 
a  Lao-tzean  term.  And  this  state  of  equilibrium 
(chung)  is  said  by  Tze-szu  to  be  the  "  great  foundation 
of  the  world/'  and  by  Lao-tze  the  "  beginning  of  the 
universe"  (Chapter  I).  The  whole  passage  in  the 
"  Chung  Yung "  runs  as  follows :  "  Love  and  anger, 
sorrow  and  joy,  when  they  are  not  yet  manifest,  this 
is  a  state  of  equilibrium  (chung) ;  when  they  are 
manifest  all  in  accordance  with  order,  this  is  harmony 
(hwa).  Equilibrium  is  the  foundation  of  the  world, 
and  harmony  is  the  thoroughfare  of  the  world.  When 
equilibrium  and  harmony  are  maintained,  heaven  and 
earth  are  determined,  and  all  things  grow."  Compare 
this  with  what  Lao-tze  says  :  "  The  unnamable  is  the 
beginning  of  the  universe,  and  the  namable  is  the 
mother  of  all  things."  When  chung  is  rendered  by 
"the  mean"  instead  of  "equilibrium,"  the  sense  of 
the  entire  passage  above  quoted  becomes  very  obscure, 
and  the  contrast  between  the  statical  chung  and  the 
dynamical  hwa  (harmony)  will  be  destroyed. 

42  Confucius  once  said  ("Analects,"  Book  XVII)  : 
"I  wish  to  keep  silence."  Tze-kung,  one  of  his 
eminent  disciples,  who  was  surprised  at  the  Master's 
remark,  said  :  "  If  the  Master  keeps  silence,  what  shall 
we,  humble  disciples,  have  to  record  ?"  Confucius 
said :  "  What  does  Heaven  ever  speak  ?  The  four 
seasons  come  in  turn,  and  all  things  grow.  Does 
Heaven  ever  speak  ?"  There  are  certain  well-regulated 
laws  in  the  universe  which  pursue  their  course  without 
demonstration.  Find  them  in  our  own  hearts,  and 


NOTES  167 

sincerely  follow  them  as  they  dictate.     This  is  the 
Confucian  common-sense  intuitionalism. 

43  We  read  in  Mencius  (Book  II  b)  :  "  The  sage- 
kings   are  no  more  now,  and   the  feudal   lords  are 
behaving  as  they  please,  while  irresponsible  scholars 
are  talking  with  utmost  freedom.     The  world  is  filled 
with   the  utterances  of  Yang-chou  and   Mu-ti,  and 
anybody  who  talks  at  all  belongs  to  the  school  of  Mu 
if  not  to  that  of  Yang.  ...    So  long  as  the  teachings 
of  Yang  aud  Mu  are  not  repressed,  those  of  Confucius 
will  not  be  made  manifest.     The  false  doctrines  are 
deceiving  the  people  and  suffocating  humaneness  and 
righteousness.     When  humaneness  and  righteousness 
are  suffocated,  men  become  beastly.   Hence  my  solici- 
tude for  the  preservation  of   the   teachings   of   the 
ancient  sage.     It  is  my  desire  to  keep  Yang  and  Mu 
in    check,    and    to    drive    away    their    unrestrained 
utterances,  so  that  the  upholders  of  the  false  doctrines 
may  not  raise  their  heads  again." 

44  When  we  scan  their  works,  the  character  of  each 
looms  up  with  great  clearness  and  definiteness.     One 
is  dignified  in  mien,  deliberate  in  speech,  and  stately 
in  movement ;  the  other,  quite  opposite  to  this,  is  free 
and  unrestrained  in  every  way.     We  can  mentally 
picture   one   donning   a   golden   robe  with   the   em- 
broidered figures  of  dragon  and  phoenix,  and  sitting 
on  a  throne  bedecked  with  all  kinds  of  brilliant  gems, 
and   presiding  over  an  assembly  of  noblemen,  who 
reverently  bow  before  his  august  personality  which  is 
singularly  tempered  with  a  humane  expression.     The 
other,    however,    might    be    imagined    as    swinging 
himself  in  a  rustic  hammock  among  luxuriant  summer 
greens,  his  old,  almost  threadbare  dress  loosely  hanging 
about   him,   and   with   an   expression   which   hardly 
betrays  a  trace  of  earthly  concern,  while  his  eyes  are 
rapturously   raised   toward  a  drifting  cloud   in   the 
distant  sky.   What  a  pitiful  fate  it  was  that  these  two 


168  NOTES 

geniuses  possessing  peculiarly  contrasted  characters, 
but  both  endowed  with  unusual  dianoetic  power  and 
living  contemporaneously  in  the  same  land,  never 
chanced  to  see  each  other ! 

45  Kao-tze  seems  to  have  been  a  philosopher  con- 
temporary with  Mencius.     He  did  not  leave  any  work 
of   his   own,  but  in  many  ways  he   seems   to   have 
taken  issue  with  Mencius  on  the  subject  of  human 
nature. 

46  Cf.  Book  II  a,  as  quoted  above,  p.  67. 

47  This  is  Dr.  Carus's  term  for  wu  wei. 

48  Cf.  Chapter  XLIII.     "  The  weakest  under  the 
heavens   chases   and    drives   the   hardest   under   the 
heavens,  and   there  is  no  space  where  it  does  not 
penetrate.     For  this  reason  I  know  the  usefulness  of 
not  doing  (wu  wei)  " 

49  Cf.  the  following  Confucian  injunction  on  the 
subject :  "  Someone  asked  Confucius,  '  What  do  you 
think  of  requiting   hatred   with  virtue  ?'     Answered 
the  Master,  '  What  then  will  virtue  be  requited  with  ? 
Requite    hatred    with    justice,    requite    virtue    with 
virtue/  " 

60  In  "Chwang-tze"  we  have  the  following  dialogue 
between  Yang-tze  and  Lao-tze :  Yang-tze-chou  saw 
Lao-tan  and  said :  "  Suppose  here  is  a  man  who  is 
quick  in  turning  towards  the  Tao  and  energetic  in 
action,  whose  insight  into  the  nature  of  things  is 
penetrating,  whose  intelligence  is  thorough-going, 
and  who  knows  no  fatigue  in  the  study  of  the  Tao; 
could  such  a  man  be  compared  to  the  wise  ruler?" 
Said  Lao-tan :  "  When  compared  to  the  holy  'man, 
such  a  man  would  look  like  a  navvy  or  petty  trades- 
man, who  ever  belabours  himself  with  his  trick  and 
handicraft,  dissipating  his  bodily  energy  and  wearing 
out  his  spirit.  And  again,  tigers  and  leopards  are 
killed  by  the  hunter  because  of  their  beautiful  skins ; 
monkeys  and  dogs  which  are  clever  enough  to  hunt 


NOTES  169 

up  badgers  are  caught  in  turn  by  a  trap  because  of 
their  very  craftiness;  how  could  such  ones  be  com- 
pared with  the  wise  ruler  ?"  Yang-tze-chou  then 
assumed  a  solemn  countenance  and  asked :  "  May  I 
inquire  what  would  be  the  wise  ruler's  government  ?" 
Lao-tan  answered :  "  In  the  government  of  the  wise 
ruler,  his  merits  embrace  the  entire  world,  and  yet 
remains  as  if  not  conscious  of  his  own  doings;  his 
all -regenerating  love  extends  over  the  ten- thousand 
things,  and  yet  the  people  are  not  conscious  of  its 
presence.  Though  there  are  many  other  things  to  be 
mentioned  about  him,  I  will  not  go  into  details,  only 
that  under  his  government  everything  would  be 
rejoicing  with  itself;  for  abiding  in  the  unfathom- 
able, he  leisurely  walks  in  the  non-existent."  This 
answer  of  Lao-tze  to  Yang-tze  reminds  us  of  the 
former's  reply  to  the  founder  of  Confucianism  when 
he  was  requested  to  give  him  the  meaning  of  propriety 
("  Chwang-tze,"  Book  VI). 

51  In  "  Han-f ei-tze,"  we  read  that  Yang-tze  was 
once  travelling  through  the  state  of  Sung  and  passed 
a  night  at  an  inn  in  its  eastern  district.  The  inn- 
keeper had  two  wives ;  one  was  very  beautiful,  while 
the  other  was  homely ;  but  it  was  the  latter  that  was 
more  honoured  by  him.  Yang-tze  inquired  of  him 
why  it  was  so,  and  the  man  answered  :  "  The  beautiful 
one  is  too  conscious  of  her  beauty,  and  I  do  not  know 
how  she  could  thus  be  beautiful;  the  homely  one 
recognizes  her  own  homeliness,  and  I  do  not  know  how 
she  could  thus  be  homely."  Yang-tze  said  to  his 
disciples :  "  Remember  this,  my  young  men,  if  you 
behave  wisely  and  yet  be  unconscious  of  your  being 
wise,  there  will  be  no  place  on  earth  where  you  will 
be  hated  "  (Book  VII,  Chapter  XXII).  This  passage 
also  occurs  in  "  Lieh-tze,"  Chapter  II,  "  On  the 
Yellow  Emperor." 

62  What  follows  is  condensed  from  Lieh-tze's  work 


170  NOTES 

in  which  there  is  a  chapter  exclusively  dealing  with 
the  views  of  Yang  Chou. 

63  To   be  free  from  all   the  artificial  or  outward 
restraints,  moral  or  otherwise,  and  to  abandon  oneself 
to  the  enjoyment  of  one's  inward  life — this  is  typical 
of  all  the  Taoists.     Chwang-tze  also  makes  one  of  his 
characters  (Tao-shih)  exclaim  against  the  Confucian 
conventionalism :  "  Let  me  tell  you  now  what  lies  in 
the  inmost  heart  of  every  individual.     His  eye  desires 
to  see  what  is  beautiful,  his  ear  desires  to  hear  what 
is  melodious,  his  mouth  to  taste  what  is  delicious,  and 
his  inner  impulses  and  feelings  want  to  be  satisfied. 
The  height  of  longevity  to  which  one  can  attain  is 
one  hundred  years,  the  next  is  eighty,  and  the  last 
sixty.     How  often,  except  for  a  few  days,  can  one  be 
free  from  illness,  death,  or  worry,  and  have  a  hearty 
laugh  ?  .  .    "     Also  see  below. 

64  See  footnote  4. 

66  Generally  known  as  the  Great  Yii.   He  succeeded 
Shun  and  reigned  2205-2196  B.C. 

56  Died  1105  B.C.;  fourth  son  of  Wen  Wang,  and 
younger  brother  to  Wu  Wang,  and  one  of  the 
founders  of  the  Chou  dynasty. 

67  Died  1122  B.C.     He  was  the  last  Emperor  of  the 
Yin  dynasty,  and  committed  all  kinds  of  the  wildest 
orgies,  which  enabled   Wu  Wang   to   establish   the 
foundation  of  the  Yin  dynasty. 

68  Died    1763   B.C.      The   last   ruler   of    the   Hsia 
dynasty,  who  also  recklessly  indulged  in  cruelty  and 
debauchery,  and  was  finally  overthrown  by  Tang  the 
Perfect.     Chou  and    Chieh    are   the   two   symbolical 
tyrants  of  China. 

69  The   "Lieh-tze,"   "On    Yang-tze,"    where    this 
passage  occurs  in  the  dialogue  between  Aii-ping-shang 
and  Kwan-yi-wu. 

60  Says  Mencius  (Book  XIII):  "With  Yang-tze 
egotism  is  everything.  Even  when  he  could  benefit 


NOTES  171 

other  people  by  sparing  one  bit  of  his  hair,  he  would 
not  do  that.  With  Mu-tze  altruism  is  everything. 
If  by  rubbing  himself  from  forehead  to  heel  he  could 
benefit  other  people,  he  would  do  so.  Tze-Mo  adheres 
to  the  mean.  The  adhering  to  the  mean  is  nearer  [to 
the  truth].  But  if,  in  adhering  to  the  mean,  the 
weights  are  missed  to  keep  balance,  it  is  just  as  bad 
as  adhering  to  the  extremes.  The  reason  why  the 
extremists  are  condemned  is  that  they  mutilate  the 
[whole]  Tao,  that  they  raise  one  point  [too  high]  at 
the  expense  of  a  hundred  others." 

61  To  my  knowledge  there  exists  no  English  trans- 
lation of  the  work.     In  Faber's  German  translation, 
an  abstract  of  each  chapter  is  given.    There  also  exists 
a   French   work   on   this  philosopher  by  Alexandra 
David,  1907. 

62  This  is  partly  due  to  the  neglect  suffered  by 
Mu-tze  at  the  hands  of  Chinese  scholars  through  the 
successive  dynasties  until  the  last  Tsin,  when  a  few 
scholars  picked  up,  as  it  were,  the  almost-forgotten 
philosopher  to  examine  him  in  a  new  light.    If  he  had 
not  been  ignored   so  long,  we  should  have  possibly 
had  a  far  better  text  than  the  one  we  have  at  present, 
poorly  edited,  and  almost  unintelligible  in  many  places. 

63  No  early  Chinese   philosopher  is  so  conscienti- 
ously methodical   in  his  reasoning   as   Mu-tze,  who 
always  endeavours  to  prove  every  step  he  takes  in 
accordance  with  such  logical  laws  as  are  set  forth  by 
himself.     It  is  strange  that  the  Chinese  mind  refused 
to  listen  to  his  methodical  exposition  of  utilitarianism 
and  to  effect  its  fuller  development. 

64  « rpjie  refuting  of  the  arguments  of  Yang  and  Mu 
should  be  like  the  taming  of  the  wild  hogs.     After 
they  have  been  put  in  a  pen,  they  should  be  bound 
fast "  (Mencius,  Book  XIY).     In  another  place  (Book 
VI)  he  again  compares  them  to  the  lower  animals. 
Hsiin-tze  is  not  so  severe  and  impassioned  as  Mencius 


172  NOTES 

in  the  condemnation  of  the  Mu-tzean  utilitarianism. 
He  says  :  "  Mu-tze' s  one-sided  doctrine  of  utility  made 
him  ignore  the  significance  of  culture  and  refinement 
(wen  ]£).  When  utilitarianism  (yung  fft)  prevails,  the 
Tao  is  lost  in  commercialism  (li  ;flj)  (Chapter  XXI). 
In  another  place  (Chapter  VI)  declares  Hsiin-tze : 
"  He,  Mu-tze,  does  not  know  how  to  consolidate  the 
empire  and  to  establish  an  administrative  order  in 
the  state.  He  gives  precedence  to  efficiency  and 
utility,  exaggerates  the  importance  of  economy  and 
thrift,  and  pays  no  attention  to  the  order  of  social 
organization.  He  has  never  allowed  himself  to 
entertain  the  thought  of  distinguishing  classes,  and 
therefore  he  does  not  recognize  the  distinction  between 
the  sovereign  and  the  subject.  To  maintain  his  theory, 
Mu-tze  now  advances  some  plausible  reasons ;  and  in 
expounding  them  he  displays  a  certain  logical  skill  so 
that  ignorant  masses  are  ready  to  be  deceived  and 
confused  by  him." 

65  In  the  Confucian  "  Analects,"  XVII,  21,  one  of 
his  disciples  wants  to  shorten  the  mourning  period 
from  three  years  to  one.     While  his  argument  is  very 
rational,  the  master  refuses  to  agree  with  him  on  a 
sentimental    ground,   which,   however,   seems    to   be 
somewhat  too  far-fetched  and  not  at  all  convincing. 

66  For    Hsiin-tze's    condemnation    of    the    prosaic 
unmusical  Mu-tze,  see  p.  111. 

67  He  was  born  in  340  B.C.,  and  the  greater  part  of 
his  exceedingly  long  life  was  spent  in  the  kingdom 
of  Ts'i.     When  eighty-six  years  old,  he  went  to  Ch'u 
to  seek  a  new  refuge.    After  some  vicissitudes,  he  died 
at  the  very  high  age  of  over  one  hundred  and  twenty 
years.     Like  most  Confucian  scholars,  his  entire  life, 
except  his  last  twenty  or  so  years,  was  passed  as  a 
high  state  officer. 

68  Chapter  XIX,  "On  the  Rules  of  Propriety"  (Li 
lun  p'ien). 


NOTES  173 

69  Chapter  XXIII,  "On  the   Badness  of   Human 
Nature." 

70  A  similar  view  was  also  expressed  by  Confucius 
himself   in   the  "Analects";  for  he  says:  "Once  I 
fasted  the  whole  day  and  did  not  sleep  the  whole 
night,  all  the  time  engaged  in  thinking.    It  was  of  no 
use,  however.     Nothing  is  like  study  [that  is  to  say, 
practical  discipline]." 

71  An  abstract  of  Chapter  I,  "On  the  Encourage- 
ment of  Study." 

72  «  MUSJC  means  enjoyment,  and  enjoyment  is  what 
the  human  heart  inevitably  craves.     Therefore,  one 
cannot  go  without  some  form  of  enjoyment,  which 
expresses  itself  in  sound  and  action.     This  is  human. 
All  the  movements  that  may  take  place  in  our  hearts 
will   thus  be  manifested  outwardly.     Therefore,  we 
must  have  some  form  of  enjoyment,  and  this  enjoy- 
ment must  be  demonstrated ;  but  when  the  demonstra- 
tion is  not  in  accordance  with  certain  laws,  it  will 
inevitably  lead  to  disorder.     As  the  wise  men  of  old 
hated  this  disorder,  they  regulated  the  singing  of  man 
so  that  it  might  lead  him  to  the  path  of  rectitude. 
Thus,  people  sang  and  enjoyed  themselves,  but  did 
not  go  to  excess ;  their  melodies  were  various,  and  each 
expressed  their  feelings,  which  were  thus  checked ;  all 
the  modes  of  inflection,  combination,  intonation,  and 
concordance  were  enough  to  awaken  in  a  man's  heart 
a  variety  of  good  feelings  and  to  keep  him  away  from 
evil  and  filthy  influences  "  (Chapter  XX,  "On  Music  "). 

73  Hsiin-tze  is  right  in  a  sense  when  he  says  against 
the  reasoning  method  of  Mencius  as  follows :  "  It  is 
stilted  and  lacks  in  universality;  it  is  obscure,  and 
there  are  no  definite  explanations;  it  is  tightening, 
and    the    knots   remain   unloosened."     (Chapter  VI, 
"  Against  the  Twelve  Philosophers  "). 

74  35  t'ien  (heaven)  and  -Jfc  t'ai  (great)  and  A  J^n 
(man)  all  seem  to  have  developed  from  the  common 


174  NOTES 

source  representing  a  human  figure  with  outstretched 
arms,  that  is,  "fr.  To  avoid  confusion,  this  archetypal 
character  was  later  differentiated  into  the  three  f orms, 
5c,  >^,  J^,  while  t'ai  (great)  retained  its  original 
type  more  faithfully  than  the  others ;  for  it  is  engraved 
in  the  ancient  vases,  thus  •  1^,  /^ ,  ^,  "J",  anc^  nnalty 
-^.  The  character  "  man,"  however,  seems  to  have 
suffered  most  changes,  though  their  different  stages 
are  not  now  traceable,  perhaps  owing  to  its  earlier 
transformation.  The  only  ancient  type  we  have  of  it 
is  7|  or  }y  which  some  lexicographers  try  to  explain 
by  making  it  represent  a  human  figure  as  seen  side- 
wise,  but  this  guess  is  too  obviously  wrong  to  be  refuted, 
when  there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  the  ancient 
Chinese  people  preferred  this  obscure  character  to 
the  most  natural  one  -ft  without  some  serious  reason ; 
and  the  reason  is,  ^  is  an  abbreviation  or  a  trans- 
formation of  the  original  "ft  to  distinguish  it  from 
t'ai  or  t'ien,  which  meaning  gradually  came  to  be 
attached  to  the  original  signification  of  jen  (man). 
Therefore,  ^  t'ien  primarily  signified  simply  some- 
thing above,  and  not  something  great  which  is  above. 
The  latter  explanation  is  too  philosophical  to  be  the 
conception  of  the  natural  man.  T'ien,  as  we  have  it 
engraved  in  the  ancient  vessels,  appears  in  the  f  ollow- 
ing  forms:  Jft ,<&,$;,  -£. 

76  The  character  ti  ^,  the  ancient  form  of  which 
is  jjjff ^  is,  according  to  a  Japanese  sinologue,  com- 
posed of  three  elementary  characters  :  (( above  "  — » 
"great"  "j^  and  "wide"  |—|;  and  it  signifies  a 
mighty  one  who  is  on  high. 

76  It   may    not   be  altogether   proper   to  consider 


NOTES  175 

Shang  Ti  as  a  being  residing  in  heaven  (t'ien). 
Though  it  is  certain  that  he  was  not  merely  a  moral 
power  nor  the  personification  of  Heaven  as  some 
Christian  missionary  scholars  of  Chinese  religion  are 
inclined  to  believe,  he  was  not  a  person  in  the  fullest 
sense  of  the  word.  But  he  had  something  of  person- 
ality in  him  and  could  properly  be  called  "he" 
instead  of  "  it."  There  is  no  doubt,  however,  that  the 
early  Chinese  did  not  conceive  their  Shang  Ti  as  did 
the  Jews  their  Yahveh.  When  the  Chinese  spoke  of 
Shang  Ti,  they  had  in  their  minds  something  of  an 
august  supreme  being  in  Heaven  above,  who  was  the 
a.rbiter  of  human  destiny,  though  not  their  creator. 
He  did  not,  exactly  speaking,  reside  in  Heaven,  but 
Heaven  was  his  material  or  objective  expression. 
Figuratively  speaking,  Heaven  was  Shang  Ti,  and 
Shang  Ti  was  Heaven.  A  famous  commentator  to  the 
"Wu  Ching,"  Lii  Shih  says:  "It  is  called  Heaven 
(t'ien)  when  viewed  from  the  point  of  its  overshadow- 
ing the  entire  world ;  it  is  called  Lord  (ti)  when  viewed 
from  the  point  of  its  rulership."  Again,  the  author  of 
the  "  Lii  Shih,"  a  history  of  prehistoric  China,  says  in 
one  of  his  supplementary  essays  attached  to  the 
History  :  "Ti  is  T'ien,  and  T'ien  is  Ti.  Why,  are  they 
not  identical  ?  T'ien  is  a  general  name  given  to 
primordial  essence  [yilan  ch'i],  while  Ti  is  a  name 
given  to  its  virtue  as  manifested  in  its  activities.  It 
is  T'ien  when  viewed  from  the  point  of  its  objectivity ; 
it  is  Ti  when  viewed  from  the  point  of  its  rulership. 
When  the  immensity  of  depth,  height,  and  expansion 
of  the  essence  is  considered,  it  is  called  the  '  lord  on 
high  in  great  heaven.'  When  reference  is  made  to 
the  fact  that  the  lords  of  water,  fire,  wood,  metal, 
and  earth  abiding  in  different  localities  assume  alter- 
nately the  rank  of  leadership,  we  consider  the  Lord 
differentiating  himself  into  five  lordships,  and  he  is 
accordingly  known  under  five  different  names,  which 


176  NOTES 

may,  however,  be  comprised  in  the  one  name  of  Great 
Heaven.  When  sacrifices  are  offered  to  the  five  lords 
who  severally  assuming  their  celestial  ranks  are  to  be 
designated  under  one  common  appellation,  then  they  are 
collectively  known  as  the  Shang  Ti  (Lord  on  high)." 

77  That  is,  Shun,  who  became  the  ruler  of  this  early 
settlement  in  the  year  2255  B.C. 

78  jp$  (sheri)    was   originally  written   J2>    (^),    and 
meant  lightning ;  75  ( shih)  was  added  later  when  the 
idea  of  a  spiritual  being  was  conceived  who  is  the 
controller    of   electric   current  in  the  heavens.      <j|f 

symbolizes,  as  we  can  still  trace  its  meaning  even  in 
its  present  form,  rays  coming  from  above,  and  means  a 
revelation  from  a  higher  being  to  the  creatures  below. 
Therefore,  as  far  as  the  etymology  is  concerned,  shen 
denotes  a  spiritual  being,  who,  residing  in  a  region 
above  us,  sends  down  its  rays  of  revelation  on  the 
earth. 

79  The  quotations  from  the  "Shu"  and  the  "Shih 
Ching  "  are  generally  taken,  with  occasional  modifica- 
tions, from  Legge's  translations  in  the  "  Sacred  Books 
of  the  East,"  Vol.  III. 

80  Cf.  "Shu  Ching,"  Part  V,  Book  I,  "The  Great 
Declaration  " ;  "  Heaven  and  Earth  are  the  parents  of 
all  creatures." 

81  Legge,  p.  352  ff.     The  poem  is  said  to  have  been 
composed  by  Chih  Fu,  a  grand  officer  of  the  Chou 
dynasty  under  King  Yii  (781-771  B.C.),  who  listened 
to  the  evil  advice  of  his  favourite  mistress  Yin. 

82  Legge,  p.  357.     The  author  of  the  poem  is  Chili 
Yu  of  the  Chou  dynasty,  who  wrote  this,  lamenting 
the  unjustifiable  action  of  the  King,  and  expressing 
his  surprise  at  its  progress  unchecked  by  heavenly 
wrath. 

88  Legge,  p.  125  /.     From  the  first  section  of  the 
"Great   Declaration,"   which   is   divided   into   three. 


NOTES  177 

The  Declaration  was  issued  by  King  Wu  of  the  Chou 
dynasty  when  he  assembled  his  army  at  Mang  Ching 
to  attack  Chou  Hsin,  the  tyrant  of  the  Shang.  Some 
consider  this  spurious. 

4  Legge,  p.  358.  A  poem  written  during  the  reign 
of  King  Yii  who  was  notorious  for  his  misconduct.  It 
continues :  "  [The  King's]  counsels  and  plans  are 
crooked  and  bad.  When  will  an  end  be  put  to  them  ? 
Good  counsels  are  not  followed;  evil  counsels  are 
listened  to.  When  I  look  at  the  counsels  and  schemes, 
I  am  greatly  grieved." 

85  Legge,  p.  429.     Composed  in  the  time  of  King 
Yii.     The  author  evidently  believes  in  the  almighty 
power  of  Heaven  who  can  turn  misery  into  happiness, 
if  the  people  below  behaved  according  to  his  behest. 

86  This  is  from  a  poem  composed  by  a  court  officer 
engaged  in  a  frontier  war.    Speaking  of  the  hardships 
which  he  endures,  he  calls  to  Heaven  that  knows 
everything  which  transpires  on  earth,  and  continues : 
"  I  marched  on  this  expedition  to  the  West  as  far  as 
this  wilderness  of  Ch'iu.    From  the  first  to  the  second 
moon,  I  have  passed  through  the  heat  and  the  cold. 
My  heart  is  sad,  the  poison  [of  my  lot]  is  too  bitter. 
I  think  of  those  officers  at  court,  and  my  tears  fall 
down  like  rain.    Do  I  not  wish  for  home  ?  but  I  dread 
the  net  of  guilt." 

87  Legge,  p.  416.     From  a  didactic  poem  by  Duke 
Wu  of  Wei  in  his  ninetieth  year. 

88  Legge,  p.  321.    By  Chou  Kung,  who  admonishes 
his  minister  of  agriculture. 

89  Chia  Fu   lamenting    the    misrule   of    his   King 
("  Shih,"  II,  IV,  8.     Legge,  p.  354). 

90  Legge,  p.  417.     The  whole   stanza   runs   thus : 
"  Oh,  my  son,  I  have  told  you  the  old  ways.     Hear 
and  follow  my  counsels,  then  shall  you  have  no  cause 
for   great   regret.     Heaven   is   now   inflicting    great 
calamities  and  destroying  the  state.     My  illustrations 

12 


178  NOTES 

are  not  taken  from  things  remote ;  great  Heaven  never 
errs.  If  you  go  on  to  deteriorate  in  your  virtues,  you 
will  bring  the  people  to  great  distress." 

91  Observe  also  the  following  :  "  The  ordinances  of 
Heaven,  how  uninterrupted  they  are !  and  how  un- 
fathomable !"    ("Shih,"  IV,  I,  2).     "The   doings   of 
High  Heaven  have  neither  sound  nor  odour.     Follow 
the  example  of  King  Wen,  and  the  myriad  regions  will 
repose  their  confidence  in  you"  ("  Shih,"  III,  I,  1). 
"  How  vast  the  Lord  on  high  !     He  is  the  ruler  of 
men  below.     When  in  his  fearful  wrath,  the  decrees 
of  the  Lord  on  high  are  full  of  woes.    Heaven  creates 
the  multitudes  of  the  people,  whose  destinies  are  not 
uniformly  determined.     There  are  none  who  have  not 
their   [hopeful]   start,  but   few   are   they   that   have 
a  [blissful]  finish"  ("Shit,"  HI,  III,  1). 

92  This   justification   was   later   subscribed    to   by 
Confucius,  who  says  in  one  of  his  commentaries  on  the 
"Yih  Ching,"  that  "The  revolution  of  T'ang  and  Wu 
was  in  accordance  with  Heaven  and  in  harmony  with 
men." 

93  "Shih,"  III,  III,  4.     The  drought  occurred  in 
the  sixth  year  of  King  Hsuan  of  the  Chou  dynasty. 
He  reigned  827-781  B.C. 

94  Confucius  seems  to  have  shared  this  belief  to  a 
certain  extent  as  his  "  Analects  "  records  his  assump- 
tion of  a  reverential  attitude  as  if  in  awe  for  something 
extraordinary,  whenever  there  was   a   hurricane   or 
thunder  of  unusual  violence. 

95  "Shih,"  II,  V,  4;  II,  IY,  10,  etc. 

96  "Shih,"  II,  IY,  8;  III,  III,  10,  etc. 

97  "Shih,"  III,  I,  1. 

98  Divination  by  the  tortoise  shell  is  called  pu  f», 
and    that   by  the  milfoil  sliih  $g.     Why   these  two 
things  have  been  selected  for  this  particular  purpose 
is  explained,  according  to  one  commentator,  by  the 
fact  that  they  both  acquire  something  of   spiritual 


NOTES  179 

signification  when  sufficiently  old  so  as  to  enable  a 
diviner  to  consult  spiritual  beings  through  these 
mediums.  The  shell  is  burned  in  a  fire  properly 
purified,  and  in  the  cracks  thereby  produced  are  read 
divine  signs.  In  the  case  of  the  milfoil,  forty-nine 
stalks  of  it  are  separated  and  counted  over  and  again 
until  eighteen  changes  are  effected,  when  the  diviner 
is  finally  able  to  settle  his  doubts. 

99  Hsiin-tze  was  a  very  practical  and  unimaginative 
thinker.   Note  what  he  says  about  strange  phenomena 
of   nature  which  the  early  Chinese  people  thought 
to  be  expressions  of  heavenly  indignation  :  "  The  stars 
are  falling,  the  trees  are  roaring,  and  the  people  of 
the   kingdom   tremble   with    fear.     What   does   this 
signify  ?    It  does  not  signify  anything.   It  is  a  natural 
disturbance  caused  by  Yin  and  Yang,  and  occurring 
at  irregular  intervals.     It  is  rational  to  wonder  at  it, 
and  irrational  to  fear  it.     Such  things  as  the  eclipses 
of   the   sun   or   moon,   unseasonable   storms,   or   the 
frequent  appearance  of   strange   stars— such   things 
occur  in  every  generation.    If  the  ruler  is  enlightened 
and  his  government  is  honest,  however  often  such 
events  may  take  place,  he  cannot  be  hurt.     If  the 
ruler  is  benighted  and  his  government  is  disorderly, 
even  if  there  may  take  place  no  such  things,  he  is  of 
little  account.      Therefore,  the  shooting  of  stars,  or 
the  roaring  of  trees,  is  no  more  than  a  mere  natural 
disturbance,  caused  by  Yin  and  Yang,  and  occurring 
at  irregular  intervals.     It  is  rational  to  wonder  at  it, 
but    irrational    to    fear   it"    (Chapter    XVII,   "On 
Heaven  "). 

Compare  this  with  the  almost  religious  attitude  of 
Confucius  toward  unusual  natural  happenings  such  as 
violent  thundering  or  hurricanes,  as  recorded  in  the 
"Analects." 

100  The  following  passage  from  Hsun-tze  (Chapter 
XVII,  "  On  Heaven ")  will  show  what  a  prosaic  and 


180  NOTES 

practical  conception  of  Heaven  the  author  had ;  and 
when  we  compare  this  with  the  attitude  of  the  Five 
Canonical  Books  towards  Heaven,  which  was  highly 
religious  and  reverential,  we  can  at  once  feel  the  gap 
that  came  to  exist  between  the  canonical  writers  and 
the  philosophers.  Says  Hsiin-tze  :  "  The  working  of 
Heaven  is  constant ;  it  does  not  exist  for  Yao,  nor  does 
it  disappear  for  Hsiieh.  When  a  man  responds  to  it 
with  order,  there  is  luck ;  when  he  responds  to  it  with 
disorder,  there  is  evil.  When  he  strengthens  the 
foundation  and  is  economical  in  expenditure,  Heaven 
cannot  make  him  poor;  when  he  takes  the  proper 
nourishment"  and  exercises  himself  regularly,  Heaven 
cannot  make  him  ill;  when  he  is  single-hearted  in 
practising  what  he  ought  to,  Heaven  cannot  do  him 
any  harm.  Therefore,  such  a  one  cannot  be  made  by 
rain  or  drought  to  suffer  hunger  or  thirst,  cannot  be 
made  by  cold  or  heat  to  suffer  sickness,  cannot  be  made 
by  evil  spirits  to  suffer  misfortune. 

"When  a  man,  however,  neglects  the  foundation 
and  is  extravagant  in  expenditure,  Heaven  cannot 
make  him  rich;  when  he  does  not  take  sufficient 
nourishment  and  does  not  exercise  himself  frequently 
enough,  Heaven  cannot  make  him  healthy;  when, 
deviating  from  the  course  which  one  ought  to  follow, 
he  wanders  about  irregularly,  Heaven  cannot  make 
him  happy.  Therefore,  such  a  one  will  suffer  hunger 
before  a  drought  or  rain  comes ;  he  will  be  sick  before 
the  cold  or  the  heat  is  yet  threatening;  he  will  be 
miserable  before  evil  spirits  visit  him. 

"  Peace  is  gained  by  opportuneness  and  not  by  evil 
procedure ;  there  is  no  reason  to  blame  Heaven,  for  it 
is  as  it  ought  to  be.  Therefore,  one  who  has  a  clear 
understanding  of  the  distinction  between  heavenliness 
and  humaneness,  is  called  the  perfect  man." 

101  The  reason  why  the  common  people  were  not 
allowed  to  worship  the  Shang  Ti  individually,  and 


NOTES  181 

why  the  ruler  himself  did  not  worship  him  more 
frequently,  is  partially  seen  in  the  following  passage 
from  the  "Li  Ki"  (Book  XXI):  "Sacrifices  should 
not  be  frequently  repeated.  Such  frequency  is  in- 
dicative of  importunateness,  and  importunateness  is 
inconsistent  with  reverence.  Nor  should  they  be  at 
distant  intervals.  Such  infrequency  is  indicative  of 
indifference,  and  indifference  leads  to  forgetting  them 
altogether"  ("  S.  B.  E.,"  Vol.  XXVIII). 

102  rpj^  0hinese  p0ets  and  philosophers  were  not 
altogether  unconscious  of  a  predominating  will  in  the 
universe,  which  is  beyond  human  control;  but  this 
consciousness  did  not  play  a  very  important  part  in 
their  emotional  life.  As  a  typical  instance  of  the 
Chinese  philosophical  attitude  towards  the  universal 
will,  here  is  a  passage  quoted  from  Chwang  Tze : 
"  Tze  Lai  fell  ill  and  lay  gasping  at  the  point  of  death, 
while  his  wife  and  children  stood  around  him  weeping. 
Li  went  to  ask  for  him  and  said  to  them, '  Hush !  Get 
out  of  the  way  !  Do  not  disturb  him  in  his  process  of 
transformation/  Then,  leaning  against  the  door,  he 
spoke  to  him  [the  dying  friend] :  ( Great  indeed  is  the 
author  of  transformation  !  What  is  he  now  going  to 
make  of  you  ?  Where  is  he  going  to  take  you  ?  Is 
he  going  to  make  you  the  liver  of  a  rat  ?  or  is  he  going 
to  make  you  the  arm  of  an  insect  ?'  Tze  Lai  said,  '  A 
son's  relation  to  his  parents  is  such  that  whenever  he 
is  told  to  go,  whether  east,  west,  south,  or  north,  he 
simply  obeys  the  command.  A  man's  relation  to  the 
Yin  and  Yang  is  more  than  that  to  his  parents.  If 
they  are  hastening  my  death,  and  I  do  not  obey,  I 
shall  be  considered  unruly. 

"'Now,  there  is  the  Great  Mass,  that  makes  me 
carry  this  body,  labour  with  this  life,  relax  in  old  age, 
and  rest  in  death.  Therefore,  that  which  has  taken 
care  of  my  birth  is  that  which  will  take  care  of  my 
death. 


182  NOTES 

" '  Here  is  a  great  founder  casting  his  metal.  If  the 
metal,  dancing  up  and  down,  should  say,  "  I  must  be 
made  into  a  Mo  Yeh  [a  famous  old  sword],"  the  great 
founder  would  surely  consider  this  metal  an  evil  one. 
So,  if  merely  because  one  has  once  assumed  the  human 
form,  one  insists  on  being  a  man,  and  a  man  only,  that 
author  of  transformation  will  be  sure  to  consider  this 
one  an  evil  being.  Let  us  now  regard  heaven-and- 
earth  as  a  great  melting-pot  and  the  author  of  trans- 
formation as  a  great  founder;  and  wherever  we  go, 
shall  we  not  be  at  home  ?  Quiet  is  our  sleep,  and  calm 
is  our  awakening'"  ("  S.  B.  E.,"  Yol.  XXXIX, 
p.  249). 


INDEX 


AARON,  139 

Abraham,  139 

Altruism,  93,  94 

"  Analects,"      the      Confucian, 

quoted,  19, 102 ;  made  classical, 

158 

Anarchism,  78  et  seq. 
Ante-Ch'in  period,  the,  2,  3,  5,  6, 

9,  10,  11,  12 
thinkers,  2 

Buddhism,  4,  10,  157  ;  and  its 
Sanskrit  literature,  158  ;  and 
Taoism,  84  ;  Chinese,  5  ;  Maha- 
yana,  and  Kwan-yin-tze,  43 

Buddhists,  Chinese,  4,  5 

Ceremonialism,  101  et  seq.  ;   the 

psychology  of,  107-108 
Ch'ang,  King,  137 
Changes,    Book    of.       See    "  Yi 

Ching  " 

Chang-tao  (orthodoxy),  9 
Chaos,  allegory  of,  80.     See  Hun 

lun 
Cheng  (sincerity),  59  et  seq.  ;  and 

the  ' '  Doctrine  of  the  Mean, ' '  65 
Ch'eng,  King  of  Chou,  121 
Ch  eng-tze  on«7&t,  54 
CJii  (the  reason  of  motion),  22 
Ch'i  (energy),  24 
Ch'i  (nature),  46 
CJii  (pneurna),  30 
Chieh,  88,  170 
CKien,  16,  18,  23 
Chih  (substance),  30 


,   Ch'in  dynasty,  2,  3 
j   Chinese  thought :  and  ideography, 
11  ;  and  logic,  11  et  seq.  ;  and 
mediaeval  philosophy  10  ;  aver- 
sion to  metaphysics,  18;  con- 
servatism of,  4  ;  its  clumsiness, 
8  ;  its  freshness,  29  ;  its  moral- 
izing tendency,  18 ;  practicality 
of,  7,  13,  145 
I    Ching  (essence),  44 
!    Ching  (reverence),  106  ;   its  ety- 
mology, 57 
!    Ching  chi  (subtle  substance),  23 

Chou  dynasty,  1,  88,  115,  170 

Chou  Kung,  14,  15,  88,  117,  119, 
124,  125,  135,  139,  170 

Chou  Tun-i,  161  ;  on  the  Great 
Ultimate,  161-162 

Chou-tze  on  Jen,  54 

Christianity  and  Mu-tze,  93 

Chung  explained,  166 

"  Chung  Yung."  See  the  "  Doc- 
trine of  the  Mean  " 

Chwang-tze,  10,  25,  34  et  seq.,  73 
85,  101  ;  allegory  of  chaos,  80  ; 
a  mystic,  39  ;  and  Creator,  181  ; 
and  Lao-tze,  34,  65  ;  compared 
with  Lieh-tze,  34  ;  compared 
with  Mencius,  167  ;  compares 
Tao  to  a  gale,  36  ;  his  attitude 
towards  God,  163  ;  his  book 
and  translations,  163  ;  his 
dream  of  a  butterfly,  163  ;  his 
ideal,  35  ;  his  naturalism,  36  et 
seq.;  on  the  unknowable  ness  of 
Tao,  40  ;  quoted,  79 

183 


184 


INDEX 


Confucianism,  5,  6,  9,  10,  49  et 
seq.,  92;  against  Taoism,  157  ; 
and  Laotzeanism,  24  ;  its  intu- 
itionalism, 167  ;  why  favoured 
by  the  Chinese,  49 

Confucians  and  Buddhism,  4 

Confucius,  2,  5,  10,  14,  25,  88, 
139  ;  and  ceremonialism,  102  ; 
and  Lao-tze  compared,  26,  83  ; 
and  Mencius,  65  ;  and  positiv- 
ism, 18  ;  and  "  Yi  Ching,"  15, 
18;  his  attitude  towards  agnos- 
ticism, 21 ;  his  attitude  to- 
wards spiritualism,  19,  20  ;  his 
popularity,  49  ;  his  relation  to 
the  "Appendices,"  23  ;  his 
religious  attitude  contrasted 
with  Hsun-tze's,  179  ;  on 
mourning,  172  ;  on  study,  173 

Cord-knotting,  82 

Creation,  144 

Deference,  67,  68 
Discrimination,  67,  68 
Divination,  14,  137,  138, 139, 140. 

178 
"  Doctrine  of  the  Mean  "  quoted, 

20,  52,  59,  61,  62,  64 
Dualism,  14  et  seq.,  145 

Egoism,  Yang-tze's,  93 

Ethics,  Chinese,  47  et  seq.  ;  the 

most  favourite  theme  for  the 

Chinese,  47 

Fellow-feeling.     See  J$n 
Filial  devotion,  92 
First  Emperor,  the,  3 
11  Five  Books  "  ( Wu  Ching).  158  ; 
enumerated,   155.      See   "  Wu 
Ching  " 
Five  ceremonies,  122 

Emperors  enumerated,  155 

eternal  codes,  140 

gods,  144 

habiliments,  122 

kings,  1 

orders,  122 

punishments,  122 
"  Four  Books  "  enumerated,  158 


God,    57,    112,    146  ;     Chinese, 

different  from  the  Hebrew,  129, 

130,    131  ;   irresponsive,    130  ; 

more  moral  than  religious,  127 ; 

political    director,    131  ;     the 

Chinese  notion  of,  112  et  seq. 

See  also  "  Shang  Ti  ";  Heaven 

Good,  defined  by  Mencius.  67 

"Great  Declaration,"  131,  176 

"Great  Learning,"  the,  quoted, 

59.     See  Tai  Hsiao 
Great  Ultimate,   161.     See   Tai 

CKi 
Greece,  12 

Han-fei-tze,  15  ;  on  Jen,  54 

Han-yu,  101 

Haojan  chi  ch'i,  24 

Heaven :  and  dynastic  change, 
135  ;  and  the  moral  order,  122  ; 
and  Mu-tze,  96  ;  and  the 
popular  will,  137,  140  ;  ap- 
pealed by  King  Li,  114  ;  ap- 
pealed by  Mang-tze,  114  ;  as 
God,  113  ;  as  illuminating  wis- 
dom, 120  ;  as  parent,  114  ; 
communicates  its  will  through 
natural  phenomena,  136,  140  ; 
compassionate,  114  et  seq.  ; 
cursing,  117  ;  displeased,  118  ; 
favouring  T'ang  the  Perfect, 
116  ;  indignant,  132  ;  its  decree 
irrevocable,  120 ;  not  partial, 
123,  124,  125;  one  ordained 
by,  131  ;  pitying,  113  et  seq.  s 
punishes  the  unjust,  123  ;  send- 
ing death,  129  ;  son  of,  131  ; 
thanked  by  the  House  of  Chou, 
115  ;  the  Chinese,  compared 
with  the  Hebrew,  126  ;  to  be 
obeyed,  119 ;  unerring,  121. 
See  also  Tien;  "God";  and 
"  Shang  Ti" 

Heaven  and  earth  :  as  one  con- 
ception, 145  ;  disintegration  of, 
33 

Hedonism,  84  et  seq. 

Hetuvidya,  12 

Hindu  influence,  156 
philosophers,  90 


INDEX 


185 


Hindu  philosophy  and  Taoism,  43- 

44 
thought,  4,  6,  10,  12 

Hsiang  (symbols),  22 

Hsing  (essence),  28,  61-62 

Hsing  (form),  30 

Hsuan  ping  (mysterious  mother) , 
29 

Hsiin-tze,  71,  101  et  seq. ;  and 
Confucius,  111 ;  and  Confucian- 
ism, 101 ;  and  Mencius,  102 
et  seq.,  109,  110;  and  Mu-tze, 
172, 173 ;  and  objectivism,  107 ; 
his  life,  172 ;  his  prosaic  con- 
ception of  Heaven,  179-180 ; 
on  abnormal  phenomena,  179 ; 
on  artificiality,  104  ;  on  human 
nature,  104  ;  on  music,  173  ; 
quoted,  104  ;  quoted  on  study, 
108  ;  why  heterodox  ?  108 

Hua  hsii,  the  ideal  state  of  Tao- 
ists,  82-83 

Human,  heartedness.     See  Jtn 

Human  nature :  like  water,  66-67  ; 
like  willow-tree,  66.  See  also 
' '  Nature  ' ' 

Humaneness.     See  J$n 

Hun  lun  (chaos),  30 

/(righteousness  or  justice),  69 
Ideograph,  11 
Intelligence  (chi),  67,  68 
Ituh  (solitary  indeterminate),  30 
I-twan  (heterodoxy),  9 

Jin,  69, 102, 105, 107 ;  and  human 
nature,  65 ;  and  Mitleid,  53 ; 
and  sincerity,  62,  63  ;  and  the 
altruistic  impulse,  52  ;  and  the 
golden  rule,  52  ;  and  Yang-tze, 
86  ;  as  one  of  the  four  cardinal 

-  virtues,  67  ;  contrasted  with 
egoism,  54  ;  denned  by  Ch'eng- 
tze,  54  ;  denned  by  Chou-tze, 
54  ;  denned  by  Han-fei-tze,  54  ; 
defined  by  Mencius,  52-53  ;  de- 
fined in  the  "Chung  Yung," 
52 ;  difficult  to  cultivate,  56  ; 
explained  etymologically,  174  ; 
fellow-feeling,  51  etseq.,  70,  71 ; 


how  to  practice,  58  ;  human - 
heartedness,  68;  in  Lao-tze 
54  ;  in  Mencius,  54  ;  is  door 
and  road,  52 ;  is  man  (J2n),  54 ; 
is  the  Middle  Way,  56;  its 
etymology,  51  ;  its  four  mean- 
ings of,  55 ;  its  real  sense  am- 
biguous, 55  ;  realization  of,  59  ; 
the  fundamental  virtue,  53 

Job,  129,  131 

Justice  (i),  67,  68 

Kant  and  the  "Chung  Yung,"  63 

Kao-tze,  67,  168 

Kao  Yao,  122 

Kua  (trigram),  18,  160.  See  also 
"Trigram" 

"  Ku  chin  t'u  shu  chi  ch'eng,"  143 

Ku  shtn  (spirit  of  the  valley),  29 

Kuei  sMn  See.  "  Spiritual  beings  " 

JCun,  16,  18,  23 

Kung  (reverence),  its  etymology, 
57 

Kwan-yin-tze,  29,  41  et  seq.  ;  his 
book  a  later  production,  41  ; 
on  Tao,  42;  why  a  later  pro- 
duction, 43 

Kwei  (spirit),  32.  See  also  "  Shen" 

Lao-tze,  2,  14,  25,  71,  85,  90, 
102 ;  and  Buddhism,  4  ;  and 
Chwang-tze,  34,  65  ;  and  Con- 
fucius, _fi§i_:  an(^  Confuciui,^ 
comparea^26  ;  and  Kwan-yin- 
tze,  41  ;  and  Lieh-tze,  29  ; 
contrasted  with  Yi  philosophy, 
35  ;  life  of,  obscure,  159  ;  prac- 
tical, 81  :mio ted.  72.74.77^1^ 
.79  :  worshipped  as~Lord,  157 

Lao-tzeanism  and  Confucianism, 
24 

Li  (reason),  28 

"LiKi,"113 

Lieh-tze,  25,  29,  73,  85;  and 
Lao-tze,  29  ;  compared  with 
Chwang-tze,  34  ;  his  work  and 
translation,  162 ;  on  life,  31 ; 
quoted,  30,  31,  75,  76;  riding 
on  the  wind,  75  ;  with  Chang- 
tu-tze,  33 


186 


INDEX 


Life,  analyzed  by  Yang-tze,   87 

el,  seq. 

"LuShih"  quoted,  175 
' '  Lun  Yii."    See  the  ' '  Analects  " 

Manchu  dynasty,  8 

Many,  the,  and  the  one,  43,  46 

Mencius,  24  25,  64  et  seq,  84,  85, 
101,  105 ;  and  Hsiin-tze,  102  et 
seq. ;  and  Kao-tze,  67  ;  attacks 
Yang  and  Mu,  167,  171  ;  com- 
pared with  Chwang-tze,  167 ; 
defines  goodness,  67 ;  defines 
y^/i,  52,  54  ;  his  two  funda- 
mental moral  feelings,  69 ;  his 
-  position  in  Confucianism,  65  ; 

pqiWtttJ,  J>3,  54,  65,  66,  69; 
quoted  againsF  Yang-tze,  31 ; 
translations  of,  160 

Milfoil,  139,  178 

Ming  dynasty,  7 
thinkers,  7 

Ming,  five,  19 

Monism,  25  et  seq. 

Moses,  139 

Mu  (soul),  45 

Mu  Ti,  or  Mu-tze,  93  et  seq. 

Mu-tze,  49,  71,  91,  112,  146; 
against  Confucianism,  97  ; 
against  determinism,  100  ; 
against  excessive  mourning, 
98 ;  against  music,  99  ;  and 
Christianity,  100  ;  attacked  by 
Hsiin-tze,  172,  173;  attacked 
by  Mencius,  167,  171 ;  com- 
pared with  Hsun-tze,  109  ;  his 
economic  view,  97 ;  his  God- 
idea,  147  et  seq.  ;  his  ideal,  94  ; 
its  European  translations,  171 ; 
methodical,  171  ;  on  concu- 
binage, 97  ;  on  T'ien,  100 ; 
?uoted,  95,  96 ;  why  neglected, 
71 

Mysterious  Mother,  29 

Mysticism,  14  ;  pantheistic,  41 
et  seq. 

Nameless,  34 

Nature :  and  Kao-tze,  67 ;  the 
Chinese  conception  of,  1 


Nature,  human,  and  Mencius,  65 

et  seq. 

Non-action,  48.    See  also  Wu  wei 
Non-activity.    See  Wu  wei 
Non-assertion  (wu  wei),  168 
Non-existence,  34 
Non-resistance,  72,  80,  84 

' '  Odes,  the  Book  of."    See  ' '  Shih 

Ching  " 
One,  the,  and  the  many,  43,  46 

Pantheistic  mysticism,  41  et  seq. 

Pascal,  102 

Philosophers,  Chinese,  classified, 

155.     See  "  Thinkers  " 
Philosophy  :  Chinese,  13  et  seq.  ; 

practical,  13.  See  also  ' '  Chinese 

thought ' ' 
Plato,  134 
Pneuma  (chi),  33 
Po  (animal  soul),  44 
Positivism,  18  et  seq. 
Post  Ch'in  thinkers,  8 
Propriety  (U),  67,  68 
Psalms,  129 
Pythagoras,  18 

Reason  (too),  161 
Renaissance,  Chinese,  5,  6 
Reverence  (ching),  56  et  seq. ;  to- 
wards one's  own  person,  70 
Righteousness.     See  Justice 

San  Miao,  114 

Schopenhauer,  53 

Self-inspection,  4,  56  et  seq. 

Shame,  67,  68 

Shang  Ti,  112,  113,  139,  145; 
a  person,  174-175 ;  and  state 
worship,  180  ;  and  Tao,  141 ; 
as  the  moral  reason.  140  ;  no 
popular  prayers  offered  to,  140; 
no  popular  temple  dedicated 
to,  141 ;  not  creator,  144 ;  the 
worship  of,  a  state  function, 
141,  142, 143.  See  also  "  God  " 
and  "  Heaven" 

SMn  (spirit),  44  ;  explained  ety- 
mologically,  176 


INDEX 


187 


"Shih  Ching,"  24,  113  ;  quoted, 
20.  115,  116,  117,  118,  119; 
also  quoted  throughout  the 
chapter  "  on  Religion  " 

Shih  Huang  Ti.  See  "  the  First 
Emperor  " 

"  Shu  Ching,"  1,  24,  113  ;  notes 
on,  155  ;  quoted,  114,  117,  118, 
119,  120  ;  also  quoted  through- 
out the  chapter  "  on  Religion  " 

Shun,  1,  88,  122,  138,  139,  153, 
155,  176 

Sien  (saint),  47 

Sincerity.     See  Ch'eng 

Sophistry,  a  school  of,  156 

Spirit,  32 

Spirit  of  Valley,  29 

Spirits,  114 

Spiritual  beings,  20,  23,  138 

Ssu  Ma-ch'ien,  41,  161 

Sung  dynasty,  4,  5,  6  ;  philo- 
sophers of,  4,  5,  6,  28 

Swedenborg,  165 

Sympathy,  67,  68 

T'ai,    etymologically    explained, 

174 

Tai  chi  (great  starting),  30 
T'ai  chi  (great  ultimate),  21,  22, 

38,  161  ;  and  Tao,  28 
"Tai    Hsiao"    (great   learning), 

165 

T'aishik  (great  beginning),  30 
Tai  su  (great  blank),  30 
T'ai  yi  (great  change),  30 
T'ang  the  Perfect,  116,  127,  139, 
153  ;  his  "  announcement,"  127 
et  seq.,  138 

Tao  :  and  fin,  51 ;  and  Shang  Ti, 
141  ;  as  destiny  (ming],  42  ;  as 
spirit  (shtn),  42 ;  as  the  mys- 
terious .hsiin),  42 ;  by  Kwan-yin- 
tze,  42 ;  by  Lao-tze,  29  ;  com- 
pared to  fire,  42 ;  conditioned, 
36  ;  Confucian,  59-60  ;  denned 
by  Chwang-tze,  38  ;  explained, 
26  et  seq,  ;  is  Heaven  (t'ien), 
42  ;  its  unknowableness  told  in 
a  parable,  40  ;  present  in  every- 
thing, 37 


"Tao-Te-Ching,"  2,  25  etseq.,  29, 
159,  160-161;  quoted,  26-27; 
title  explained,  155 

Taoism,  9,  10,  12,  71 ;  against 
hypocrisy  and  humaneness,  79 ; 
and  Buddhism,  84  ;  and  Hindu 
philosophy,  43,  44 ;  as  anar- 
chistic, 79 ;  as  negativistic 
egoism,  71 ;  culminates  in  Kwan- 
yin-tze,  41  ;  ethics  of,  71  et 
seq. ;  feminism,  77 ;  its  prac- 
tical side,  81  ;  mystical,  14, 
38  ;  subjective,  38 

Taoists  :  as  quiet  recluses,  73  ;  the 
ideal  state  of,  82-83 

Theocrasy,  119,  121 

Theophany,  140 

Three  Rulers,  the,  1  ;  enumer- 
ated, 155 

Ti  (God),  38,  113,  145;  distin- 
guished from  T'ien,  140  ;  ety- 
mologically explained,  174 

Ti  (Shun),  114 

Tien,  21,  24,  48,  113,  146  ;  as 
conceived  by  Mu-tze,  100  ;  as 
God,  100 ;  distinguished  from 
Ti,  140  ;  explained  etymologi- 
cally, 174 ;  in  Mu-tze's  phil- 
osophy, 147  et  seq. 

Tien  ming  (heavenly  destiny), 
21,  24,  48 

Tien  too  (heavenly  way),  48 

Tortoise,  178 ;  shell,  138 

Transcendentalism,  34  et  seq. 

Treasure,  the  triple,  by  Lao-tze, 
78 

Trigrams,  18,  22 

Tseng-tze,  105 

Tze  explained,  162 

Tze-szu,  105,  165 

Utilitarianism,  92  et  seq. 

Virtue :  and  hatred,  168  ;  and  jus- 
tice, 168  ;  its  kinds,  164-165 
Vox  populi,  vox  dei,  137 

Wang  fuh  (going  and  coming), 

30 
Wang  Yang-ming,  7 


188 


INDEX 


Wei  (artificiality),  105,  110 
WSn,  King,  14,  15,  115,  153 
Western  culture  and  China,  8 
Will,  Heavenly,  in  Mu-tze,  148  et 

seq.  ;  in  the  universe,  145,  146 
Wu.     See  ' '  Non-existence  "  and 

"  Non-assertion  " 
Wu,  King,  119 
"Wu  Ching,"  112 
Wu  wei,  30,   31,  48,  71  et  seq., 

90  ;     and    laissez  faire,    82  ; 
Chwaug-tze's  allegory,  80  ;  de- 
fined, 74  ;  its  usefulness,  168  ; 
non-activity,  73 ;  non-assertion, 
73 

Yahveh,  130,  139 
Yang-chou.     See  "Yang-tze" 
Yang-tze,  71,  84  et  seq. ;  a  fatalist, 

91  ;    a    sensualist  (?),    89  90  ; 
against  humaneness,  86  ;  and 
Lao-tze,  85,  87  ;  and  Lao-tze, 
quoted    from     "  Chwang-tze," 
168-169  ;  attacked  by  Mencius, 
167,  171 ;  his  egoism,  86,  88  ; 
his   life,    85  ;   in  Han-fei-tze, 
169  ;  in  Lieh-tze,  169,  170 ;  on 
life,  87  et  seq.  ;  why  men  are 
restive  ?  by,  90 

Yao,  1,  134,  153,  155 


Yao  (lines),  160 

Yellow  Emperor,  82;  a  Brah- 
min (?),  44 

"  Yellow  Emperor,"  Book  of  the, 
162 

Yi :  and  Mencius,  25  ;  as  Gesetz- 
mdssigkeil,  23;  its  etymology, 
159  ;  its  meaning,  21  ;  the 
character  explained,  15 

"Yi  Ching,"  14,  15,  16,  18,  19, 
113,  156  ;  and  divination,  139  ; 
and  dualism,  29  ;  and  Sung 
philosophy,  160 ;  and  the 
numerical  conception  of  the 
world,  18  ;  and  the  philosophy 
of  Sung,  21  ;  its  mystical 
teachings,  21 ;  quoted,  21  et 
seq.,  143 

"Yi  Ching  Appendices,"  2,  15, 
16,  17,  22,  140  (quoted) ;  and 
Confucius,  159 

Yi  philosophy  and  Taoist  cos- 
mogony, 28 

Yi  Yin,  121,  123,  124,  125,  139 

Yin  and  Yang,  14  et  seq.,  18,  19, 
30,  151 

Yii,  88,  114,  134,  138,  139, 
170 

Yu  hun  (wandering  spirits),  23 

Yuan  dynasty,  7 


BILLING  AND  SONS,   LTD.,   PRINTERS,  QUILDFORD 


PROBSTHAIN'S  ORIENTAL  SERIES. 


Vol.  I.,  The  Indian  Craftsman,  by  A.  K.  Coomaraswamy, 

D.Sc.    Crown  8vo.     1909.  net  3s.  8(L 

"  The  author  has  brought  to  bear  on  his  subject  great  knowledge  and  sympathy 

and  wide  learning  .  .  ." — Indian  Magazine. 

".  .  .  which  we  can  recommend  as  a  most  interesting  account  of  the  Craft  Guilds 

of  India  and  their  value  aesthetically,  socially,  and  spiritually." — T.  P.  S. 

Vol.    II.,    Buddhism    as   a    Religion:    ITS  HISTORICAL 

DEVELOPMENT  AND  ITS  PRESENT-DAY  CONDITION,  by  H.  Hackmann,  Lie. 
Theol.     Crown  8vo.,  pp.  320.     IQIO.  net  6s. 

CONTENTS:  Preface— I.,  The  Buddha  and  his  Doctrine— II.,  Sketch  of  the 
History  of  Buddhism— III.,  Southern  Buddhism  (Ceylon,  Burma,  Siam)— IV., 
Lamaism  — V.,  Eastern  Buddhism  (China,  Korea,  Japan) — Conclusion — Biblio- 
graphy— Index.  The  only  complete  work  on  Buddhism. 

Vols.  III.  and  IV.,  The  Masnavi,  by  Jalalu  'd-Din  Rumi. 

Book  II.,  translated  for  the  first  time  into  English  Prose  by  Prof.  C.  E.  Wilson, 

2  Vols. :  Vol.  I.,  Translation  from  the  Persian ;  Vol.  II.,  Commentary.     8vo. 

1910.  net  24s. 

"  Wilson's  niichterne  fast  wSrtliche  Uebersetzung  in  verein  mit  seinen  Erlauter- 

ungen  lasst  Keinen,  aber  auch  Keinen  Wunsch  unbefriedigt." — Der  Islam,  Vol.  II., 

pp.  292. 

Vol.  V.,  Essays:    Indian  and  Islamic,  by  S.  Khuda 

Bukhsh,  M.A.  Oxon.    Crown  8vo.,  pp.  295.     ion.  net  Is.  6d. 

"...  The  Author  has  carried  on  his  studies  with  scrupulous  fidelity  to  science 
and  truth.  He  is  a  faithful  historian,  and  a  historian  of  Islam  unparalleled  in  this 
country,  for  having  adopted  the  true  critical  method.  Much  has  been  brought  to 
light  to  add  to  the  sum  total  of  historical  experience.  .  .  ." — Modern  Review, 
Calcutta. 

Vol.   VI.,    Bactria,   the  History   of  a  Forgotten  Empire,  by 

H.  G.  Rawlinson,  M.A.,  I.E.S.    Crown  8vo.,  pp.  xxiii,  168,  with  2  Maps  and  5 
Plates.    1912.  net  7s.  6d. 

Vol.    VII.,    A     Brief    History    of    Early    Chinese 

Philosophy,  by  D.  T.  Suzuki,   Tokyo  University.     Crown  8vo.,  pp.  200. 
1914.  net/8. 

Vols.  VIII.   and  IX.,  The  l-Li:   THE  CHINESE  CLASSIC  OF 

CEREMONIAL.      Translated  from  the  Chinese,  with  a  Commentary,  by  the  Rev. 
J.  Steele,  M.A.    2  Vols.  [In  the  press. 

Vol.  X.,  Legendary  History  of  Pagan,  by  Prof.  Ch. 

Duroiselle,  Rangoon  College.  [In  preparation. 

Vols.  XI.  and  XI!.,  Haft  Paikar,  THE  SEVEN  PORTRAITS, 

OR,  THE  ADVENTURES  OF  KING  BAHRAM  AND  HIS  SEVEN  QUEENS,  by  Nizami. 
From  the  Persian,  by  Prof.  C.  E.  Wilson.  [In  pref-araiion. 


Allan  (C.  W.).    The  Makers  of  Cathay.     8vo.,  pp.  v,  242.     1909. 

net  7s.  6d. 

Ball  (J.  D.).     The  Celestial  and  his  Religions;  or,  The  Religious 

Aspect  in  China.     8vo.,  pp.  xviii,  240.     1906.  net  7a.  6d. 

Bergen  (Rev.  P.  D.).     The  Sages  of  Shantung:  Confucius  and 

Mencius.    (Reprint.)    Pp.  24.     1913.  net  Is.  6d. 

Brunnert    and    Hagelstrom.        Present-day    Political 

Organization  of  China.     Royal  Qvo.,  pp .  Ixxx,  572.     1912.  net  35s. 


Chalfant  (Rev.  F.  H.).     Ancient  Chinese  Coinage.    Illustrated. 
(Reprint.)    Pp.  21.     1913.  net  Is.  6d. 

Edkins   (].)•     Grammar  of  the   Chinese  Colloquial   Language 

(Mandarin  Dialect).     Second  Edition,  410.,  pp.  vii,  279,  half  calf.  net  12s. 

Opium,  Historical  Note,  or  the  Poppy  in  China,  in  Chinese 

and  English.     8vo.,  pp.  vii,  69,  36,  boards.     1898.  net  3s.  6d. 

Forsyth  (R.  C.).     Shantung,  the  Sacred  Province  of  China,  in 

some  of  its  Aspects  :  being  a  Collection  of  Articles  relating  to  Shantung,      4to., 
pp.  viii,  427,  with  Maps  and  Illustrations,  cloth.     1912.  net  24s. 

Foster  (Mrs.  A.).      English-Chinese  Pocket  Dictionary,  in  the 
Mandarin  Dialect.      Third  Edition,   i6mo.,  pp.   viii,   184,  half  calf.      1903. 

net  5s. 

Goodrich    (Ch.).       Pocket    Dictionary,    Chinese-English    and 

Pekingese  Syllabary.       i6mo.,  pp.  vii,  237,  70,  half  calf,  Fourth  Edition.     1904. 

net  68. 

Hirth  (Fr.).     Scraps  from  a  Collector's  Note-book  :  being  Notes 

on  some  Chinese  Painters  of  the  Present  Dynasty,  Appendices  on  some  Old 
Masters  and  Art  Historians.     Plates,  8vo.,  pp.  135.     1905.  net  12s.  6d 

Kern  (H.).    Manual  of  Indian  Buddhism.     Large  8vo.,  pp.  149. 

8s.  6d 

Kliene   (Ch.).      Anglo-Chinese  Calendar  for  250  years   (1751- 

2000).     4 to.,  half  calf.     1906.  not  £2  2s. 

Laufer  (B.).      Jade:  a  Study  in  Chinese  Archaeology  and  Re- 
ligion.   68  Plates  and  204  Text  figures,  Royal  8vo.,  pp.  378,  cloth.          net  323. 

Love  Stories  Of  the    East.— Nizami— Laili  and  Majnun, 

from  the   Persian   by  J.   Atkinson,   re-edited,   with  an   Introduction,   by   L. 
Cranmer  Byng.     8vo.,  gilt  top,  cloth.     1905.  net  5s. 

Macdonell  (A.  A.).    Vedic  Grammar.   Large  8vo.,  cloth.    1910. 

net  30s. 

Vedic  Mythology.     Large  8vo.  10s.   6d. 

Macgowan  (J.).     Imperial  History  of  China:  History  of  the 

Empire  as  compiled  by  the  Chinese  Historians.      Second  Edition,  8vo.,  pp.  xi, 
651,  half  calf.    1906.  net  21s. 


Martin  (W.  A.  P.).  Analytical  Reader:  a  Short  Method  of 
Learning  to  Read  and  Write  Chinese.  New  Edition,  8vo.,  pp.  204,  half  calf. 
1897.  net  8s. 

Mayers  (Fr.  Wm.).     Treaties  between  the  Empire  of  China  and 

the  Foreign  Powers.     New  Edition,  cloth.     1906.  net  15s. 

Chinese    Reader's    Manual.      8vo.,    New   Edition.      1910. 

net  15s. 

The  Chinese  Government :    a  Manual  of  Chinese  Titles, 

categorically  arranged  and  explained,  with  an  Appendix.  Third  Edition, 
Royal  8vo.,  revised  by  G.  M.  H.  Playfair,  half  calf.  net  15s. 

Morgan  (Evan).     A  Guide  to  Wenli  Styles  and  Chinese  Ideals : 

Essays,  Edicts,  Proclamations.  Memorials,  Letters,  Documents,  Inscriptions, 
Commercial  Papers.  Chinese  Text,  with  English  Translation  and  Notes.  8vo., 
pp.  414,  a  Vocabulary  of  46  pp.,  and  Index,  cloth.  1912.  net  21s. 

.  Chinese  New  Terms  and  Expressions,  with  English  transla- 
tions, Introduction  and  Notes,  ismo.,  pp.  295.  1913.  net  4s. 


Orange  (J.).     A  Small  Collection  of  Japanese  Lacquer.    4to., 

pp.  58,  with  Front,  and  50  Plates  in  Collotype,  cloth.     Yokohama,  1910.       25s. 
The  work  contains  a  brief  account  of  the  history  and  manufacture  of  Lacquer, 
followed  by  a  detailed  description  of  the  articles.     The  plates  are  well  executed. 

Perlmann  (S.  M.).     Hassinim  (the  Chinese):    Chinese  Life, 

Manners  and  Customs,  Culture  and  Creeds,  Government  System  and  Trade, 
with  an  Appendix,  The  Jews  in  China.   In  Hebrew.    8vo.,  cloth.    1911.     2s  6d. 

The  Jews  in  China.     Pp.  24.     1909.  net  Is. 

Playfair  (G.  M.  H.).  The  Cities  and  Towns  of  China,  a 
Geographical  Dictionary.  Second  Edition,  large  8vo.,  pp.  89  and  582.  10TO> 

Poletti  (P.).  A  Chinese  and  English  Dictionary,  arranged 
according  to  the  Radicals  and  Subradicals.  New  and  Enlarged  Edition,  con- 
taining 12,650  Chinese  characters,  with  the  Pronunciation  in  the  Pekin  dialect 
according  to  Sir  Th.  Wade's  System  and  the  Pronunciation  in  the  general 
Language  of  China  in  Dr.  Williams'  Spelling.  8vo.,  half  calf,  pp.  cvi,  307,  and 
a  List  of  Radicals.  1901.  168. 

Richard.  Comprehensive  Geography  of  the  Chinese  Empire. 
8vo.,  with  Map,  cloth.  1901.  net  20s. 

Richard  (T.).  Guide  to  Budhahood  :  being  a  Standard  Manual 
of  Chinese  Buddhism,  translated  from  the  Chinese  (Hsuan  Fo  Pu).  8vo.,  pp. 
xxiii,  108,  boards.  Shanghai,  1907.  6s. 

A  Mission  to  Heaven :  A  Great  Chinese  Epic  and  Allegory 

by  Ch'in  Ch'ang  Ch'un  :  From  the  Chinese.      8vo.,  pp.  xxxix,  362,  viii.      Illus- 
trated.   1913.  net  15s. 

Silacara.     Discourses  of  Gotamo  the  Buddha,  translated  from 

the  Pali  of  the  Majihima  Nikayo.     2  Vols.,  Royal  8vo.,  cloth.     1912-13. 

net  158. 

Smith  (A.  H.)  Proverbs  and  Common  Sayings  from  the  Chinese, 
with  Observations  on  Chinese  Things  in  General.  New  and  Revised  Edition, 
8vo.,  pp.  vii,  374,  xx,  half  calf.  1902.  net  158. 

Sooth  ill  (W.  E.).  The  Student's  Four  Thousand  Chinese 
Characters  and  General  Pocket  Dictionary.  Third  Edition,  8vo.,  pp.  35,  428, 
cloth.  1909.  net  7s.  6d. 

Stevens  (H.  J.).  Cantonese  Apothegms,  classified  and  trans- 
lated. 8vo.  1902.  net  6s. 

Sumangala  (S.).  A  Graduated  Pali  Course,  with  a  Pali- 
English  Vocabulary.  8vo.,  cloth.  1913.  net  7s.  6d. 

Tiele  (C.  P.).  The  Religion  of  the  Iranian  Peoples,  Part  I. 
8vo.,  pp.  218.  1912.  net  7s.  6d. 

Vasu  (N.  N.).  The  Modern  Buddhism  and  its  Followers  in 
Orissa.  Illustrated,  Crown  8vo.f  pp.  viii,  181,  xii.  1911.  net  6s. 

Vitale  (Baron  G.).  Chinese  Folklore;  Pekingese  Rhymes,  first 
collected  and  edited,  with  Notes  and  English  Translation.  8vo.,  pp.  xvii,  220. 
Peking,  1896.  15». 

Chinese  Merry  Tales,  collected  and  edited  in  Chinese :   a 

First  Reading  Book  for  Students  of  Colloquial  Chinese.      Second  Edition,  8vo., 
pp.  viii,  118.     Peking,  1908.  7s.  6d. 

Whitney  (W.  D.).  A  Sanskrit  Grammar,  including  both  the 
Classical  Language  and  the  other  Dialects  of  Veda  nnd  Brahmana.  Cloth. 
1913.  !*••  6d. 

Zimmer  (G.  F.).  Engineering  of  Antiquity,  and  Technical  Pro- 
gress in  Arts  and  Crafts.  8vo.,  pp.  89.  With  56  Illustrations.  1913.  net  58. 


IN  THE  PRESS 


PROBSTHAIWS  ORIENTAL  SERIES,    VOLS.    VIII.   AND  IX. 

THE   I-LI 

OR 

BOOK  OF  ETIQUETTE  AND 
CEREMONIAL 

TRANSLATED  FROM  THE  CHINESE  WITH  FULL  COMMENTARY 

BY 

JOHN  STEELE,  M.A.,  LL.D. 

2  Vols.   Subscription  Price  before  Publication,  21 S.  net 
On  Publication  the  Price  will  be  raised  to  24s«  net 


PROBSTHAIN  &  CO.,   ORIENTAL  PUBLISHERS 

41,  GREAT  RUSSELL  STREET,  LONDON.   W.C. 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 


UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY